Bss Telecom Parameter Catalogue B 10

mercredi 21 novembre 2007
BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue: Release B10
Edition : 11 released
BSS Telecom parameters
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
BSC
HMI name A_ECNO_HO
Oui
parameters
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Number 1 31 8
Logical name Definition

2G-3G
Window size for Ec/No level averages for 2G to 3G handover
A_ECNO_HO
B9
TRX nb Non Cell Type Oui RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable
Category
Samfr 1 31 8
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name A_LEV_HO B10 Oui B9
Oui
Type Min value Max value Def value
Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

GSM
Window size for level averages for handover.
A_LEV_HO
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Sub-syste BSC Instance cell

Number 1 31 8
Samfr 1 31 8
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 2

Oui GSM
Window size for level averages for microcell handover.
A_LEV_MCHO
Number 1 15 2
HMI name A_LEV_MCHO
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Samfr 1 15 2
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only for cells where: Cell_type = Microcell HMI name A_LEV_PC B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Window size for level averages for power control.
A_LEV_PC
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 1 31 4
TRX nb Non Cell Type Non RMS template Non
Samfr 1 31 4
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 3

Oui GSM
A_PBGT_DR HMI name A_PBGT_DR Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry.
Number 1 15 4
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Samfr 1 15 4
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
A_PBGT_HO HMI name A_PBGT_HO Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averaging current cell levels for power budget calculation.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 31 16
Samfr 1 31 16
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Recommended rules A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO External comment should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12 in rural area Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 4

Oui GSM
A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR HMI name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR Quality averaging window size for AMR FR-to-HR channel adaptation.
Number 1 61 61
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Samfr 1 61 61
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR HMI name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Quality averaging window size for AMR HR-to-FR channel adaptation.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference OMC-R access Changeable
None
Application domain

Number 1 61 8
Samfr 1 61 8
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 5

Oui GSM
Window size for quality averages for handover.
A_QUAL_HO
HMI name A_QUAL_HO Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Number 1 31 8
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Samfr 1 31 8
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type HMI name A_QUAL_PC B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Window size for quality averages for power control.
A_QUAL_PC
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 1 31 4
Samfr 1 31 4
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 6

Oui GSM
Window size for distance averages.
A_RANGE_HO
HMI name A_RANGE_HO Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Number 1 31 8
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Samfr 1 31 8
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Window size for load averages.
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 1 16 12
TRX nb Oui Cell Type Non RMS template Non
None 1 16 12
Spec reference Resource allocation & management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 7

Non IP
ABIS_BANDWIDTH HMI name ABIS_BANDWIDTH Total Abis bandwidth available (for the Abis BTS group if Abis-Transport-Mode = "IP Ethernet", or for one E1 link if Abis-Transport-Mode = "IP framed" or "IP unframed").
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance A-bis link B9 Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Min value 1 Max value 65535 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
None
Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
Resource Allocation and Management
Application domain
The Abis bandwidth can be defined / negotiated with a transport network operator through SLA 65535 (Service Level Agreement). Such a SLA should define the needed bandwidth per QoS level (i.e. Recommended rules P0/CS, P1/SIG, P2/GBR, P3/BE). Thus, the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter shall be positioned to In case of variable Abis bandwidth (e.g. micro-wave), the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter shall the minimum value between the SLA values (e.g. CIR (Committed Information Rate) and/or EIR be positioned to the minimum guaranteed bandwidth. 0
Step size = 1.
kbit/s 1
Def value 0 Coded Def External comment If Abis-Transport-Mode = "IP framed", the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter is CAE/Virtual changeable" and shall be computed according to the
(Excess Information Rate) values) and other inputs or calculation results. The value of the TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR parameter may also be constrained by SLA.
Internal comment
Usable_TSs parameter value (so no input is needed from the operator in this case). In the case of a BTS linked to the BSC through 2 E1 links, then the total bandwidth is twice ABIS_BANDWIDTH value. If Abis-Transport-Mode = "IP Ethernet", the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter shall be mandatorily set by the operator (the default value (=0) is indeed not relevant because out of the range of possible values). To be noted that the Abis should be the bottleneck of the transmission bandwidth in a well-engineered BSS IP transport network (the available transmission bandwidth on the Abis last mile is considered to be the bottleneck with respect to the radio bandwidth between RRM and RLC/MAC). Bandwidth used by OML is neglected.
IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 8

Oui GSM
Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred.
AC_0
HMI name AC 0 Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Flag 0 1 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name AC 1 B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
AC_1
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 9

Oui GSM
AC_11
Flag 0 1 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
None 0 1
Oui

GSM
AC_12
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 10

Oui GSM
AC_13
Flag 0 1 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
None 0 1
Oui

GSM
AC_14
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 11

Oui GSM
AC_15
Flag 0 1 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
None 0 1
Oui

GSM
AC_2
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 12

Oui GSM
AC_3
Flag 0 1 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
None 0 1
Oui

GSM
AC_4
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 13

Oui GSM
AC_5
Flag 0 1 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
None 0 1
Oui

GSM
AC_6
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 14

Oui GSM
AC_7
Flag 0 1 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
None 0 1
Oui

GSM
AC_8
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 15

Oui GSM
AC_9
Flag 0 1 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) HMI name High Priority Access Class List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Ordering P1
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Coding rules
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. --
Overload control
Application domain
Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC

Number 10
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 5
Max value 15 Def value 10
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 16

Oui GSM
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

10
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. --
Overload control
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Min value Unit Coded Min
Category
None 5
Coded Max Coded Def

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Overload control
Application domain

Number 10
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 5
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 17

Oui GSM
Number 10
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Overload control
Category
None 5
Coded Max Coded Def

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Overload control
Application domain

Number 10
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 5
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 18

Oui GSM
Number 10
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Overload control
Category
None 5
Coded Max Coded Def

GSM
ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM HMI name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present in SYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference OMC-R access Displayed
GSM TS 04.08
System information management
Application domain

Flag 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment always set to 0 as SYS_INFO 7&8 are not used
1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters. --
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min Max value 1 Def value 0 Coded Max Coded Def
None 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 19

Oui GSM
ADDR_MON HMI name ADDR_MON Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the address error counter is reset.
Timer 0 6553.5 15 sec 0 65535 150
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name ADDR_TR B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Min value Max value Def value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category

GSM
Address error threshold for alarm detection.
ADDR_TR
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access None (DLS)
Category

Threshold 1 255 60
None 1 255 60
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Internal BSS alarm, not OMC-R visualisation
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 20

Oui GSM
AG_PREMPT_PCH HMI name AG_PREMPT_PCH Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grant messages when there is one remaining free AGCH block.
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B9 Category
Site (CAE)
None
Paging and Access Grant Control
Application domain Type Flag Min value 0 Max value 1

--
Lets define the free AGCH blocks as the number of blocks remaining for the AGCH messages when the BCCH extended block and NCH blocks have been excluded. Recommended rules - If there is no free AGCH block then the flag is not used (pre-emption mandatory, default value 0 is not used by BTS ) - If there is only one free AGCH block then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption allowed) - If there is more than one free AGCH then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emption forbidden).
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
None 0 1
Unit Coded Min Coded Max
External comment -Internal comment When EN_VGCS is disabled :
Def value
0
Coded Def
Free AGCH = BS_AG_BLKS_RES - BCCH_EXT
When EN_VGCS is enabled: Free AGCH = BS_AG_BLKS_RES - NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS - BCCH_EXT
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 21

Oui GSM
ALLOC_ANYWAY HMI name ALLOC_ANYWAY Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on free resource at expiry of its queuing timer independently of the threshold NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO.
Flag 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Resource allocation and management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0 Internal comment -HMI name ALPHA B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Alpha power control parameter.
ALPHA (BSC)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category

Number 0
Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 1010 Equal to ALPHA (MFS)
Type Min value
None 0 10 10
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 22

Oui GSM 0 7.5 2 Number
Hysteresis for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation.
AMR_FR_HYST
dB 0 15 4
HMI name AMR_FR_HYST
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB Mandatory rules -Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly
Application domain Type Min value Max value Def value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category
recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 13). External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Internal comment --

GSM
AMR_FR_SUBSET HMI name AMR_FR_SUBSET Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR-NB FR calls (1 to 4 codecs).
B10 Oui Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Oui
GSM TS 05.09
Codec Adaptation
Application domain
Sub-syste BSC Instance BSS

Reference 0
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Max value 240 Def value

164
Coded Max Coded Def
240 164
bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1: 10,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). Recommended rules --
External comment Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 23

Oui GSM 0 31.5 6.5 Threshold
AMR_FR_THR_1 HMI name AMR_FR_THR_1 Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode.
dB 0 63 13
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_1 <= AMR_FR_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly
Category
recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_1 <= 16dB. External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Internal comment --

GSM
AMR_FR_THR_2 HMI name AMR_FR_THR_2 Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode.
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
GSM TS 05.09
Application domain

Threshold 0 31.5 11.5
dB 63 23
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 >= AMR_FR_THR_1 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 24

AMR_FR_THR_3 HMI name AMR_FR_THR_3 Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode.
dB 0 63 23
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly
Category

GSM
Hysteresis for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation.
AMR_HR_HYST
HMI name AMR_HR_HYST
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.09
Application domain
Category

Number 0 7.5 2
dB 15 4
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB Mandatory rules -Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly
recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 13). External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 25

Oui GSM
AMR_HR_SUBSET HMI name AMR_HR_SUBSET Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR-NB HR calls (1 to 4 codecs).
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance BSS
Reference 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.09
Codec Adaptation
Category
None 0
Coded on 1 byte. Bit 8 (most significant) = Bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset; Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). The subset shall not contain only 7.4 kbit/s codec mode. The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not Recommended rules supported by Alcatel BSS. --

22
Coded Max Coded Def
60 22
External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). Internal comment -B10 Oui

GSM
AMR_HR_THR_1 HMI name AMR_HR_THR_1 Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode.
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Oui
Rec reference
GSM TS 05.09
Application domain

Threshold 0 31.5 11
dB 63 22
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_1 <= AMR_HR_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly
recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_1 <= 16dB. External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Internal comment -3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 26

AMR_HR_THR_2 HMI name AMR_HR_THR_2 Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode.
dB 0 63 25
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 >= AMR_HR_THR_1 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly
Category
recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_2 <= 16dB. External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Internal comment --

GSM
AMR_HR_THR_3 HMI name AMR_HR_THR_3 Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode.
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
GSM TS 05.09
Application domain

Threshold 0 31.5 12.5
dB 63 25
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly
recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_3 <= 16dB. External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_3 is not used if less than 4 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 27

Oui GSM
AMR_START_MODE_FR HMI name AMR_START_MODE_FR Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a AMR-NB FR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS.
Reference 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.09
Codec Adaptation
Category
Oui
0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) --
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def

GSM
AMR_START_MODE_HR HMI name AMR_START_MODE_HR Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a AMR-NB HR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS.
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.09
Codec Adaptation
Application domain

Reference 0
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) Mandatory rules If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), the chosen codec mode shall not correspond to 7.40 kbit/s. Recommended rules Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR-NB HR should be avoided.

0
Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
4 0 0
External comment -Internal comment -3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 28

Non GSM 0 7.5 2.5 Number
AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1
dB 0 15 5
HMI name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 Hysteresis for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation, for transition between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Rec reference Type Min value Max value Def value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
3GPP TS 45.009
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB Mandatory rules -Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rules is highly
Application domain
External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. B10 Oui B9
recommended : AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 <= 16dB.

GSM
AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 HMI name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 Hysteresis for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation, for transition between highest codec mode and second lowest codec mode.
Category
Site (CAE)
Non
Rec reference
3GPP TS 45.009
Application domain

Number 0 7.5 2.5
dB 15 5
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB Mandatory rules -Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rules is highly
External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 29

Non GSM 0 31.5 6 Threshold
AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1
dB 0 63 12
HMI name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 Threshold for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. Category
Site (CAE)
B9
GSM TS 45.009
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 < AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly
Application domain
External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. B10 Oui B9

GSM
AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 HMI name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 Threshold for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and highest codec mode.
Category
Site (CAE)
Non
Rec reference
3GPP TS 45.009
Application domain

Threshold 0 31.5 8
dB 63 16
Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 < AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly
External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 30

Non IP
ASIG_PRIORITY
Number 0
HMI name ASIG_PRIORITY BSS internal priority used for the signaling flow toward/from A interface in IP network Category
System (CST)
B9
Rec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Min value Max value 3 Def value 2 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: higher priority 3: lower priority --
GPRS telecom presentation
Application domain
None 0 3
Sent to TC via TCSL.

GSM
ATT (BSC) HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference System information management Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 31

Oui GSM
This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell.
AUT_BAR
HMI name AUTO_BAR_CELL Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Flag 0 1 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 1
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name AUTO_DSC B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
This flag enables/disables auto disconnection of LAPD links.
AUTO_DSC
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules 0: disabled 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 32

Oui GSM
Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst.
B_NUM
Number
HMI name B_NUM
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 1 35 5
None
Category
None 1 35 5
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type. Internal comment -HMI name BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK B10 Oui B9
Non
Logical name Definition Instance
BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK
Bandwidth consumed by a signalling link on Abis interface: -OML link associated to a BTS, -or the RSL link associated to a TRX on Abis interface. IP
Sub-syste BSC
Site (CAE) A-bis link
None
Application domain
Category
In case of a BTS with 2 Abis (2 E1 links), BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK shall take the same value for both Abis. Recommended rules --
Step size = 1.
kbit/s 1 32
Type Number Min value 1 Max value 32 Def value

16
Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
16 16
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 33

Non
BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance
A-bis link kbit/s 6 32
Rec reference
IP Site (CAE)
HMI name BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS Abis bandwidth consumed by a RTS supporting some TCH(s) (one FR TCH or two HR TCHs). The RTSs supporting only one HR TCH are supposed to consume half this bandwidth. The statistical bandwidth gain brought by DTX (when DTX is activated) shall be taken into account in this value. Category Type Number Min value 6 Max value 16 Def value
16
B9
None
In case of a BTS with 2 Abis (2 E1 links), BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS shall take the same value for both Abis. Recommended rules --
Step size = 1.
Application domain
OMC-R access Changeable
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. HMI name BCC B10 Oui B9
16 16
Only values equal and below 16 kbit/s are allowed in B10. Greater values are provisionned for AMR-WB. Oui

GSM
BTS colour code of the cell.
BCC (BSC)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 0 7
None 0 0 7
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded over 3 bits Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 34

Oui GSM
This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH.
BCCH_EXT
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B9
HMI name BCCH_EXT
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Paging and Access Grant control
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Min value 0 Max value 1 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
Category
-BCCH_EXT cannot be set to true if the associated BTS is a non-Evolium one. -When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true. Recommended rules -When EN_VGCS is disabled : The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within -When EN_VGCS is enabled : the same band.
0: false, 1:true
None 0 1
Def value 0 External comment -Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH
. if BCCH_EXT = false, BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
Coded Def
i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection duration ii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition of the system information on 3G cells.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 35

Oui GSM
Indicates the frequency used as BCCH.
BCCH_FREQUENCY
HMI name BCCH_FREQUENCY Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Handover Preparation
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Min value 0 Max value 1023
--
Category
In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if Recommended rules EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These restrictions do not apply to external cells.
--
None 0 1023
External comment -Internal comment - The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, , 1023, 0}.
Def value
None
Coded Def
- For an own cell, the BCCH frequency is deduced from the radio TS description.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 36

Oui GSM
Indicates the frequency used as BCCH.
BCCH_FREQUENCY(n)
HMI name BCCH_ARFCN Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Min value 0 Max value 1023 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
Category
- BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n) - In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN Recommended rules belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if -EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These restrictions do not apply to external cells.
--
None 0 1023
- for serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC: There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all cells which are target for reselection of the same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS) <> Disabled and FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty. -for Non Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards : There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all cells which are target for reselection of that same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> Disabled and FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty. - For Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards : There shall be no more than 32 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all target cells.
External comment -Internal comment - The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, , 1023, 0}.
Def value
None
Coded Def
- The BCCH frequency of an adjacent external cell is directly editable in the HMI. To be consistent with the MFS related parameter, the OMC-R access is defined according to this case (changeable). The BCCH frequency of an adjacent internal cell is virtual changeable. - This parameter is not a new B9 parameter, it was already existing in the SW of previous release and has been introduced in the BTP in B9 for re-alignment (so not in CDE table)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 37

Oui GSM
BF_HI_RX HMI name BF_HI_RX Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition.
Threshold 0 100 80 % 0 100 80
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
BF_HI_TX HMI name BF_HI_TX Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition.
Category
Network (CDE)
Rec reference OMC-R access None (DLS)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 30 16
None 0 30 16
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 38

Oui GSM
BF_LO_RX HMI name BF_LO_RX Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition.
Threshold 0 100 70 % 0 100 70
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
BF_LO_TX HMI name BF_LO_TX Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 30 8
None 0 30 8
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 39

Oui GSM
BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH).
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.02
Paging & access grant control
Application domain Type Number Min value 0 Max value 7

--
-BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell -when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 Recommended rules - when CCCH_CONF=2, max value of BS_AG_BLKS_RES is 7 and BS_AG_BLKS_RES must be > 0 if CBCH is configured in the cell. -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . if BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)
None 0 7
External comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0
Def value
Coded Def
Internal comment
For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1 At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = CBH or SDH in the TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 40

Oui

cell Number None 1 15 9
Rec reference
GPRS 1 15 9 Site (CAE)
BS_CV_MAX (BSC) HMI name BS_CV_MAX Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed.
B9 Category Type Min value Max value Def value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
3GPP TS 04.60
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS) Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the
Application domain
External comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC
uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Internal comment
data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 41

Oui GSM
Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure.
BS_P_CON_ACK
HMI name BS_P_CON_ACK Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Timer 0 31 3
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
2 x Samfr 0 31 3
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type HMI name BS_P_CON_INT B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands.
BS_P_CON_INT
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Category

Timer 0 31 1
2 x Samfr 0 31 1
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 42

Oui GSM Number 2 9 5
BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 05.02
Application domain
None 0 7
Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Recommended rules -External comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the BTS.
Category
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) Recommended rules --
step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB
Power control & radio link supervision
Application domain
Type Number Min value -30 Max value 0 Def value

0
15
dB 0
External comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). Internal comment --
0 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 43

Oui GSM
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell.
dB 15 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Min value -30 Coded Min Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (MFS) and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 0 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0 Coded Def External comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation).
Internal comment HMI name BS_TXPWR_MIN B10 Oui
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.

GSM
BTS minimum allowed transmission power.
BS_TXPWR_MIN
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
BS_TXPWR_MIN <= BS_TXPWR_MAX BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended rules --
step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB
Category

-24
15
dB 0
External comment -Internal comment --
12 12
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 44

Oui GSM
BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND HMI name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing by the BSC.
Flag 0 1 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Resource allocation & management Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name BSC_RSL_TID B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
BSC_RSL_TID
RSL termination identifier on BSC side.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Sub-syste BSC Instance RSL

Number 0 65535 0
None 0 65535 0
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 45

Oui GSM Reference 0 255 20
First character of BSC X25 primary address.
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1]
HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [1] Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules -External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Internal comment -HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [10] B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 46

Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Oui

GSM
Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules -External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 47

Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Oui

GSM
Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 48

Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Oui

GSM
Second character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 49

Third character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Oui

GSM
Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 50

Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Oui

GSM
Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 51

Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Oui

GSM
Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 52

Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules -External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Internal comment -HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [1] B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
First character of BSC X25 secondary address.
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1]
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 53

Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [10] Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Internal comment -HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [11] B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 54

Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Oui

GSM
Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 55

Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC B9
HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [14]
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Oui

GSM
Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 56

Second character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Oui

GSM
Third character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 57

Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Oui

GSM
Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 58

Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Oui

GSM
Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 59

Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 20
Oui

GSM
Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 20
None 0 255 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 60

Oui GSM
Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC.
BSIC (GSM)
HMI name BSIC Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Abstract # # #
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment See BCC (BSC) and NCC (BSC) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Min value Max value Def value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category
None

GSM
List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.
BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Ciphering procedure
Category

List of numbers 1
Mandatory rules Max value 2 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.
coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7. The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 1 2
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 61

Oui GSM
List of numbers 1
HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 2
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Ciphering procedure
Category
Mandatory rules Max value 2 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 2 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R. HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 3 B10 Oui B9
Oui
None 1 2

GSM
Rec reference
Not Used (NU)
None
Ciphering procedure
Category

List of numbers 1
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 1 7
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 62

Oui GSM
List of numbers 1
B9
Rec reference
Not Used (NU)
None
Ciphering procedure
Application domain OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Min value Unit Coded Min
Category
Oui
None 1 7

GSM
Rec reference
Not Used (NU)
None
Ciphering procedure
Category

List of numbers 1
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 1 7
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 63

Oui GSM
List of numbers 1
B9
Rec reference
Not Used (NU)
None
Ciphering procedure
Category
Oui
None 1 7

GSM
Rec reference
Not Used (NU)
None
Ciphering procedure
Category

List of numbers 1
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 1 7
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 64

Oui GSM
BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY HMI name Send_CM_Enquiry Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at call establishment time.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Classmark handling
Category
0: the classmark enquiry is never initiated by the BSC; 1: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the BSC will always initiate a classmark enquiry; 2: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the BSC will initiate the classmark enquiry if algorithm A5/1 is not available (information available in MS classmark 1 IE sent in the LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST).
None 0
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Coded Max Coded Def

IP
BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (BSC)
HMI name BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE IP Transport mode for Ater level signalling links (GSL, Qmux/TCSL, N7, knowing only GSL applies to the MFS): TDM or IP Category
Site (CAE)
Non
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation Coding rules 0 : TDM, 1 :IP Mandatory rules Equal to BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 65

Oui GSM
List of flags indicating what are the BTS ciphering capabilities.
BTS_CIPH_CAP
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance BTS
Flag 0
HMI name ciphering capabilities
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Ciphering procedure
Application domain OMC-R access Displayed Type Min value Unit Coded Min
Category
Mandatory rules Max value 255 Recommended rules -Def value 1 External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment Bit 1 = 1 (mandatory)Bit 4 to 8 = 0 (mandatory)Bits 1 and 4 to 8 shall not be displayed at the OMC-R.Transmitted to the BTS in the B10 Oui B9
Non
Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is supported. bit 1 (LSB) : no encryption. bit 2 : A5/1. bit 3 : A5/2...bit 8 : A5/7. bit x =0: encryption not supported. bit x =1: encryption supported --
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
255 1
BTS_CONF_DATA message

IP
HMI name BTS_IP_Address IP address of the BTS. There is only one IP address per BTS, used by all protocols (IPTCH, IPGCH, RSL, OML,) Category
Site (CAE)
BTS_IP_Address
None
GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer
Application domain
Sub-syste BSC Instance BTS

Number 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Meaningful only for IP BTS. Internal comment IP demo parameter.
coded on 32 bits the OMC must display the value of each octet following the format: www.xxx.yyy.zzz default value : 255.255.255.255, coded as an empty string --
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
- When the IP BTS is created in the BSC, it is created with its IP@. The BSC is then able to reach the BTS through the SNMP command. The BTS, from its part, gets its IP@ from the DHCP request. The BTS IP address is sent to the MFS via BSCGP: state change message. 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA Page 66

Oui GSM
BTS_Q_LENGTH HMI name BTS_Queue_Length Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that can be queued simultaneously.
Number 0 64 3
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 64 3
Spec reference Resource allocation & management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name BTS_RSL_TID B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
BTS_RSL_TID
RSL termination identifier on BTS side
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 1 2
None 1 1 2
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 67

Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection.
Call_user_data_sel
HMI name Call_User_Data_Selector
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 0
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0 to 16 bytes string Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal comment
Each byte of the string can get a value in the range [0..255]. OMC sends a string of a fixed length of 16bytes. The default string is an empty string. The right side of the string might be filled by zeros until 16 bytes are reached.

GSM
CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a general capture handover.
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
None
Application domain

Flag 0 2
None 0 0 2
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 68

Oui GSM
CBC_window HMI name CBC_Window Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBC interface for both incoming and outgoing primitives.
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC B9 Category
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules Def value

1
Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled shall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Recommended rules --
--
Short message service cell broadcast
Application domain Type Number Min value 1 Max value 3 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
None 1 3 1 1
External comment Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1.
Internal comment HMI name CBC Primary X25 Address B10 Oui
If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to 3. --

GSM
CBC X25 primary address.
CBC_X25_primary_address
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 255 32
None 0 255 32
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules -External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 69

CBC X25 secondary address.
CBC_X25_secondary_address
HMI name CBC Secondary X25 Address Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255 32
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules -External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 70

Oui GSM
Configuration of the CCCH.
CCCH_CONF (BSC)
HMI name CCCH_CONF Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Number 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Coding rules Max value 2

--
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Min value Unit Coded Min Coded Max
Category
Mandatory rules
0: one CCCH not combined, 1: one CCCH combined 2: two CCCH not combined 1) CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell
None 0
Recommended rules 2)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of
MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 1: CCCH combined ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 0: CCCH not combined iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 2
External comment -Internal comment shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH.
Def value
Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 71

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 0
CELL_BAR_ACCESS HMI name Administrative cell Barring This parameter identifies if the cell is barred by the operator for MS initial access.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 05.08
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Virtual changeable Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter is changeable via bar-cell and debar-cell operator commands. HMI name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection.
CELL_BAR_QUALIFY
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules 0: normal priority, 1: low priority Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 72

Oui 2G-3G Number 1 100 100
CELL_CAPACITY_CLASS HMI name Cell Capacity Class Capacity class of the cell, measured on a linear scale, ranging from 1 to 100.
% 1 100
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 08.08
Application domain
Category
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules binary value on 8 bits Mandatory rules -Recommended rules the Cell Capacity Class shall follow the recommended rule: In order to fulfill the 3GPP
requirement of having a linear scale in the capacity class, ranging from 1 to 100: Cell Capacity Class is a linear function of the Cell capacity: value 1 shall indicate the minimum capacity class, and 100 shall indicate the maximum capacity class. Capacity class should be measured on a linear scale.
100
The default value of Cell Capacity Class should depend on the number of available TCHs in the cell and since there may be up to 126 TCH channels in one GSM cell:
Cell_Capacity_Class = int{[(99/125) x (NTCH - 1)] + 1}
where NTCH is the number of all TCH channels in the Cell.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 73

Oui GSM
Determines if the cell is processed as a macrocell or a microcell.
CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE
HMI name Cell Dimension
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Coding rules 0: Macrocell, 1: Microcell Min value 0 Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Max value 1 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user. HMI name CELL_EVALUATION B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell.
CELL_EV
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules 0: Order, 1: Grade Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 74

Oui GSM Flag 0 3 0
CELL_LAYER_TYPE HMI name Cell Layer Determines if the cell is processed as single cell, upper layer cell, lower layer or indoor layer cell.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 3
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Coding rules 0: Single cell, 1: Upper layer, 2: Lower layer, 3 : Indoor layer Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Recommended rules The allowed layer configurations are: 1) Only single layer cells, 2) Upper layer cells + Indoor
External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_LAYER_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user. HMI name Cell Partition B10 Oui B9
Oui
layer cells, 3) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells, 4) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells + Indoor layer cells

GSM
Determines if the cell is concentric.
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Handover preparation
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Category
Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Must be equal to "Concentric" when FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM-DCS1800" or Recommended rules "PGSM-DCS1800". --
0: No partition, 1: Concentric
None 0 1
Type Flag Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0 External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_PARTITION_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 75

Oui GSM
Determines if the cell belongs to an extended cell.
CELL_RANGE (BSC)
HMI name Cell Range Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Min value 0 Max value 2
--
Category
CELL_RANGE(BSC) = CELL_RANGE(MFS) Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Recommended rules A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC when they are PS capable).
0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell
None 0 2
External comment -Internal comment The CELL_RANGE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user. B10 Oui B9
Def value
0
Coded Def

GSM
Cell_Range(n) (BSC)
HMI name Cell Range Determines if the adjacent cell belongs to an extended cell, or a GAN cell. Category
Site (CAE)
Non
Rec reference OMC-R access Virtual changeable
None
Application domain
0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell, 3: GAN cell
None 0 -3
CELL_RANGE(BSC) = CELL_RANGE(MFS) Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Recommended rules A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC when they are PS capable).
Type Number Min value 0 Max value 3
External comment The CELL_RANGE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
Def value
Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 76

Oui GSM 0 14 6 Number
CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area or, for a GPRS MS, in a different routing area, or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state.
dB 0 7
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
Category
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui n)
Non VGCS
CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS( Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area.
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 0 14 6
dB 7
Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 77

Permanent offset to C2 criterion.
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC)
HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
dB 0 63 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

VGCS
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(BSC)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 0 126 0
dB 63 0
Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 78

Oui GSM
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND HMI name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion are broadcast.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit Coding rules 0: not present, 1: present Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. This parameter was explicitly defined in GSM 05.08 up to version V8.3.1 of Release 99 (replaced HMI name CGI_3G_REQUIRED B10 Oui B9
Oui
by sentences in subsequent versions)

2G-3G
Controls format of 3G cell identifications sent to the MSC.
CGI_3G_REQD
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Displayed Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_3G_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports
External comment Internal comment --
the CGI format. The CGI_3G_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage. Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
If CGI_3G_REQD = 1 then 3G cell will be identified on A interface with MCC_3G(n) + MNC_3G(n) + LAC_3G(n) + RNC_ID(n) Else with LAC_3G(n) + RNC_ID(n)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 79

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 1
Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC.
CGI_REQD
HMI name CGI_REQUIRED
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1 1
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Displayed Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports the
External comment Internal comment -HMI name cell Identity (CI) B10 Oui B9
CGI format. The CGI_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage. Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.

GSM
Cell Identity.
CI (BSC)
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.60
External channel changes
Category
LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI (MFS) Recommended rules --
--
None 0 65535
Type Reference Min value 0 Max value 65535 Def value

65535
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment --
65535 65535
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 80

Oui 2G-3G
CI_3G(n) HMI name CI_3G(n) This parameter indicates the Cell Identifier of a 3G cell as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance 3G cell
Number 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 48.008
Spec reference Coding rules Max value 65535 Def value

-1
Handover Management
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Min value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category
Mandatory rules
Binary value on 16 bits The value of -1 indicates that no cell identifier is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell
None 0
65535 -1
Recommended rules CI_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from -1) --
External comment The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment -HMI name Circuit Identity Code B10 Oui

GSM
Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit.
CIC
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.08
Application domain
Category
Sub-syste BSC Instance A ch

Reference 0 65535 65535
None 0 65535 65535
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Displayed Coding rules Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits = TS number Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 81

Oui GSM
COUNT_DECR HMI name COUNT_DECR Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE) 1 10 1
None
Category
None 1 10 1
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
COUNT_I_THRESHOLD HMI name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions upon TCU overload.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 50 10
None 0 50 10
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 82

Oui GSM
COUNT_INCR_1 HMI name COUNT_INCR_1 Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 1.
Number
B9
Rec reference
None
Category
None 0 10 2
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2 External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
COUNT_INCR_2 HMI name COUNT_INCR_2 Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 2.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Number 1 10 4
None 1 10 4
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1 External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 83

Oui GSM
CRC_MON HMI name CRC_MON Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the CRC error counter is reset.
Timer 0 25.5 10 sec 0 255
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name CRC_TR B10 Oui B9
Oui
100

GSM
CRC error threshold for alarm detection.
CRC_TR
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category

Threshold 1 255 50
None 1 255 50
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 84

Oui VGCS
CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n) HMI name CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n) This parameter allows to characterise an handover adjacency, meaning to be used as for normal Circuit Switched transaction only, or for VGCS call only, or for both.
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance adj
Number 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Min value Max value 2 Def value
2
Category Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
None 0
0= CS 1= VGCS 2= CS & VGCS Mandatory rules If source/target cell has FREQUENCY_RANGE = GSM850 or DCS1900, then CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n) = 0. Recommended rules --
2 2 2
The value of CS_VGCS_CHAR is deduced from the VGCS-Char parameter of BOP. The adjacency type of normal CS transaction is given in the Adjacency-Type parameter (R/HO/R&HO), defined in BOP.

GSM
DELTA_DEC_HO_margin HMI name DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN Correction factor favouring handover cause Power budget when traffic is high in the serving cell and low in neighbour cell(s).
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui
B9 Sub-syste BSC Instance cell

Number 0 24 0
Oui
None
Application domain
dB 24 0
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 85

Oui GSM
DELTA_INC_HO_margin HMI name DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN Correction factor penalizing handover cause Power budget when traffic is low in the serving cell and high in neighbour cell(s).
Number dB 0 24 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 0 24 0
None
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type B10 Oui B9
Non
Category

GSM
DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSK HMI name DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSK This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-WB GMSK speech calls.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
DTX functional specification
Application domain

Flag 0
Mandatory rules Max value 1 Coded Max Recommended rules The value 1 is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_WB =1 Def value 0 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some
0 : DL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK enabled --
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0 1
cases.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 86

Oui GSM
This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls.
DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE
Flag 0 1 0
HMI name Downlink DTX
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference DTX functional specification Coding rules 0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed Mandatory rules -Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB FR speech calls.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 87

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 0
Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB HR speech calls.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Downlink_DTX_enable_HR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_HR This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speech calls.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference DTX functional specification Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 88

Signalling Point Code of the MSC.
DPC
HMI name MSC Signalling Point Code Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.704
Application domain
Category
None 0 16383 12
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded over 14 bits Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment Must be equal to OPC and SSF used by MSC B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode.
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain

Number 0
Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , 111 Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)
Type Min value
sec 0 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 89

Oui GSM
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS.
DTX_INDICATOR (BSC)
HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 1 Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Flag 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Min value Unit Coded Min
Category
Mandatory rules Max value 2 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 2 Coded Def External comment DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options (BCCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in cell Options B10 Oui B9
Oui
coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use uplink DTX Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (MFS)
None 0 2
(SACCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M

GSM
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 2 Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies for all codec types except AMR.
Category
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain

Flag 0
Mandatory rules Max value 7 Recommended rules -Def value 2 External comment DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR (see coding rules). Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The
coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel rate for TCH/F 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=may for TCH/H 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall, 7= shall --
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 90

Oui GSM
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 2 for AMR Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only to AMR-NB FR and AMR-NB HR.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Category
Mandatory rules Max value 7 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 2 Coded Def External comment DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR is calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR (see coding rules). Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The HMI name
Uplink DTX Phase 2 for AMR-WB
coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel rate for TCH/F (AMR FR) 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=may for TCH/H (AMR HR) 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall, 7= --
None 0
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
Logical name
Non
Non
Definition
GSM
MSK GMSK Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only to AMR-WB GMSK.
Category
Site (CAE)
TRX nb
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR_WB_G
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
3GPP TS 44.018
Application domain

Flag 0
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules Max value 2 Coded Max Recommended rules The value 2 is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_WB =1 Def value 2 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some
0= the MS may use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK, 1= the MS shall use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK, 2=the MS shall not use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK, --
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
cases.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 91

Oui

BSC None 0 1023 252
DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER HMI name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER Dummy ARFCN used to describe one dummy 2G frequency in the SI2ter message when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message and the SI2ter message has to be present to describe 3G frequencies.
B9
GSM
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules -Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 1023 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 252 Coded Def External comment Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding the
Application domain
Category
Internal comment B10 Oui
dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections (for a serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC, or for a Non Evolium serving cell) --

GSM
DWELL_TIME_STEP HMI name DWELL_TIME_STEP Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) of MIN_DWELL_TIME.
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Oui
None
Application domain

Number 0 30 2
sec 0 30 2
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 92

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 0
EC HMI name EMERGENCY_CALL Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes or only for access classes 11 to 15.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.08
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages HMI name AUTO_BAR_EC B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class.
EC_BAR
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category

Flag 0 1
0 1
None 1
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 93

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 1
ECSC HMI name ECSC Indicates to the MS whether or not early sending of CLASSMARK CHANGE is allowed.
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance BSS B9 Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.08
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference Classmark handling OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules 0: early sending not allowed, 1: early sending allowed Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages. Coded in the software. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE HMI name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENT FAILURE sent in case of External Directed Retry.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 0 127 13
None 0 127 13
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded over 8 bits Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 94

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 0
EDR_MSG_ORDER HMI name EDR_MSG_ORDER This parameter determines the order of transmission of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE and HANDOVER REQUIRED on the A interface in case of an External Directed Retry.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED HMI name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintained in queue during External Directed Retry attempt.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Handover Management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 95

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 0
EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL HMI name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to the MSC in case of External Directed Retry.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EFR_ENABLED HMI name EFR_ENABLED This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR) is allowed in the cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Resource allocation & management Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 96

Oui GSM
EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY HMI name EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY Defines the radio resource allocation strategy used in EGSM cells.
Number 0
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Resource allocation and management
Category
None 0
0: Different behaviour for EGSM capable MS: The BSS handles differently EGSM capable MS from PGSM only capable MS in EGSM cells. 1: Same behaviour for EGSM capable MS: The BSS handles in the same way only PGSM capable MS as EGSM capable MS in EGSM cells, i.e. the BSS assumes that all GSM900 MS are EGSM capable. Mandatory rules 1) When EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY is set to Different behaviour for EGSM capable MS, the OMC-R does not allow the operator to define the BCCH, CCCH, SDCCH and CBCH on a G1 Recommended rules TRX. --

0
Coded Max Coded Def
1 0
External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui

GSM
EME_DATA_TIMER HMI name EME_DATA_TIMER Timer supervision the reception by the BSC of the EME_DATA_IND message
Category
System (CST)
B9 Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC

Timer 0 255 6
Oui
None
Application domain
sec 0 255 60
Spec reference Radio Measurements Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 97

Non O
EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO
Flag 0 1 0
Non
HMI name EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_H Allows handovers towards 3G cells for a given MS when I.E. Service Handover is missing and the
B9
TRX nb
Cell Type
Non
load in the serving cell is high (see THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ 2G-3G
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules 0 : disable, 1 : enable Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 98
Logical name
Oui BSC cell Number
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION HMI name

B9 TRX nb Cell Type
Definition
2G-3G
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECT B10 Oui ION Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections and defines the 3G search activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state. Sub-syste
Non Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Unit Min
Category
Instance
RMS template Non
None 0
Max Def Def
3 0 0
0: Disabled Min value 0 Coded 1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, 2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. 3: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1 Mandatory rules if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and if EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION Max value 3 Coded <> 0, then EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION = EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells Coded having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within Def value 0 Coded the same band. Value 3 should be used only in case of good 3G FDD coverage. External comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS or NC2 mode of operation for all MS, the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections (for a serving cell handled by a Non Evolium serving cell)
Internal comment
The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection duration ii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition of the system information on 3G cells.
This parameter is available in the MFS through the BSCGP interface.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 99
Logical name
Non EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESEL
Non
TRX nb Cell Type Sub-syste BSC Instance cell Type

Number
EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTI
HMI name B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
2G-3G
ON ECTION Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN TD-SCDMA cell reselections and defines the 3G search activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state.
Category
Site (CAE)
RMS template Non
Rec reference OMC-R access Changeable Unit
None
0: Disabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, 2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. 3: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1 Mandatory rules In front of non-Evolium cells, the parameter value shall be forced to 0. Max value 3 Coded Max 3 if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and if EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION Recommended rules <> 0, then EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION = EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band. Def value 0 Coded Def 0 Value 3 should be used only in case of good 3G TDD coverage. External comment If EN_2G_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION < 3, and If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS or NC2 mode of operation for Rel4 onwards MS or NC2 mode of operation for all MS, the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection duration ii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition of the system information on 3G cells.
Application domain
None
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 100

Oui 2G-3G
This parameter indicates if diversity is applied for the cell
EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n)
Flag 0
HMI name EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n)
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 44.018
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name EN_3G_HO B10 Oui B9
Oui
1 bit: 0 diversity is not applied, 1 diversity is applied --
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def

2G-3G
This flag enables/disables the 2G-3G handover
EN_3G_HO
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment 2G-3G Handover will be disabled by the BSS in cells mapped to non Evolium BTSs Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 101

Non
EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU
BSC Flag 0 None 0 1
HMI name EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU Defines if the limitation of TRE is static or dynamic. For static limitation only Nb FR TRE + 2 x DR TRE < 200 is allowed. For dynamic limitation only Nb TRE < 200 is allowed.
GSM
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Coding rules Max value 1 Def value 0
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment feature "Removal of HR impact"
0: static 1:dynamic --
Coded Max Coded Def
in B9, TCU can serve 4 FR TREs or 2 DR TREs in B10, dynamic, TCU serves 4 TREs (FR or HR)

GSM
EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR HMI name EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR-NB channel adaptation (Handover Cause 27).
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui
B9
Non
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 102

Non GSM Flag 0 1 0
EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR
HMI name EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR-NB channel adaptation (Handover Cause 26). Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_AMR_FR HMI name EN_AMR_FR This flag controls whether or not AMR-NB full rate is allowed in the cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Resource allocation and management Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 103

Oui GSM
EN_AMR_HR HMI name EN_AMR_HR This flag controls whether or not AMR-NB half rate is allowed in the cell.
Flag 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Resource allocation and management Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non

GSM
EN_AMR_WB_GMSK HMI name EN_AMR_WB_GMSK This flag controls whether or not AMR WB GMSK is allowed in the cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules In front of non-Evolium cells, the parameter value shall be forced to 0. Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 104

Oui GSM
This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure.
EN_BALANCED_CI
HMI name EN_BALANCED_CI
TRX nb Non Cell Type Non RMS template Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Coding rules 0:disable, 1: enable Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Recommended rules -Def value 1 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO HMI name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO This flag enables/disables the detection of too high level in outer zone handover cause (cause 13).
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 105

Oui GSM
EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) HMI name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred band.
Flag 0 1 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name EN_BS_PC B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
This flag enables/disables BS Power Control.
EN_BS_PC
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 106

Oui GSM
EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring upon BTS/BSC overload.
Flag 0 1 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 1
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages.
EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Flag 0 1
0 0
None 1
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 107
Logical name
Non
Definition
2G-3G Flag 0 1 0
EN_COMPRESSED_INTER_RAT_I NFO Allows sending by the MS of Compressed Inter-RAT HO information
EN_COMPRESSED_INTER_RAT_INFO HMI name

B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance BSS B9 TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Radio and link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0 : disable, 1 : enable Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Shall be set to 1 only if all RNCs neighbour to this BSS support the feature. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non
Non 2G-3G
EN_CPICH_2G_3G_RESELECTION HMI name EN_CPICH_2G_3G_RESELECTIO Defines the CPICH measurements used in the 2G to 3G cell reselection
TRX nb
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 44.018
Category

Flag 0
0: Only 1 CPICH measurement is used 1: CPICH Ec/No and RSCP measurements must be used This parameter can be set on 1 only if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION <>0
Type Min value
None 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 108

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 0
This flag indicates if 14.4 kbit/s operation is allowed.
EN_DATA_144
HMI name Data 14.4 kbit/s
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter has not been removed in order not to impact the implementation of the BSC. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_DIST_HO HMI name EN_DIST_HO This flag enables/disables the detection of distance handover cause (cause 6).
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 109

Oui GSM
This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry.
EN_DR
Flag 0 1 0
HMI name Directed_Retry
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover management Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name EN_DTM B10 Oui B9
Non

DTM
EN_DTM
Enables/disables the support of dual transfer mode
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
DTM Functional specification
Category
EN_DTM may be set to 1 only if : -The cell is mapped on an Evolium BTS Recommended rules -CELL_RANGE = 0 To get full benefit of DTM feature, a Gs interface shall be present, and -MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 1 Network_Operation_Mode shall be set to 1 (NMO 1). However, DTM is still possible with NMO2
0: disabled, 1: enabled
None 0 1
Type Flag Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0 Coded Def External comment ((E)GPRS is mandatory for DTM operation, and at least 2 PDCHs are required in the PS zone for allocation of DTM resources to (at least) one
Internal comment
DTM call, therefore, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD shall at least be equal to 2. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 110

Oui GPRS Flag 0 1 0
Enables/Disables EGPRS traffic in the cell.
EN_EGPRS
HMI name EN_EGPRS Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable Mandatory rules EN_EGPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0. Recommended rules If EN_EGPRS is set to enable, Alcatel recommend to set the parameter
PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX to 0. In case of extended cell, Alcatel recommend to set the same value in both, inner and outer, External comment From system point of view, when EN_EGPRS = Enable, the highest MCS allowed on the TRX is defined by the current size of the M-EGCH link of the TRX and by the MAX_EGPRS_MCS value. Internal comment 1) From system point of view, if EN_EGPRS = Enable, the highest MCS, i.e. the less robust, that can be used on each TRX of the cell is determined as a function of the HW TRX capability, of the current size of the M-EGCH link of the TRX, and of the MAX_EGPRS_MCS value. 2) This parameter can be set to enable only if the EGPRS feature has been bought by the Customer.

GSM
EN_EXT_DR HMI name EN_EDR This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure.
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. Def value 1 External comment For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is
Internal comment
triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures. MSC: Depends on MSC Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 111

Oui GSM
EN_EXT_MEAS_REP HMI name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting for Mobile Assisted Frequency Allocation.
Flag 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Normal assignment Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION B10 Oui B9
Non

2G-3G
EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION
Enables a fast 3G cell reselection at 2G CS call release.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 44.018
Category

Flag 0
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min Max value 1 Def value

0
None 0
0:fast 3G cell reselection at 2G CS call release is not used 1:fast 3G cell reselection at 2G CS call release is used Mandatory rules This parameter can be set to 1 only if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION <>0 or if EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 Recommended rules --
1 0 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 112

Oui GSM
This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers.
EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO
Flag 0 1 0
HMI name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Resource allocation and management Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_FORCED_DR HMI name EN_FORCED_DR This flag enables/disables the Forced Directed Retry handover cause detection.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 113

Oui GSM
EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF HMI name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a dual rate, half-rate preferred, to allocate a full rate channel.
Flag 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Normal assignment Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This flag shall be set to 1 only in Cegetel NW HMI name EN_GAN_HO B10 Oui B9
Non

GSM
EN_GAN_HO
This flag enables/disables the handover to GAN
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Handover Preparation Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 114

Oui GSM
EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO HMI name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO This flag enables/disables the detection of general capture handover cause (cause 24).
Flag 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name Enable GPRS B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
This flag enables / disables the GPRS traffic within the cell.
EN_GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
if MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS is set to disable if MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS is set to enable Recommended rules --
None 0 1
Type Flag Min value 0 Max value 1 Def value

0
External comment -Internal comment The EN_GPRS parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
0 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 115

Non GSM
EN_HSL
HMI name EN_HSL Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Flag 0
Enables SS7 HSL (High speed Signalling Link).
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
(SS7 parameter)
Application domain OMC-R access Displayed Type Min value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Changeable on the BSC terminal.
0: HSL disabled 1: HSL enabled --
None 0 1
Internal comment HMI name EN_INCOMING_HO B10 Oui
if EN_HSL = 1 the following new Q703 parameters: Q703_N1_HSL, Q_703_N2_HSL, Q703_T1_HSL, Q703_T4E_HSL and Q703_T4N_HSL replaces the old ones: Q703_N1, Q_703_N2, Q703_T1, Q703_T4E and Q703_T4N.
--

GSM
This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell.
EN_IC_HO
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference Handover management Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 116

Oui GSM
EN_IM_ASS_REJ HMI name EN_IMM_ASS_REJ This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedure is enabled.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1
Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0 Coded Def External comment This parameter is only valid for circuit switched traffic. For packet traffic (GPRS or EGPRS) sending of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT
Internal comment HMI name EN_INBAND_NOTIF B10 Oui B9
messages cannot be disabled. --

VGCS
Flag to disable/enable the in-band notification
EN_INBAND_NOTIF
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Coding rules 0: disabled, 1:enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
If EN_INBAND_NOTIF is set to enabled, in addition to sending initial Notification messages on the NCH for the voice group call, If the priority level of the new call is equal or higher than the priority level defined by the parameter Notif_FACCH_PTP_call_THR, the BSS sends initial notification messages (i.e. the three first notification messages) on FACCH of all on-going standard point-to-point calls in the cell informing mobile stations partaking in these calls of new voice group calls that are being set-up in the cell.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 117

Oui VGCS
Flag to disable/enable the in-band paging
EN_INBAND_PAGING
HMI name EN_INBAND_PAGING Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Flag 0 1 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 1
Spec reference Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH HMI name EN_INTERBAND_HO This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
0 0
None 1
Spec reference System information management Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 118

Oui GSM
EN_INTRA_DL HMI name EN_INTRA_DL This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell downlink handover cause (cause 16) for non AMR calls.
Flag 0 1 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_INTRA_DL_AMR HMI name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell downlink handover cause (cause 16) for AMR-NB calls.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 119

Non for AMR-WB GMSK calls. Non Instance cell Flag 0 1 0
EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSK
B10 Oui B9 TRX nb Cell Type Sub-syste
HMI name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSK This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell downlink handover cause (cause 16)
RMS template
GSM
Non Non BSC
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied. External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_INTRA_UL HMI name EN_INTRA_UL This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell uplink handover cause (cause 15) for non AMR calls.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 120

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 1
EN_INTRA_UL_AMR HMI name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell uplink handover cause (cause 15) for AMR-NB calls.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non

GSM
EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSK
HMI name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSK This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell uplink handover cause (cause 15) for AMR-WB GMSK calls. Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied. External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 121

Oui GSM
EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED HMI name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handover attempts.
Flag 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Oui

GSM
EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE HMI name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE This Flag enables/disables the support of the "preferred codec" algorithm for TFO.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Resource allocation and management Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 122

Oui LCS
Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS.
EN_LCS (BSC)
Flag 0 1 0
HMI name EN_LCS
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name EN_LNK_M B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
This flag enables/disables datalink monitoring.
EN_LNK_M
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Flag 0 1
0 1
None 1
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 123

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 0
EN_LOAD_BALANCE HMI name EN_LOAD_BALANCE Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner and outer zone of a multiband cell.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". External comment EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO is enabled Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_LOAD_MNGT HMI name Automatic AC barring on TCH load This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes on TCH load criterion.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 124

Oui GSM
EN_LOAD_ORDER HMI name EN_LOAD_ORDER This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken into account when setting up the list of target cells.
Flag 0 1 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Oui

GSM
EN_LOAD_OUTER HMI name Load computation in outer zone Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of a Concentric/multiband cell instead of the load computation on the whole cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
0 0
None 1
Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 need to be
updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation. EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". External comment significant only for concentric and multiband cells.
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 125

Oui GSM
EN_MA_SELECTION HMI name EN_MA_SELECTION This flag enables/disables channel selection according to Mobile Allocation criterion.
Flag 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Resource allocation & management Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_MCHO_H_DL HMI name EN_MCHO_H_DL This flag enables/disables the detection of level downlink micro-cell handover cause (cause 18).
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 126

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 0
EN_MCHO_H_UL HMI name EN_MCHO_H_UL This flag enables/disables the detection of level uplink mirco-cell handover cause (cause 17).
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_MCHO_NCELL HMI name EN_MCHO_NCELL This flag enables/disables the detection of high level in neighbour lower or indoor cell handover cause (cause 14).
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor layer. External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer or lower layer.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 127

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 0
EN_MCHO_RESCUE HMI name EN_MCHO_RESCUE This flag enables/disables the detection of consecutive bad SACCH frames handover cause (cause 7).
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type HMI name EN_MS_PC B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
This flag enables/disables MS Power Control.
EN_MS_PC
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 128

Oui GSM
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO HMI name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands.
Flag 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_PBGT_FILTERING HMI name EN_PBGT_FILTERING This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells on HO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL criterion.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules This parameter must be set to disabled in case of extended cell External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 129

Oui GSM
EN_PBGT_HO HMI name EN_PBGT_HO This flag enables/disables the detection of power budget handover cause (cause 12).
Flag 0 1 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name Preventive cyclic retransmission
flag

GSM
This flag enables preventive cyclic retransmission.
EN_PCR
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.703
Application domain
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is set to 1 by the BSC in case the Ater links of a BSS are configured as satellite links. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 130

Oui GSM
EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO HMI name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (high level in neighbour cell in the preferred band).
Flag 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Oui

GSM
EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING HMI name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n) in the candidate cell evaluation process.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken into account Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 131

Oui GSM
EN_RESCUE_UM HMI name EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA This flag determines if emergency handovers are directed preferentially to umbrella cells.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 2
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 2 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella. CT: Depends on Cell Type and B10 Oui B9
Oui
BTS Type

GSM
EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO HMI name EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO Flag enabling the intracell handovers allowing to move TCH from the PS zone to the CS zone of PDCH/TCH allocation
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference Handover Preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 132

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 1
This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure.
EN_RL_RECOV
HMI name EN_RADIOLINK_RECOVERY
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_RXLEV_DL HMI name EN_RXLEV_DL This flag enables/disables the detection of level downlink handover cause (cause 5).
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 133

Oui GSM
EN_RXLEV_UL HMI name EN_RXLEV_UL This flag enables/disables the detection of level uplink handover cause (cause 3).
Flag 0 1 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Oui

GSM
EN_RXQUAL_DL HMI name EN_RXQUAL_DL This flag enables/disables the detection of quality downlink handover cause (cause 4).
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 134

Oui GSM
EN_RXQUAL_UL HMI name EN_RXQUAL_UL This flag enables/disables the detection of quality uplink handover cause (cause 2).
Flag 0 1 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Oui

GSM
EN_SEND_CM3 HMI name Forward_CM_3 This flag enables/disables sending of Classmark 3 IE to the MSC.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference Classmark handling OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Max value 1 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1 Coded Def External comment The value of this parameter depends on whether the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE or not: if the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE
Internal comment
then the parameter shall be set to 1, otherwise the parameter shall be set to 0. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 135

Oui GSM
EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE HMI name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE This flag controls Current channel OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Flag 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference External channel changes Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER HMI name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER This flag controls Speech version (used) OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference External channel changes Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 136

Oui GSM
This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process.
EN_SPEED_DISC
HMI name EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer or CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO HMI name SYNCHRONISED_HO This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers between synchronized cells.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Internal channel changes
Application domain
EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to Extended inner or Extended outer. Recommended rules --
None 0 1

0
External comment -Internal comment CELL_TYPE = extended inner at OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = inner cell in the BSC. CELL_TYPE = extended outer at
0 0
OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = outer cell in the BSC.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 137

Oui

BSC Flag 0 1 0 None 0 1
Rec reference
GSM Site (CAE)
EN_TCH_PREEMPT HMI name EN_TCH_PREEMPT This flag enables/disables the TCH/VGCH pre-emption feature. If enabled, a point-to-point or voice group call with the pvi (pre-emption vulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted for a point-to-point or voice group call that has the pci (pre-emption capability indication) bit set if the concerned cell is in congestion state.
B9 Category
None
Application domain
Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0:disabled, 1:enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules - EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable.
- If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2. External comment In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergency handovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell, the BSC will first try to use one of these resources before actually releasing an ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set. In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled and the MSC does not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an incoming point-to-point request with pre-emption capability indicator set during at most T11_forced seconds for a normal assignment or during at most T_qho seconds for an handover request. For the voice group call request, the BSC will follow the MSC indicator.
Internal comment
--

GSM
EN_TFO HMI name EN_TFO This flag enables/ disables TFO function for FR, EFR and HR codecs.
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui

Flag 0 1
Oui
None
Application domain
None 0 0 1
Spec reference TFO Functional specification Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 138

Non GSM
This flag enables/ disables TFO function for AMR-WB codec.
EN_TFO_AMR_WB
Flag 0 1 0
HMI name EN_TFO_AMR_WB
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference TFO Functional specification Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_TFO_MATCH HMI name EN_TFO_MATCH This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function (for FR, EFR and HR codecs).
Category
Site (CAE)
None
TFO Functional specification
Application domain
may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1or if EN_TFO_WB_AMR=1 May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0 Recommended rules --
0: disabled; 1: enabled
None 0 1

0
0 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 139

Oui GSM
This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function.
EN_TFO_OPT
Flag 0 1 0
HMI name EN_TFO_OPT
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference TFO Functional specification Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) HMI name EN_TRAFFIC_HO This flag enables/disables the detection of traffic handover cause (cause 23).
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Sub-syste BSC Instance adj
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0 Coded Def External comment As the traffic load of cells external to the BSC is unknown, no HO cause 23 will be triggered towards these cells, even if EN_TRAFFIC_HO = 1. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 140

Oui GSM
EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT HMI name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message.
Flag 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 1
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment -HMI name EN_UPLINK_REPLY B10 Oui B9
Oui

VGCS
Flag to disable/enable the uplink reply procedure
EN_UPLINK_REPLY
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Flag 0 1
0 0
None 1
Spec reference Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 141

Oui VGCS Flag 0 1 0
Flag to disable/enable the VGCS in the cell
EN_VGCS
HMI name EN_VGCS Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules EN_VGCS shall be set to disabled for non-Evolium BTS Recommended rules When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to
- include the Response Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ). - to configure, at least, one TRX with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 in the cell. - to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2

GSM
EXT_HO_FORCED HMI name EXT_HO_FORCED This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executed as external HO.
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment - Valid for both TCH and SDCCH
- The forced external HO mecanism is NOT applied to the VGC talker, i.e., during the inter-cell internal channel change, i.e., the BSC shall ignore the value of EXT_HO_FORCED parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 142

Oui 2G-3G
FDD_ARFCN(n) HMI name FDD_ARFCN Downlink FDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN)
Number 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 25.101
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Min value Unit Coded Min Coded Max
Category
None 0
The value of -1 indicates that no UARFCNis provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). Mandatory rules For a given 2G cell, the maximum number of different FDD_ARFCN(n) among all 2G to 3G adjacencies for handover is 3 FDD_ARFCN(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from Recommended rules -1) -Only the following downlink UARFCN ranges are standardized: I) 10562-10838 and II) 9662-9938 and III) 1162-1513 and IV) 1537-1738 and V) 4357-4458 and VI) 4387-4413 and VII) 2237- 2563 and VIII) 2937-3088 and IX) 9237-9387
16383
External comment The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Def value
-1
Coded Def
-1
Internal comment
The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN) on the Air interface. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 143

Oui 2G-3G
FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) HMI name FDD_ARFCN_LIST List of neighbour Downlink FDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN)
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain Type List of numbers Min value 0 Max value 16383 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
The defined frequencies (i.e. not set to -1) in the set shall be different. Only the following downlink UARFCN ranges are standardized: Recommended rules I) 10562-10838 and -II) 9662-9938 and III) 1162-1513 and IV) 1537-1738 and V) 4357-4458 and VI) 4387-4413 and VII) 2237- 2563 and VIII) 2937-3088 and IX) 9237-9387
The value of -1 indicates that no UARFCN is provided.
None 0 16383
Def value -1 External comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN) on the Air interface.
Coded Def
-1
Internal comment
The FDD UARFCN of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. Up to 3 FDD UARFCN can be defined in the list. They form a table with the 3 following values FDD_ARFCN_LIST[I] for I = 1,,3. The value of -1 indicates that no UARFCN is provided. The OMC always sends to the BSC precisely 3 values for this list, including the dummy ones, if any, at the end of the list. This parameter is called "List-of-Neigh-FDD-ARFCN" in the MIB.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 144

Oui 2G-3G Number 0 3 2
FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING HMI name FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING Number of the strongest 3G cells to be reported by the MS in the measurement report message
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 45.008
Application domain
None 0 3
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules -Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
Internal comment
This parameter is meaningful only if EN_3G_HO is set to enabled. If disabled, this parameter is considered as equal to zero (the MS shall report only 2G cells). This parameter is also broadcast on SACCH. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 145

Oui 2G-3G
Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.
FDD_Qmin(BSC)
Threshold dB 0
HMI name FDD_Qmin
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08

-20
0 = -20 dB 1 = -6 dB 2 = -18 dB 3 = -8dB 4 = -16dB 5 = -10dB 6 = -14dB 7 = -12dB
Category
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS) Max value -6 Recommended rules -Def value -12 External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. Internal comment --
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 146

Non 2G-3G
FDD_Qmin_Offset
HMI name FDD_Qmin_Offset Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Number dB 0
Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 45.008

0
coded on 3 bits: 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 2 dB, 2 = 4 dB, 3 = 6 dB, 4 = 8 dB, 5 = 10 dB, 6 = 12 dB, 7 = 14 dB.
Category
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Available only if EN_CPICH_2G_3G_Reselection = 1 Internal comment --
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 147

Oui 2G-3G
FDD_Qoffset (BSC) HMI name FDD_Qoffset Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.
Number dB 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08

-32
Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB
Category
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS) Max value 28 Recommended rules -Def value -32 External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 32, but the corresponding text always select a 3G cell if possible
Coded Max Coded Def
15 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 148

Oui 2G-3G
FDD_REP_QUANT HMI name FDD_REP_QUANT This parameter defines the measured quantity to be reported by the MS for the 3G cell.
Number
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 0 1 1
3GPP TS 45.008
Application domain OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference System information management Coding rules 0 : RSCP; 1 :Ec/No Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET B10 Oui B9
Oui
The value 0 is not supported

2G-3G
Offset that the MS shall apply to measurements before reporting
FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 45.008
Mandatory rules Max value 42 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment -Internal comment This parameter is kept in the MIB but shown neither on any HMI screens nor in customer documentations. It is linked to the feature
step size = 6dB (0 : 0dB, 1 : 6dB, 7 : 42dB) --
Category

Number 0
Type Min value
dB 7
ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT which is not supported in the ALU BSS. Important: this parameter is in DLS but is indicated "not in DLS" in order to be removed from the GCD table.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 149

Oui 2G-3G
Threshold above which the MS shall report the measurements
FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD
Threshold dB 0
HMI name FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 45.008

0
step size = 6dB Coded value (binary) : Value (dB) : 0 : 0 : Always report the 3G neighbor cells 1 : 6 : 6 dB 2 : 12 : 12 dB 3 : 18 : 18 dB 4 : 24 : 24 dB 5 : 30 : 30 dB 6 : 36 : 36 dB 7 : 42 : Never report the 3G neighbor cells
Application domain OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Min value Unit Coded Min
Category
Mandatory rules -Max value 42 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment -Internal comment This parameter is kept in the MIB but shown neither on any HMI screens nor in customer documentations. It is linked to the feature
Coded Max Coded Def
ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT which is not supported in the ALU BSS. Important: this parameter is in DLS but is indicated "not in DLS" in order to be removed from the GCD table.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 150

Non 2G-3G
FDD_RSCPmin
HMI name FDD_RSCPmin Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Number -114 dBm 0
Minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 45.008
Category
coded on 4bits: 0 = -114 dBm, 1 = -112 dBm, 2 = -110 dBm, 3 = -108 dBm, 4 = -106 dBm, 5 = -104 dBm, 6 = -102 dBm, 7 = -100 dBm, 8 = -98 dBm, 9 = -96 dBm, 10 = -94 dBm, 11 = -92 dBm, 12 = -90 dBm, 13 = -88 dBm, 14 = -86 dBm, 15 = -84 dBm.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Available only if EN_CPICH_2G_3G_Reselection=1 Internal comment --
Max value -84 Def value -102
Coded Max Coded Def
15 6
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 151

Oui GPRS
Filter_Suspend_Cause HMI name Filter_Suspend_Cause This filter allows not to undertake a suspend procedure, for some specific causes.
Number
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None

0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name FORBID_AMR_NS B10 Oui B9
Oui
bitmap : one bit per cause which can be filtered : (0000 0000): no filtering (0000 0001): LA update filtering (0000 0010): SMS filetring (0000 0011): LA update and SMS filering (1111 1111): Suspend procedure inhibited whatever the cause may be. --
GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer
Category
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
255 0

GSM
Flag to forbid / allow AMR noise suppressor in the MS.
FORBID_AMR_NS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM 04.18
Application domain
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Significant only if EN_AMR_FR, EN_AMR_HR or EN_AMR_WB_GMSK is set to TRUE. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 152

Oui GSM
FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F HMI name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Oui
0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is forbidden --
None 0 1

GSM
FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED HMI name TFO HR when loaded Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half rate when the cell is loaded.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 2
None 0 0 2
Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0 : TFO HR not forced, 1 : TFO HR only, 2 : TFO HR preferred Mandatory rules -Recommended rules If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH should be set to 1 External comment If this flag is set to 1, and if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, it will stay in HR.
Internal comment
If this flag is set to 2, if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, and if TFO is not possible in HR, the BSC will try to establish TFO with AMR-WB, FR or EFR codec, provided that EN_TFO_MATCH=1. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 153

Oui GSM
FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR HMI name Force TFO versus AMR Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for GSM FR SV1, FR SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when the current codec is AMR-NB FR or AMR-NB HR.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1) OR (EN_AMR_HR = 1) Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: disabled (no TFO negotiation if AMR used); 1: enabled (TFO negotiation will start even if AMR used) FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1
None 0 1

GSM
Freefactor_1 HMI name Free_Factor_1 Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number -16 16
0 0
dB 32 16
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 154

Oui GSM
Number dB 0 32 16
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) -16 16 0
None
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number -16 16
0 0
dB 32 16
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 155

Oui GSM
Number dB 0 32 16
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) -16 16 0
None
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4 <= Freefactor_5 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number -16 16
0 0
dB 32 16
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Freefactor_5 >= Freefactor_4 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 156

Oui GSM
Freelevel_1 HMI name Free_Level_1 Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell.
Number 0 255 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 255 1
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 0 255 3
None 0 255 3
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 157

Oui GSM
Number 0 255 5
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 255 5
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 0 255 10
None 0 255 10
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 158

Oui GSM Threshold 0 255 4
Freelevel_DR(n) HMI name Free_Level_DR Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n.
Site (CAE)
TRX nb Oui Cell Type Oui RMS template Non
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 255 4
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 159

Oui GSM
This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell.
FREQUENCY_RANGE
Number 0
HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Normal assignment
Category
None 0
0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7: GAN, 8..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. Mandatory rules - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" . Recommended rules - The micro concentric, mini concentric and indoor concentric cells must be multiband (the -allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These restrictions do not apply to external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range.
The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified.
Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands". 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA 0 0 Page 160
External comment Value "7" exists only starting from MR2. Internal comment Values 4 and "5" are for Multiband cells. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. m B10 Oui
Non

IP
FTP_PRIORITY (BSC)
Number 0
HMI name FTP_PRIORITY (BSC) BSS internal priority used by the BSC for FTP flow in IP network towards the BTS. Category
System (CST)
Rec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Min value Max value 3 Def value 3
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. HMI name GSL_PRIORITY (BSC) B10 Oui B9 Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
0: higher priority 3: lower priority shall be equal to FTP_PRIORITY(BTS).
Application domain
None 0 3

IP
GSL_PRIORITY (BSC)
BSS internal priority used by the GSL flow in IP network
Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
0: higher priority 3: lower priority Shall be equal to GSL_PRIORITY (MFS)
Category
Type Min value
Number 0
None 0 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Def value
Coded Def
Page 161

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 1
GSM_PHASE HMI name GSM_PHASE This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to format messages towards the MSC.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
H_LOAD_OBJ HMI name H_LOAD_OBJ High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduce MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 80
% 0 10 8
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 10% Mandatory rules H_LOAD_OBJ >= L_LOAD_OBJ Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 162

Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME
sec 0 120 20
HMI name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules H_MIN_DWELL_TIME >= L_MIN_DWELL_TIME Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuit switched calls.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
% 0 100 80
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Coding rules -Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD Max value 100 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 80 Coded Def External comment Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see TRXnb default value). The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 163

Oui

cell Threshold 0 100 90 % 0 100 90
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS Load threshold used to determine a certain margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic between two sending of the BSCGP RR Allocation Indication messages. The threshold is expressed in percentage of the radio timeslots available in the cell.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic can be computed as follows:
Application domain Type Min value Max value Def value
Category
(100 - HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)/100*NB_TS
Internal comment
where NB_TS is the number of radio timeslots available in the cell.
--

GSM
HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED HMI name INTERCELL_HO This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercell handovers.
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui

Flag 0 1
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1 1
Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 164

Oui GSM
This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers.
HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED
Flag 0 1 1
HMI name INTRACELL_HO
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover management Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH.
Internal comment
The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO, EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT, EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. Additionally, the flag related to handover cause 30, EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO is set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. The handovers for TFO reasons (cause 29) and RAE4 reasons (cause 30) can therefore be performed even if HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED = disabled.
--

GSM
HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_DIST Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handover causes.
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui
B9 Sub-syste BSC Instance adj

Number -127 127
Oui
None
Application domain
-127 2 127 2
dB
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 165

Oui GSM
HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_LEV Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handover causes.
Number dB
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) -127 127 2
None
Category
-127 127 2
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_QUAL Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handover causes
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number -127 127
-127 1 127 1
dB
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 166

Oui GSM
The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers.
HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT
Flag 0 1 1
HMI name SDCCH_HO
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Handover management Coding rules 0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
HOmargin (0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) which is required for a power budget HO.
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain

Number -127 127
-127 5 127 5
dB
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 167

Oui GSM
This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled.
HR_ENABLED
HMI name HR_ENABLED Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Flag 0 1 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Resource allocation & management Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name I_TX_LAPD B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Maximum LAPD transmission queue length.
I_TX_LAPD
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category

Number 5 204
None 5 105 204
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
105
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 168

Oui

BSC Flag 0 None 0
IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL HMI name IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE This flag indicates whether or not a transmission alarm triggers the telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC). Note that the O&M activities are not dependent on this flag.
B9
GSM
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules If BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE = IP, should be set to FALSE. Due to TDM switching on TC side,
0: transmission alarms are not ignored and the telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC) are triggered; 1: transmission alarms are ignored and telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC) are not triggered; --
there is no more interaction between Atermux and ATR failures.
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 169

Oui

cell Threshold 0 None 0
INBAND_PAGING_THR HMI name INBAND_PAGING_THR If the eMLPP priority included in the Paging message from the MSC is higher than or equal to this parameter, then the BSS shall trigger in-band paging within cells, that are identified to be paged from the PAGING message, and that have existing VGC active.
B9
VGCS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of inband paging 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority)
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 170

IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite for circuit switched calls.
% 0 100 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <=
Category
External comment -Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number B10 Oui B9
Oui
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD

GSM
INTAVE HMI name INTAVE Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCH timeslots.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain

Timer 1 31 10
Samfr 1 31 10
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=1 Samfr Mandatory rules INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 171

Oui GSM Number -110 -47
Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2.
INTFBD1
dBm 0 63 10
HMI name Interference bands 1-2 limit
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.58
Application domain
Category
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules INTFBD1 < INTFBD2 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
-100

GSM
INTFBD2
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.58
Application domain
Category

Number -110 -47
dBm 0 -95 63 15
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 172

INTFBD3
dBm 0 63 20
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.58
Application domain
Category
-90

GSM
INTFBD4
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.58
Application domain
Category

Number -110 -47
dBm 0 -85 63 25
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 173

Upper limit of interference band 5.
INTFBD5
HMI name Interference band 5 upper limit Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
dBm 0 63 63
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.58
Application domain
Category
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Displayed Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
-47
B10 Oui
B9
Non
IP_CONGESTION_TIMER HMI name IP_CONGESTION_TIMER Duration during which the BSC considers the Abis suffers from IP congestion, after reception of sending IP_Congestion_Indication message from the BTS. Until IP_CONGESTION_TIMER expiry, the BSC refuses any additional TCH establishment.
IP
Sub-syste BSC
BSC Timer 1 20 2
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
sec 1 10 2
Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management Coding rules Step size = 1. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 174

Non IP
HMI name IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE Indicative value of the TCP maximum segment size (TCP MSS for the IPGCHC TCP connections) and of the maximum IPGCHU segment size (IPGCHU MISS value). Category
Site (CAE)
IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance Abis group
byte 1 15 3
B9
Rec reference
None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Coding rules Step size =100 Min value 100 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 1500 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 300 Coded Def External comment The value of this parameter is only indicative: it is not applied directly because some TRE hardware constraints have to be taken into account
Application domain
Internal comment
when computing the TCP MSS and the IPGCHU MISS values. This parameter shall be set like a Network MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit), i.e. by taking into account the size of the TCP/IP headers (for the TCP MSS) and the size of the UDP/IP/IPGCH headers (for the IPGCHU MISS). IP demo parameter. Sent by BSC to MFS via BSCGP (Abis group object unknown by MFS O&M). Sent by BSC to BTS via OML.
Non
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL HMI name IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_ For IPGCHU, threshold on measured differential delay in downlink for a given Abis group (second
B10 Oui
B9
Non
TRX nb
DL
Non
Cell Type Sub-syste BSC Instance Abis group

Threshold 10 500 150
RMS template Non
Rec reference
congestion threshold). When the measured differential delay exceeds this threshold, a very pessimistic BE shaping is applied in downlink (cf. the IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL parameter). None Application IP Category Site (CAE)
ms 50 15
domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Step size = 10. Mandatory rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL >= IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL Recommended rules 6 x IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_UL =>
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for each PTU at MFS side).
Sent by the BSC to MFS via BSCGP. 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA Page 175

Non UL
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL
Threshold
Non
HMI name IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_ For IPGCHU, threshold on measured differential delay in uplink for a given Abis group (second
B9
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
Rec reference
10 500 150
congestion threshold). When the measured differential delay exceeds this threshold, a very pessimistic BE shaping is applied in uplink on the concerned TRE(s) (cf. the IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL parameter. None Application IP Category Site (CAE) 1
ms 50 15
domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Step size = 10. Mandatory rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL >= IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL Recommended rules 6 x IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_DL => Type Min value Max value Def value
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for each TRE at BTS side).
Sent by the BSC to MFS via BSCGP. Provided by MFS to BTS.
Non
IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL HMI name IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_D For IPGCHU, threshold on measured differential delay in downlink for a given Abis group (first
B10 Oui
B9
Non
TRX nb
L
Non
Cell Type Sub-syste BSC Instance Abis group

Threshold 10 500 40
RMS template Non
Rec reference
congestion threshold). Below this threshold, the system is in nominal mode without any regulation (no BE shaping in downlink). None Application IP Category Site (CAE)
ms 50 4
domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Step size = 10. Mandatory rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL >= IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Sent by the BSC to MFS via BSCGP.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 176

Non L
IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL
Threshold
Non
HMI name IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_U For IPGCHU, threshold on measured differential delay in uplink for a given Abis group (first
B9
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
Rec reference
10 500 40
congestion threshold). Below this threshold, the system is in nominal mode without any regulation (no BE shaping in uplink on the concerned TRE(s)) None Application IP Category Site (CAE) 1
ms 50 4
domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Step size = 10. Mandatory rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL >= IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Type Min value Max value Def value
Sent by the BSC to MFS via BSCGP. Provided by MFS to BTS.

IP
IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (BSC)
HMI name IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC Allows to display the IP address of the IPGSL link used by a GPU on MFS side. Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui
B9
Non
None
Application domain
Sub-syste BSC Instance IP-GSL

Number 0
coded on 32 bits coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value is for implementation purposes only. Equal to IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (MFS)
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Max value 4294967295 Def value *
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
- Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 177

Non IP
IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (BSC)
HMI name IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS Sub-syste BSC Instance IPSigLink
Number
IP address of the IPGSL link on MFS side.
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

0
coded on 32 bits coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 255.255.255.255 coded as an empty string Equal to IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (MFS)
Category
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
- Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001) Provided by the OMC to the BSC.
Non
IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (BSC) HMI name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside TCP port number used by each CP board of the BSC for IPGSL interface. Each CP board uses
B10 Oui
B9
Non
(BSC)
TRX nb
Cell Type Sub-syste BSC Instance IP-GSL

Number 50176 50944 50176
Non
the same TCP port number (they can be distinguished by their IP address) IP
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access Displayed
Category
None
50176 50944 50176
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 178

(BSC) Non IP
TCP port number of the MFS IPGSL link used by the BSC.
IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (BSC)
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance IP-GSL
Number 50176 50944 50176
HMI name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None
50176 50944 50176
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. HMI name K_GSL (BSC) B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link.
K_GSL (BSC)
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 1 16 7
None 1 16 7
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
carried through Ater satellite links: - K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS. - K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 179

K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and satellite connection.
System (CST)
Rec reference
GSM TS 08.56
Application domain
None 1 16 3
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
GSM TS 08.56
Application domain

Number 1 16 2
None 1 16 2
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 180

K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and satellite connection.
System (CST)
Rec reference
GSM TS 08.56
Application domain
None 1 16 9
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
GSM TS 08.56
Application domain

Number 1 16 2
None 1 16 2
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 181

LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections.
K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite
HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite
Rec reference
System (CST)
3GPP TS 08.56
Application domain
Category
None 1 16 15
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Only values strictly lower than 16 are compatible with G2 BTS, hence 15 is chosen as default
External comment -Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 kbit/s channel on a satellite connection.
value. There is a small loss of throughput on the RSL when going from 16 to 15.
With 540 ms round trip time and an average LAPD frame = 33 bytes, the RSL average throughput is 8.1 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite = 16 (maximum), and 7.6 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite = 15 (default).

GSM
LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections.
K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial
HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.56
Application domain
Category
None 1 16 7
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules -Min value 1 Mandatory rules -Max value 16 Recommended rules -Def value 7 External comment -Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 Kbit/s channel on a terrestrial connection.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 182

LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections.
HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite
Rec reference
System (CST)
3GPP TS 08.56
Application domain
Category
None 1 16 15
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Only values strictly lower than 16 are compatible with G2 BTS, hence 15 is chosen as default
External comment -Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 kbit/s channel on a satellite connection.
value. There is a small loss of throughput on the RSL when going from 16 to 15.
With 540ms round trip time and an average LAPD frame = 33 bytes, the RSL average throughput is 8.1 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite = 16 (maximum), and 7.6 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite = 15 (default).

GSM
LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections.
HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.56
Application domain
Category
None 1 16 7
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules -Min value 1 Mandatory rules -Max value 16 Recommended rules -Def value 7 External comment -Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 Kbit/s channel on a terrestrial connection.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 183

Oui GSM
KEEP_CODEC_HO HMI name Keep codec on handover Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internal incoming handovers.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Oui
0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO calls only; 2: try to maintain codec for all calls --
None 0 2

GSM
L_LOAD_OBJ HMI name L_LOAD_OBJ Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increase MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 60
% 0 10 6
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 10% Mandatory rules L_LOAD_OBJ <= H_LOAD_OBJ Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 184

Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME
sec 0 120 8
HMI name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules L_MIN_DWELL_TIME <= H_MIN_DWELL_TIME Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) HMI name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbour lower layer cell n handover or from classical band to preferred band cell n handover.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Threshold -110 -47
dBm 0 -85 63 25
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 185

Oui GSM
Downlink level threshold for handover.
L_RXLEV_DL_H
HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_H Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
dBm 0 63
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08

-96
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Min value -110 Max value -47 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
Category
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P. L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH Recommended rules L_RXLEV_D_H < L_RXLEV_DL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900: RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband External comment --
14 14

GSM
Lower downlink level threshold for power control.
L_RXLEV_DL_P
HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_P
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
Category

Threshold -110 -47
dBm 0 -85 63 25
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 186

Oui GSM Threshold -110 -47
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) HMI name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n.
dBm 0 63 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
-110

GSM
Uplink level threshold for handover.
L_RXLEV_UL_H
HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_H B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Category
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
dBm 0 63
Type Threshold Min value -110 Max value -47 Def value
-100
L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH Recommended rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900: RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband External comment --
10 10
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 187

Lower uplink level threshold for power control.
L_RXLEV_UL_P
HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_P Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
dBm 0 63 20
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
Category
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
-90

GSM
Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls.
L_RXQUAL_DL_H
B10 Oui
HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Category

Threshold 0 7 4
None 0 70 40
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P External comment Higher value is the worst quality Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 188

Oui GSM
L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR-NB calls.
Threshold 0 7 4.5
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 70 45
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non K
L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK
Non GSM
HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMS Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR-WB GMSK calls.
TRX nb
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Threshold 0 7
None 0 4.5 70 45
Spec reference Handover Preparation Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 189

Oui GSM
Lower downlink quality threshold for power control.
L_RXQUAL_DL_P
HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_P Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Threshold 0 7 3
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Category
None 0 70 30
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P Recommended rules -External comment Higher value is the worst quality Internal comment -HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls.
L_RXQUAL_UL_H
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Category

Threshold 0 7 4
None 0 70 40
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P External comment Higher value is the worst quality Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 190

Oui GSM
L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR-NB calls.
Threshold 0 7 4.5
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 70 45
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non K
L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK
Non GSM
HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMS Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR-WB GMSK calls.
TRX nb
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Threshold 0 7
None 0 4.5 70 45
Spec reference Handover Preparation Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 191

Oui GSM
Lower uplink quality threshold for power control.
L_RXQUAL_UL_P
HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_P Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Threshold 0 7 3
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Category
None 0 70 30
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P Recommended rules -External comment Higher value is the worst quality Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
L_TIME_ADVANCE HMI name LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE Low threshold to trigger handover cause too short distance in outer cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 63 0
bper 0 63 0
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_RANGE = Outer cell. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 192

Oui GSM
Location Area Code.
LAC (BSC)
HMI name Location Area Code (LAC) Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Min value 1 Max value 65535 Def value
65535
Category
LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (MFS) Recommended rules A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. --
--
None 1 65535
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
65535

2G-3G
LAC_3G(n) HMI name LAC_3G(n) This parameter indicates the Location Area Code as defined in 3GPP TS 24.008. It is used in the HANDOVER COMMAND message
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
3GPP TS 45.008
Handover Management
Application domain
Sub-syste BSC Instance 3G cell

Number 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules External comment The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes Internal comment --
binary value on 16 bits The value of -1 indicates that no LAC is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). LAC_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from -1)
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Max value 65535 Def value -1
Coded Max Coded Def
65535 -1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 193

LB_DECR HMI name LB_DECR Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is decremented on T_LB_OV expiry.
Network (CDE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 10 3
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
LB_INCR HMI name LB_INCR Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is incremented each time an OVERLOAD is received from the FU.
Category
Network (CDE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 10 2
None 1 10 2
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 194

Oui GSM
Linkfactor (0,n) HMI name Link_factor Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap or favour cell n.
Number dB 0 48 24
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) -24 24 0
None
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
LOAD_EV_PERIOD HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Timer 1 30 12
None 1 30 12
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 195

Oui GPRS
LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds) used to compute the maximum number of slave PDCHs that the BSC can allocate to the MFS.
Timer 3 30 3
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 3 30 3
Spec reference Resource allocation and management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Loadfactor_1 HMI name Load_Factor_1 Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number -16 0
0 0
dB 16 16
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 196

Oui GSM
Number dB 0 16 16
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) -16 0 0
None
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number -16 0
0 0
dB 16 16
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 197

Oui GSM
Number dB 0 16 16
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) -16 0 0
None
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4 >= Loadfactor_5 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number -16 0
0 0
dB 16 16
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Loadfactor_5 <= Loadfactor_4 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 198

Oui GSM
Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell.
Loadlevel_1
Number 0 100 50 % 0 100 50
HMI name Load_Level_1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name Load_Level_2 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Loadlevel_2
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 0 100 60
% 0 100 60
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 199

Oui GSM
Loadlevel_3
Number 0 100 80 % 0 100 80
HMI name Load_Level_3
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name Load_Level_4 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Loadlevel_4
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 0 100 90
% 0 100 90
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 200

Oui GSM
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuit switched calls.
% 0 100 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Coding rules -Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Max value 100 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0 Coded Def External comment If LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD is set to 0 in a given cell n, then no Handover Cause 23 (i.e. Traffic Handovers) can be triggered towards that cell n. Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number HMI name LSA_ID_I B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain
Category

GSM
List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5).
LSA_ID_array (BSC)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 03.03
Application domain
Category

Number 0 16777215 16777215
None 0 16777215 16777215
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS) Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN
significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. External comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only.
Internal comment
The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC. The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as invalid value for implementation purpose.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 201

Oui GSM
LSA_OFFSET HMI name LSA_OFFSET Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with the same LSA priorities.
Number dB 0 7
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08

0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 dB, 7 = 64 dB. --
Call release
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Min value Max value 64 Def value 0 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category

GSM
M_PEND_A (G2 BSC) HMI name M_PEND_A (G2 BSC) Maximum number of I-frames received on RSL and GSL by a G2 BSC before sending an acknowledgement.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 1 1
None 1 1
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than K_LAPD_RSL and K_GSL (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is used with the G2 BSC for both terrestrial and satellite links Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 202

M_PEND_A (MX BSC) HMI name M_PEND_A (MX BSC) Maximum number of I-frames received on RSL and GSL by a MX BSC before sending an acknowledgement.
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 4
Spec reference LAPD management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than K_LAPD_RSL and K_GSL (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is used only with Mx BSC for both terrestrial and satellite links. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
M1 HMI name Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in one step.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 0 5
None 0 2 5
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 203

Oui GSM
M2 HMI name Nbr AC 11-15 unbarred in one step Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in one step.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 1 5 2
None
Category
None 1 5
Non

IP
M2UA_SCTP_PORT_BSC
HMI name M2UA_SCTP_PORT_BSC STCP port used for M2UA protocol (he signalisation to/from A interface), on BSC side. Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 61440 61952 61440
None
61440 61952 61440
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hF000, Max = hF200
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 204

Oui GSM
Cell Identity of the Mate cell
MATE_CI (BSC)
HMI name MATE_CI Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Not linked to a document
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Min value 0 Max value 65535 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
Category
MATE_CI (BSC) = MATE_CI (MFS) If one mate cell is configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) then the other mate cell shall also be Recommended rules configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) -For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time
--
None 0 65535
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Def value
65535
Coded Def
65535
Internal comment HMI name MATE_LAC B10 Oui
(MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only --

GSM
Location Area Code of the Mate cell.
MATE_LAC
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC Recommended rules --
Step size = 1
None 1 65535

65535
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
65535 65535
Internal comment
(MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 205

Oui 2G-3G
MAX_ADJ_CELL_3G_HO HMI name MAX_ADJ_CELL_3G_HO Maximum number of 3G target cells for 2G-3G handover adjacency
Number
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 12 12 12
None
Category
None 12 12 12
Spec reference Handover Preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 206

Oui GPRS
Maximum coding scheme used for GPRS traffic in the cell.
MAX_GPRS_CS
Number 2
HMI name MAX_GPRS_CS
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Mandatory rules
1 : CS-2; 2 : CS-3; 3 : CS-4 MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_DL_INIT_CS
None 1
Recommended rules MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_UL_INIT_CS
corresponding to
R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higher If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2. than 12kbps) The aim of this last rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking R_MIN_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate Max_GPRS_CS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some
RT PFCs can be
and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0
External comment -Internal comment 1) This parameter is defined at cell level so that CS-3 and CS-4 can be used only in cells where the radio link quality is sufficiently good.
(i.e. GPRS is not allowed) accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort. Def value 2
Coded Def
2) This parameter can be set to CS-3 or CS-4 only if the CS-3/CS-4 feature has been bought by the Customer.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 207

Non DTM
MAX_LAPDM
Number 5
HMI name MAX_LAPDM Maximum number of LAPDm frames on which a layer 3 can be segmented into and be sent on the main DCCH. Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Rec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Min value Unit Coded Min
3GPP TS 44.018
DTM Functional specification
Application domain
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name MAX_LAPS B10 Oui B9
Coded on 3 bits: 000 : 5 001 : 6 . 111 : 12 --
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def

GSM
Maximum number of logical data links on one physical link.
MAX_LAPS
Oui
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 1 5
None 1 1 5
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Only value "1" is possible, that means point-to-point connection. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 208

Non IP
MAX_PDCH (BSC) HMI name MAX_PDCH Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS in the cell.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Min value 0 Max value 127 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
None
Application domain
127 Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD; Recommended rules If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ; In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force the MS to reselect a macro cell by a If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE; correct setting of the cell reselection parameters broadcast on PBCCH (without using NC cell If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_EGPRS = FALSE; reselections, i.e. when EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR is set to 0 and NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC0 in the micro cell). In this case, the following If EN_VGCS= enabled, then (MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell configuration is recommended: NB_TS_MPDCH = 1, MAX_PDCH = 2, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 1, MIN_PDCH = 1.
--
None 0
If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2. The aim of this rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRS is not allowed)
MAX_PDCH shall be set so that at least one slave PDCH can be allocated to the MFS to serve DL or UL TBFs. This means that MAX_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_GPRS = TRUE.
When Max_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then MAX_PDCH shall be an even number.
The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 1: CCCH combined ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 0: CCCH not combined iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK=0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on
External comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.
Def value
Coded Def
To support LCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_PDCH > 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 209
Internal comment
IP demo parameter. the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter. The cell is not created into the MFS, if Max_PDCH = 0 m The conditions to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH are not fully optimized here. Indeed, ideally they should be performed taking into account
the number of slave PDCHs defined in the cell. However, implementing checks on a timeslot basis would degrade O&M performance. The proposed checks are therefore seen as a good tradeoff between the O&M performance and optimized checks. The parameter value is stored in the memory (not in DLS file on disk), based on BSCGP received information.

IP
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (BSC)
BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 2
Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS when the CS traffic is high.
HMI name HMI name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD

Non Non
B10 Oui B10 Oui
B9 B9
TRX nb TRX nb Cell Type RMS template
Non Non Non Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
--
None 0 127
- MAX_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD Recommended rules - MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH -- If EN_DTM = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 1
External comment 127 is a theoretical value: 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. Internal comment the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.
Def value
Coded Def
IP demo parameter. The parameter value is stored in the memory (not in DLS file on disk), based on BSCGP received information
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 210

Oui GSM
Maximum Power increase in one power command.
MAX_POW_INC
HMI name MAX_POW_INC Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Number dB 1 8
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 2 16 8
None
Category
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size = 2dB Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name MAX_POW_RED B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Maximum Power reduction in one power command.
MAX_POW_RED
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 2 16 8
dB 8
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size = 2dB Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 211

Max_retrans (BSC) HMI name MAX_RETRANS Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.08
Application domain
None 0 3
Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name MAX_TCH_PER_CCP B10 Oui B9
Non

GPRS
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP
Maximum number of active TCHs per CCP board
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 1100 1100 1100
None 1100 1100 1100
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 212

Oui GSM
Maximum number of simultaneous trace jobs in the BSC.
MAX_TRC_NUMBER
Number
HMI name MAX_TRC_NUMBER
B9
Rec reference
None
Category
None 0 20 20
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

VGCS
MAX_VGCS_TS HMI name MAX_VGCS_TS Maximum number of radio timeslots that can be used by the VGCS calls in the cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS If EN_VGCS= enabled, then (MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell. Recommended rules --
--
None 0 127

0
Internal comment
To support VGCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_VGCS_TS > 0 --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 213

Oui GSM
Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN.
MCC (BSC)
HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain OMC-R access Set by Create Type Reference Min value 0 Max value 999 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
Category
The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS). Recommended rules - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. -- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or
3 digits BCD
None 0 999
Def value 999 Coded Def External comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
999
catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines one MCC of the own PLMN set. The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 214

Oui GSM
Mobile Country Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN.
MCC(n) (BSC)
HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Reference Min value 0 Max value 999 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
Category
The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MCC(n) (BSC) = MCC(n) (MFS) Recommended rules - If the target and serving cells belong to the same BSC, the OMC-R shall ensure that the cells -have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - If the target and serving cells belong to the same OMC-R, both (MCC,MNC) couples shall be selected in the set of own PLMNs (but they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN). - If the target cell is external to the OMC-R, the MCC is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this case, the (MCC,MNC) couple of the target cell can be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs.
3 digits BCD
None 0 999
Def value 999 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] or ForeignMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the
The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6
999
BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the foreign PLMN set.
The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 215

Oui 3G cell
Non 2G-3G
MCC_3G(n) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) for Mobile Country Code of a neighbour 3G cell of the own or of a foreign PLMN.
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance 3G cell B9 TRX nb
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 45.008
Handover Management
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Min value 0 Max value 999
--
Category
MCC_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (set at creation time, and not changeable except via delete/re-create) Recommended rules The MCC_3G is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this case, the (MCC_3G,MNC_3G) couple of the target 3G cell must be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs
3 digits BCD
None 0 999
MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell.
External comment The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes Internal comment --
Def value
999
Coded Def
999
The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] or ForeignMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the foreign PLMN set.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 216

Oui GSM
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I.
Number % 0 100 10
B9
Rec reference
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Number 0 100 0
% 0 100 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 217

Oui GSM
Number % 0 100 20
B9
Rec reference
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Number 0 100 30
% 0 100 30
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 218

Oui GSM
Number % 0 100 40
B9
Rec reference
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Number 0 100 0
% 0 100 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 219

Oui GSM
Number % 0 100 0
B9
Rec reference
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Number 0 100 0
% 0 100 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 220

Oui GSM
Number % 0 100 0
B9
Rec reference
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Number 0 100 0
% 0 100 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 221

Oui GSM
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_1 Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 24 1
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Max value 24 Recommended rules -Def value 1 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 24 2
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Max value 24 Recommended rules -Def value 2 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 222

Oui GSM
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 24 4
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI4 > MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 Max value 24 Recommended rules -Def value 4 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 24 6
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 223

Oui GSM
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 24 8
Oui

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 24 10
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 224

Oui GSM
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 24 14
Oui

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 24 18
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 225

Oui GSM
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 24 22
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8 Max value 24 Recommended rules -Def value 22 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_1 Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dB 125 51
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 Max value 62 Recommended rules -Def value -12 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 226

Oui GSM
dB 1 125 54
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 Max value 62 Recommended rules -Def value -9 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dB 125 57
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 < MEAS_STAT_CI4 Max value 62 Recommended rules -Def value -6 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 227

Oui GSM
dB 1 125 60
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI3 < MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5 Max value 62 Recommended rules -Def value -3 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dB 125 63
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6 Max value 62 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 228

Oui GSM
dB 1 125 66
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6 < MEAS_STAT_CI7 Max value 62 Recommended rules -Def value 3 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dB 125 69
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI6 < MEAS_STAT_CI7 < MEAS_STAT_CI8 Max value 62 Recommended rules -Def value 6 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 229

Oui GSM
dB 1 125 72
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI7 < MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9 Max value 62 Recommended rules -Def value 9 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dB 125 75
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9 Max value 62 Recommended rules -Def value 12 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 230

Oui GSM
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
dBm 1 62 57
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Min value -109 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 Max value -48 Recommended rules -Def value -53 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dBm 1 62 50
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Min value -109 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 Max value -48 Recommended rules -Def value -60 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 231

Oui GSM
dBm 1 62 44
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Min value -109 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 Max value -48 Recommended rules -Def value -66 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dBm 1 62 38
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 232

Oui GSM
dBm 1 62 31
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dBm 1 62 25
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 233

Oui GSM
dBm 1 62 19
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dBm 1 62 13
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 234

Oui GSM
dBm 1 62 6
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Min value -109 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9 Max value -48 Recommended rules -Def value -104 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1 Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dB 219 60
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 Max value 109 Recommended rules -Def value -50 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 235

Oui GSM
dB 1 219 80
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 Max value 109 Recommended rules -Def value -30 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dB 219 90
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 Max value 109 Recommended rules -Def value -20 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 236

Oui GSM
dB 1 219
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 Max value 109 Recommended rules -Def value -10 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
100

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dB 219
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 Max value 109 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
110
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 237

Oui GSM
dB 1 219
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 Max value 109 Recommended rules -Def value 10 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
120

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dB 219
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 Max value 109 Recommended rules -Def value 20 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
130
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 238

Oui GSM
dB 1 219
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 Max value 109 Recommended rules -Def value 30 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
140

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
dB 219
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 Max value 109 Recommended rules -Def value 50 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
160
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 239

Oui GSM
MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_1 Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Samfr 1 127 1
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2 Max value 127 Recommended rules -Def value 1 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Samfr 1 127 4
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1 Max value 127 Recommended rules -Def value 4 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 240

Oui GSM
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Samfr 1 127 8
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S4 > MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 Max value 127 Recommended rules -Def value 8 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Samfr 1 127 12
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 241

Oui GSM
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Samfr 1 127 14
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S6 > MEAS_STAT_S5 > MEAS_STAT_S4 Max value 127 Recommended rules -Def value 14 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Samfr 1 127 16
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 242

Oui GSM
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Samfr 1 127 18
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S8 > MEAS_STAT_S7 > MEAS_STAT_S6 Max value 127 Recommended rules -Def value 18 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Samfr 1 127 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 243

Oui GSM
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Samfr 1 127 22
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8 Max value 127 Recommended rules -Def value 22 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_TA_1 Upper limit of the first TA band, lower limit of the second TA band (for the RMS TA measurements)
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
bper 1 62 7
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Coding rules -Min value 1 Mandatory rules 0 < MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2 Max value 62 Recommended rules -Def value 7 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 244

Oui GSM
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2] HMI name MEAS_STAT_TA_2 Upper limit of the 2nd TA band, lower limit of the 3rd TA band (for the RMS TA measurements)
bper 1 62 13
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Coding rules -Min value 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3 Max value 62 Recommended rules -Def value 13 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3] HMI name MEAS_STAT_TA_3 Upper limit of the 3rd TA band, lower limit of the 4th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements)
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
bper 1 62 19
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Coding rules -Min value 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3 < MEAS_STAT_TA_4 Max value 62 Recommended rules -Def value 19 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 245

Oui GSM
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4] HMI name MEAS_STAT_TA_4 Upper limit of the 4th TA band, lower limit of the 5th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements)
bper 1 62 25
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
bper 1 62 31
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 246

Oui GSM
bper 1 62 37
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
bper 1 62 43
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 247

Oui GSM
bper 1 62 49
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
bper 1 62 55
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Coding rules -Min value 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_8 < MEAS_STAT_TA_9 < 63 Max value 62 Recommended rules -Def value 55 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 248

Oui GSM Timer 0 120 40
MIN_CONNECT_TIME HMI name MIN_CONNECT_TIME Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell to declare the MS fast when leaving the cell with a handover.
sec 0 120 40
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules step size=1sec Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type B10 Oui B9
Non
Category

IP
MIN_PDCH (BSC)
HMI name MIN_PDCH Minimum number of master and slave PDCHs that are always allocated to the MFS. Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
None
Application domain
127 -MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH; Recommended rules -MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than the maximum number of -MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. PDCHs that may be allocated in the cell, in order to avoid congestion on the MFSBSC
--
None 0
-When MIN_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then MIN_PDCH shall be an even number
External comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. Internal comment The MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.
Def value
Coded Def
IP demo parameter. The parameter value is stored in the memory (not in DLS file on disk), based on BSCGP received information 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA Page 249

Oui VGCS Number 0 31 0
MIN_VGCS_TS HMI name MIN_VGCS_TS Minimum number of radio timeslots that are reserved for the VGCS calls in the cell in normal situation (point-to-point CS call can NOT use these timeslots).
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 31 0
Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS Recommended rules - The following rules about the upper limit are recommended :
i) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 1: CCCH combined ii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 0: CCCH not combined iii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX.
External comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. Internal comment --
- If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 250

Oui GSM
Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN.
MNC (BSC)
HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Category
The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS). Recommended rules - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. -- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or
3 digits BCD
None 0 999
External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Def value
999
Coded Def
999
Internal comment
The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set.
The migration rules and the handling of MNC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 251

Oui GSM
Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN.
MNC(n) (BSC)
HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Category
The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MNC(n) (BSC) = MNC(n) (MFS) Recommended rules - If the target and serving cells belong to the same BSC, the OMC-R shall ensure that the cells -have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - If the target and serving cells belong to the same OMC-R, both (MCC,MNC) couples shall be selected in the set of own PLMNs (they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN). - If the target cell is external to the OMC-R, the MCC is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this case, the (MCC,MNC) couple of the target cell can be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs.
3 digits BCD
None 0 999
Def value 999 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] or ForeignMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the
999
BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the foreign PLMN set.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 252

Oui 3G cell
Non 2G-3G
MNC_3G(n) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) for Mobile Network Code of a neighbour 3G cell of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN.
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance 3G cell B9 TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 45.008
Handover Management
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Reference Min value 0 Max value 999
--
Category
MNC_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (set at creation time, and not changeable except via delete/re-create) Recommended rules The MNC_3G is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this case, the (MCC_3G,MNC_3G) couple of the target 3G cell must be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs. MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell
3 digits BCD
None 0 999
External comment The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Def value
999
Coded Def
999
Internal comment
The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). -The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] or ForeignMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the foreign PLMN set.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 253

Oui GSM
Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure.
MS_P_CON_ACK
HMI name MS_P_CON_ACK Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Timer 0 31 3
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
2 x Samfr 0 31 3
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type HMI name MS_P_CON_INT B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands.
MS_P_CON_INT
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Timer 0 31 2
2 x Samfr 0 31 2
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 254

Oui GSM
MS maximum allowed transmission power.
MS_TXPWR_MAX
HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Number 5 dBm 19
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
Category
P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm,...., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm,..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 43 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 43 Coded Def External comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards
Internal comment
MS), the coded value 0, 1 and 2 are interpreted differently: - Coded value 0: (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value 1: (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value 2: (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS).
1) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded as 0) instead of the real default value expressed in dBm (i.e., 43, 39, 30, 30, depending on the BCCH frequency band). By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band.
2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as 0. However, the value coded as 1 or 2 may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 255

Oui GSM
MS maximum allowed transmission power.
MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)
HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Number 5 dBm 19
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Power control and radio link supervision
Category
P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 43 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 43 Coded Def External comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards
Internal comment
MS), the coded value 0, 1 and 2 are interpreted differently: - Coded value 0: (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value 1: (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); -Coded value 2: (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 256

Oui GSM
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded.
Number 5 dBm 19
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
Category
Mandatory rules -Max value 43 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 43 Coded Def External comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 257

Oui VGCS
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(BSC) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment.
Number 5 dBm 19
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules -Max value 43 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 43 Coded Def External comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards
Internal comment
-1) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded as 0) instead of the real default value expressed in dBm (i.e., 43, 39, 30, 30, depending on the BCCH frequency band). By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 258

Oui GSM
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric or multiband cell.
Number 5 dBm 19
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 43 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 43 Coded Def External comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards
Internal comment
Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.
1) The coding rules of MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER depend on the inner zone frequency band. Therefore, in a multiband concentric cell, the coding rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER are different from the coding rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MIN, which both apply to the outer zone frequency band.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 259

Oui GSM
MS minimum allowed transmission power.
MS_TXPWR_MIN
HMI name MS_TXPWR_MIN Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Number 5 dBm 19
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Mandatory rules Def value

17
MS_TXPWR_MIN <= MS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended rules --
P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ...,13: 17 dBm,, 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 13: 17 dBm,, 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,, 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,, 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.
Max value 43
0 13 13
External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:
Internal comment
Default value for P-GSM/G1: 17 dBm Default value for GSM850: 17 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 4 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 4 dBm
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 260

Oui GSM
MSCR (BSC) HMI name MSCR Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM 04.18
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit Coding rules 0 = MSC is release '98 or older; 1 = MSC is release '99 onwards Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol between
the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or CC messages to the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).

GSM
MTP_Sequence_Number_Format
HMI name MTP_Sequence_Number_Format B10 Oui
Defines the format to be used for the sequence number of MTP2.
B9
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Value "Extended" is refused by the BSC if EN_HSL=0 Internal comment MTP_SN_Format is managed by the Mx-BSC only.
0: Normal 1: Extended --
Type Min value
None 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 261

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 0
MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING HMI name WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon first reception of SLTA from the MSC.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
ITU-T Q.704
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules 0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon first SLTA reception Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book" MSC. It is set to 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book" MSC. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 262

Oui GSM
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS.
Number 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
Category
Coded over 2 bits: 00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used; 01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell.
None 0
Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 263

Oui ON
Non
MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITI This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a multiband
Flag 0 2 0
B9
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
handover. GSM
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 2
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
MUXTRAUP_SIZE HMI name MUXTRAUP_SIZE Minimum size of a MUXTRAUP packet. The size includes IP header, UDP header, COM-H field and payload.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 100 1500 800
byte 1 15 8
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface Coding rules Step size = 100 bytes. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 264

Oui

cell Number 0 15 6 None 0 15 6
Rec reference
GPRS Site (CAE)
N_AVG_I (BSC) HMI name N_AVG_I (BSC) N_AVG_I (BSC) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the SI13. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the packet transfer mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power control, but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation.
B9 Category Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
3GPP TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules coded on 4 bits Min value Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS) Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment The Default value 6 has been used by the simulations performed by R&I, see report UTR/C/03/0011/V1 for detail. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain

GSM
N_BAD_SACCH HMI name N_BAD_SACCH Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescue handover.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 128 4
Samfr 0 128 4
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules 1) N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M + 1
External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell
2) In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 265

Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery.
N_BSTXPWR_M
HMI name RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRES Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Samfr 0 127 13
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type HMI name NB_CLR_REQ B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission.
N_CLR_REQ
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 0 8
None 0 4 8
Spec reference Call release Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 266

Oui GSM
N_PREF_CELLS HMI name NB_PREF_CELLS Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 1 16 3
None
Category
None 1 16 3
Spec reference Handover management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type HMI name N_TCH_HO B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover.
N_TCH_HO
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 0 255 3
None 0 255 3
Spec reference Resource allocation & management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 267

Oui GSM
N_threshold HMI name TCH load threshold for Auto AC Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barring of access classes.
Threshold 0 100 100 % 0 100
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Oui
100

GSM
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluation process.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 1 8
None 1 1 8
Spec reference Resource allocation & management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 268

N1 HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 10 2
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
N2 HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 1 10 2
None 1 10 2
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 269

Oui GPRS 3 3 3 Number
Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link.
N200_GSL (BSC)
HMI name N200_GSL (BSC)
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 3 3
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules Equal to N200_GSL (MFS) Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
N200_OML (BSC) HMI name N200_OML (BSC) Maximum number of re-transmissions of a LAPD frame on an OML.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
GSM TS 08.56
Application domain
Sub-syste BSC Instance A-bis link

Number 3 12 12
None 3 12 12
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5. External comment The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis connection type
Internal comment
The default value 12 corresponds to Abis terrestrial link. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 270

Oui GSM
Maximum number of retransmissions of a LAPD frame on a RSL.
N200_RSL (BSC)
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance A-bis link
Number 3 20 12
HMI name N200_RSL (BSC)
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.56
Category
None 3 20 12
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules N200_RSL (BSC) = N200_RSL (BTS) + 2
The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5. External comment The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis connection type The default value 12 corresponds to Abis terrestrial link. Internal comment --

GSM
N201 (BSC) HMI name N201 (BSC) Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC.
B10 Oui Category
System (CST)
B9
Oui
GSM TS 08.56
Application domain

Number 260 260
None 260 260 260
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
260
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 271

Oui GPRS
N201_GSL (BSC) HMI name N201_GSL (BSC) Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link.
Number
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 0 65535 260
None
Category
None 0 65535 260
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack Coding rules -Mandatory rules Equal to N201_GSL (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name N2X4 B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Maximum number of polling in case of peer entity busy condition.
N2X4
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
0: the polling continues forever until the status of the peer entity becomes non-busy again, <> 0: after polling N2X4 times, LAPD re-establishment is forced --
LapD Management
Category

Number 0
Type Min value
None 0 255 10
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 272

Non
NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS
Abis group None 0 8000 0
HMI name NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS Maximum number of RTSs supporting some TCH(s) at the same time (one FR TCH or two HR TCHs) in one Abis BTS group. The RTSs supporting only one HR TCH are counted as half a RTS.
IP
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 8000 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0 Coded Def External comment This limit of 8000 TCH TSs is a simple theoretical limit based on 8TS*1000TRX (because at most 1000 TRXs per MX-BSC). Due to the presence
Application domain
Category
Internal comment
Non
of signalling channels, this upper limit will never be reached. Additionally, because the MFS will map all cells of a same Abis group on a same GP/GPU, operator shall take care not to build too large Abis group to take benefit of all equipped GPs/GPUs. This parameter is calculated by both OMC and BSC, based on the channel configuration of the TRXs mapped on the BTS of this Abis group, and on the TCH occupancy factor.
IP demo parameter. Shall be displayed at OMC-R.
Logical name
Non
TRX nb
NB_MAX_MSG_MULTIPLE_PAGING_C
HMI name
NB_MAX_MSG_MULTIPLE_PAGIN
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Definition
MD G_CMD Number of paging messages that shall be included in the Abis message MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND before sending it to the BTS (except if T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD expires before the this limit is reached).
GSM
Sub-syste BSC Instance

BSC
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 1 10 5
Spec reference Paging and Access Grant Control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Mandatory rules -Max value 10 Recommended rules -Def value 5 External comment This mechanism does not apply to G2 BTS. Value 1 disables the function (i.e. Paging Command message is used) Internal comment In order to test it in the BSC, in front of a BTS simulator, the default value shall manually be changed in the BSC DLS to 5.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 273
Logical name
Oui
Definition
GSM Number 0 40 0
Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_C BCH
HMI name Reserved Slots Number for Basic Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B10 Oui B9 TRX nb Cell Type
CBCH This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for basic CBCH.
Non Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 03.41
Application domain
Category
None 0 40 0
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name Reserved Slots Number for B10 Oui B9
Oui
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extende d_CBCH
Extended CBCH This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for extended CBCH.
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 03.41
Category

Number 0 40 0
RMS template Non
None 0 40 0
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 274

Oui GPRS
NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC) HMI name NB_TS_MPDCH Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the cell.
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain Type Number Min value 0 Max value 4 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. Recommended rules -2) if the network_operation_mode (BSC) parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
--
None 0 4
3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 1: CCCH combined ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 0: CCCH not combined iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 0
Def value 0 Coded Def External comment The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite
4) When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
Internal comment
link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria: * higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link; * limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional signalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established. Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is: * for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended; * for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended.
0: MPDCH is not configured in the cell; 1: only one static primary MPDCH is configured in the cell; 2: one static primary MPDCH and one static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell; 3: one static primary MPDCH and two static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell; 4: one static primary MPDCH and three static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 275

Oui GSM
NBLK HMI name NBLK Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received.
Number
B9
Rec reference
None
Category
None 1 255 2
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Coding rules 255: infinite transmission Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
NBR_RESET_CIC_REP HMI name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions when not acknowledged by the MSC.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 0 255 6
None 0 255 6
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Coding rules 255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 276

Oui GSM
NBR_RESET_REP HMI name NBR_RESET_REP Number of times the RESET message is sent without being acknowledged by the MSC before an alarm is reported.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 0 127 6
GSM TS 08.08
Category
None 0 127 6
Spec reference BSS global reset Coding rules If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 1.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Number 1 10 1
None 1 10 1
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 277

Oui GSM
Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2.
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2
Number
HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2
B9
Rec reference
None
Category
None 1 10 2
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 External comment -Internal comment -HMI name NCC B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Network Colour code of the cell.
NCC (BSC)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 0 7
None 0 0 7
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 278

Oui GSM
NCC_permitted HMI name NCC permitted Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to the network.
List of numbers 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Category
Mandatory rules Max value 255 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment This parameter was previously named: PLMN_permitted. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSB corresponds to NCC = 7, LSB corresponds to NCC = 0. For each bit:0= NCC not permitted, 1= NCC permitted --
None 0 255 0

GSM
NCI HMI name NCI This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE in case of out of range timing advance.
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Application domain

Flag 0
0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timing advance triggers a Handover Failure procedure --
Type Min value
None 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 279

Oui GSM
NECI (BSC) HMI name NECI (BSC) New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST.
Number 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference System information management Coding rules 0: not supported, 1: supported Mandatory rules Equal to NECI (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) HMI name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Threshold -110 -47
dBm 0 -47 63 63
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 280

Oui GPRS
This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging.
network_operation_mode (BSC)
Number 1
HMI name Network_mode_of_operation
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 03.60
Category
None 1 3
3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III. Mandatory rules If the network_operation_mode (BSC) parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 Recommended rules -Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS). 2
Def value External comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS.
Coded Def
Internal comment
NMO I requires a Gs interface. Corresponds to NMO in Sys info 13. Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I; 1 == Network operation mode II; 2 == Network operation mode III.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 281
Logical name
Oui
Definition
VGCS
NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CALL_HMI name THR

Threshold 0
NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_C ALL_THR If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be sent on FACCH of all other on-going VGCS call.
B9
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Min value
Category
Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of other on-going VGCS calls 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority)
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 282

Oui VGCS
NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR HMI name NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be sent on FACCH of all on-going point to point call whose MS is VGCS capable.
Threshold 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of all on going point to point calls in the cell 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority)
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 283

Oui

cell Threshold 0 None 0
Rec reference
VGCS Site (CAE)
NOTIF_PCH_THR HMI name NOTIF_PCH_THR The priority threshold for notification over PCH. The BSS shall consider, for Notification/PCH, only VGCS-Calls which have a priority (eMLPP priority) not below this parameter. If more than one is selected, all these voice group calls shall be notified on PCH and all with the same frequency of occurrence.
B9 Category Type Min value OMC-R access Changeable Unit Coded Min
None
Application domain
Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on PCH in the cell 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority)
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 284
Logical name
Non NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDT
Non
NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDTH_FAC
HMI name Cell Type Sub-syste BSC Instance
A-bis link
TRX nb
B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
Rec reference
IP Site (CAE)
TOR H_FACTOR Percentage of reserved PS bandwidth (Abis bandwidth) which is not considered as usable for GBR PS traffic by the MFS. This parameter enables to guarantee, in each Abis BTS group supported by the BSC: - a minimum bandwidth for Best Effort PS traffic, - the necessary bandwidth for PS related control traffic (PMU-PTU and IPGCH control traffic), - the necessary bandwidth for the transmission of all the IP/UDP/IPGCH headers (for Best Effort + GBR PS traffic), provided the reserved PS bandwidth is not null (or very low) for the Abis
Category OMC-R access Changeable
%
RMS template Non
None
Application domain Type Number Min value 10 Max value 100 Def value
20
In case of a BTS with 2 Abis (2 E1 links), NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDTH_FACTOR shall take the same value for both Abis Recommended rules --
Step size = 1%.
10
100 20 20
External comment Depending on the IPGCHU segment size, the necessary bandwidth for the transmission of all the IP/UDP/IPGCH headers (for Best Effort +
Internal comment
GBR PS traffic) may not be negligible. Example: IP header (20 bytes) + UDP header (8 bytes) + IPGCH header (a few bytes) will represent around 10% of the total Abis bandwidth consumption if the IPGCHU segment size is 300 bytes. IP demo parameter.

GSM
NUBLK HMI name NUBLK Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received.
Category
Network (CDE)
B10 Oui

Number 1 255 2
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain
OMC-R access None (DLS)
None 1 255 2
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Coding rules 255: infinite transmission Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 285

Oui GSM
NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO HMI name NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers (plus Cause 12 and Cause 27 handovers).
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 255 0
Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 255 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0 Coded Def External comment The Pre-emption procedure (in case EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled) might use these reserved TCHs in order to avoid releasing an on-going call
Internal comment B10 Oui B9
unnecessarily. --

VGCS
NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS HMI name NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS This parameter defines the maximum number of blocks usable for NCH.
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
3GPP TS 44.018
Application domain

--
if EN_VGCS is enabled : - BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Recommended rules - if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
--
None 1 7

2
External comment The parameter is significant when EN_VGCS is enabled Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 286

Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION.
NY1
HMI name NY_1
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Application domain
Category
None 3 35 20
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. Recommended rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message B10 Oui B9
Oui

VGCS
NY2 HMI name NY2 Maximum number of repetitions for the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during an uplink access procedure
Category
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 44.018
Application domain

Number 1 7
None 1 3 7
Spec reference Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
It is a CDM parameter
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 287

Non IP
OandM_PRIORITY (BSC)
HMI name OandM_PRIORITY (BSC) Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Number 0
BSS internal priority used by the O&M flows in IP network
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the TC via TCSL. HMI name OFFSET_CA_HIGH B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: higher priority 3: lower priority Equal to OandM_PRIORITY (MFS)
Application domain OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Min value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category
None 0 3

GSM
Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load.
OFFSET_CA_HIGH
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 0 7
None 0 4.5 70 45
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 288

Oui GSM Number 0 7 4.5
Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load.
OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
HMI name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 70 45
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER HMI name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER Offset which allows to take into account the radio differences between the inner and the outer zone (especially in multiband cells).
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number -127 127
-127 0 127 0
dB
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 289

Offset_Hopping_HO HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_HO Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hopping channels.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 70 10
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_H and L_RXQUAL_DL_H B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Offset_Hopping_PC HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_PC Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radio channels.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 0 7 0
None 0 70 0
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_P and L_RXQUAL_DL_P
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 290

Non IP
OML_PRIORITY (BSC)
Number 0
HMI name OML_PRIORITY (BSC) BSS internal priority used by the BSC for the OML flow in IP network Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. HMI name BSC Signalling Point Code B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: higher priority 3: lower priority Shall be equal to OML_PRIORITY (BTS)
Application domain
None 0 3

GSM
Signalling Point Code of the BSC.
OPC
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.704
Application domain
Category

Reference 0 16383 12
None 0 16383 12
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded over 14 bits Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC for adressing the BSC.
Internal comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 291

Oui GSM
Identifies the CBC operator.
Operator
HMI name CBC_Operator Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Reference 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 03.49
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface . BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value. Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
255 32

GSM
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) HMI name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause level uplink micro-cell or level downlink micro-cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Threshold -110 -47
dBm 0 -80 63 30
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer.
Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 292

Non IP
P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P0 internal priority (the highest).
Network (CDE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 7
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Max value 7 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Def value 6 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
Internal comment
Px_layer3_mapping. IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 293

Non IP
P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by BSC flows having the P0 internal BSS priority(P0 is the highest priority).
Number
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)

0
Step size = 1. Only a subset of the possible values are defined in the standard: 00 for BE, 10,12,14 for AF1; 18,20,22 for AF2; 26, 28,30 for AF3; 34, 36, 38 for AF4 and 46 for EF.
RFC 2474/2475, Application 2598 domain GPRS telecom presentation
Category OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Min value Unit Coded Min
None 0
Mandatory rules P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC >= P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Max value 63 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Def value 46 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
46
63
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 294

Non IP
P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P1 internal priority.
Network (CDE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 7 4
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Max value 7 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Def value 4 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 295

Non IP
P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by BSC flows having the P1 internal BSS priority (P3 is the lowest priority).
Number
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None

0
Category
None 0
Mandatory rules P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC >= P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC >= P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Max value 63 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Def value 34 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
63 34
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 296

Non IP
P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P2 internal priority.
Network (CDE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 7 3
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Max value 7 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Def value 3 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 297

Non IP
P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by BSC flows having the P2 internal BSS priority (P3 is the lowest priority).
Number
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None

0
Category
None 0
Mandatory rules P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC >= P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC >= P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Max value 63 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Def value 26 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
63 26
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 298

Non IP
P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P3 internal priority (the lowest).
Network (CDE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 3
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Max value 7 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Def value 1 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 299

Non IP
P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Defines Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by BSC flows having the P2 internal BSS priority (P3 is the lowest priority).
Number
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)

0
Step size = 1. Only a subset of the possible values are defined in the standard: 00 for BE, 10,12,14 for AF1; 18,20,22 for AF2; 26, 28,30 for AF3; 34, 36, 38 for AF4 and 46 for EF
Category OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Min value Unit Coded Min
None 0
Mandatory rules P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC >= P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Max value 63 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Def value 0 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
63
Internal comment HMI name PAGING

GSM
This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell.
PAG_BAR
B10 Oui

Flag 0 1
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily prevent phones from ringing in specific cells Internal comment -3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 300

Oui GPRS Number 0 7 0
PAN_DEC (BSC) HMI name PAN_DEC Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain
None 0 7
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Min value Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS) Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
PAN_INC (BSC) HMI name PAN_INC Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain

Number 0 7
None 0 0 7
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Min value Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (MFS) Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 301

PAN_MAX (BSC) HMI name PAN_MAX Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 04.60
Application domain
None 4 32 32
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001, , 111 Min value Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS) Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection HMI name CBC_Password B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
CBC password.
Password
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 03.49
Category

Reference 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment --
0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface. BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value. Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None
Coded Max Coded Def
255 32
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 302

Oui GPRS
PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC) HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS).
None 0 1

GSM
PENALTY_TIME(BSC) HMI name PENALTY_TIME Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion.
Category
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
Application domain

Number 20
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type.
step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value --
Type Min value
sec 0 31 0
The Max value (620 seconds) is coded as 30. Nevertheless the coded value 31 is allowed by the 3GPP TS 05.08 (meaning: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value). As consequence the range [0,31] (encoded with a step size of 1) shall be used in the CAE template.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 303

Oui VGCS
PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC) HMI name PENALTY_TIME Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion.
Number 20 sec 0 31 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The Max value (620 seconds) is coded as 30. Nevertheless the coded value 31 is allowed by the 3GPP TS 05.08 (meaning: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value). As consequence the range [0,31] (encoded with a step size of 1) shall be used in the CAE template.

GSM
PING_PONG_HCP HMI name PING_PONG_HANDICAP A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell to avoid a ping-pong effect.
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
None
Application domain

Number 0 127 15
dB 127 15
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 304

Oui GSM
Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN.
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC)
HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS Sub-syste BSC Instance BSS
Number 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Mandatory rules
--
0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands 1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands 2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands 3: GSM900 and DCS1900 bands 4,...,255: for future use This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency band combinations.
None 0
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)
Max value 3
Coded Max
Recommended rules The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified.
Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands".
Def value 0 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R to the BSC corresponds to the value of the OMC-R changeable parameter, defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
catalogue document
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 305

Oui GSM
Weighting factor for power increase.
POW_INC_FACTOR
HMI name POW_INC_FACTOR Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Number 0 1 0.8
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 10 8
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules POW_INC_FACTOR >= POW_RED_FACTOR External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
POW_INC_STEP_SIZE HMI name POW_INC_STEP_SIZE Power increase step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion.
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain

Number 2 14 6
dB 7
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB Mandatory rules -Recommended rules POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 306

Oui GSM
Weighting factor for power reduction.
POW_RED_FACTOR
HMI name POW_RED_FACTOR Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Number 0 1 0.5
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 10 5
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules POW_RED_FACTOR <= POW_INC_FACTOR External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
POW_RED_STEP_SIZE HMI name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion.
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain

Number 2 4
1 2
dB 2
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB Mandatory rules -Recommended rules POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 307

POWER_OFFSET_IND HMI name POWER_OFFSET_IND This parameter indicates to the MS whether or not POWER_OFFSET parameter is present in System Information.
System (CST)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.08
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules 0: POWER_OFFSET not present, 1: POWER_OFFSET present Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter relates to support of DCS-1800 4W MS. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
PREFERRED_BAND HMI name PREFERRED_BAND Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentially directed.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 2
None 0 0 2
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 308

Oui GSM
Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection.
PRIO_THR
HMI name LSA_PRIO_THR Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Threshold dB 0 7
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08

0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS.
coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12 dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB). --
Category
Internal comment HMI name Candidate cell priority B10 Oui B9
The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite threshold. At the OMC, do not display 42dB as maximum value, but infinity. Oui

GSM
Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process.
PRIORITY(0,n)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 0 5
None 0 0 5
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules 0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 309
Logical name
Oui
Definition
GPRS
This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do Packet access.
PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)
Number 0
HMI name Allowed priority classes
B9
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Min value
Category
Oui
Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def

GSM
PROT_MON HMI name PROT_MON Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the protocol error counter is reset.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Timer 0 6553.5 10
sec 0 65535 100
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 310

Oui GSM
Protocol error threshold for alarm detection.
PROT_TH
HMI name PROT_TH Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Threshold 1 255 10
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category
None 1 255 10
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 311

Oui GPRS
PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX HMI name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX Indicates whether or not the PS requests shall be preferentially served with PDCH(s) of the BCCH TRX
Number 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
0: No preference. The TRX ranking algorithm handles the BCCH TRX as a non-BCCH TRX.
None 0
1: PS requests preferentially served on BCCH TRX. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures that the BCCH TRX has the highest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX).
2 : PS requests served on BCCH TRX with lowest priority. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures that the BCCH TRX has the lowest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX).
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, Alcatel
External comment When set to 1 or '2', this parameter is only relevant if the BCCH TRX supports PS traffic (i.e. if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on the BCCH TRX).
recommend to set this parameter to 0 in order to reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power (see external comment). If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, setting this parameter to 0 does not reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power since PS capable TRXs will hop on the BCCH carrier.
Coded Max Coded Def
Internal comment
If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, if the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic and if the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined on timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX). If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GMSK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB if timeslot number 7 is not part of the PDCH groups).
The value 2 is fully supported from BSC B9 MR5. The BSC B9 MR4 manages the value 2 as 0.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 312

Oui GSM
PWRC (BSC) HMI name PWRC This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name Q703_N1 B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency are not included. Equal to PWRC (MFS)
None 0 1

GSM
Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission.
Q703_N1
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.703
Category

Number 1 127
None 1 127 127
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment not used if EN_HSL = 1 Internal comment --
127
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 313

Non GSM
Q703_N1_HSL
Number
HMI name Q703_N1_HSL Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission (if HSL is used). Category
Site (CAE) 1 4095 4095
B9
ITU-T Q.703
Application domain
None 1 4095 4095
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules step size 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment used if EN_HSL = 1 Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Q703_N2 HMI name Q703_N2 Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission.
Category
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.703
Application domain

Number 1 8192 4096
bytes 1 8192 4096
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 314

Non GSM
Q703_N2_HSL
Number
HMI name Q703_N2_HSL Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission (if HSL is used). Category
Site (CAE) 1 65535 32767
B9
ITU-T Q.703
Application domain
bytes 1 65535 32767
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment used if EN_HSL = 1 Internal comment -HMI name Q703_T1 B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
MTP2 timer alignment ready.
Q703_T1
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.703
Category

Timer 40 50 50
sec 40 50 50
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 315

Non GSM
MTP2 timer alignment ready for 2Mbit/s (if HSL is used).
Q703_T1_HSL
Timer 25 350 300 sec 25 350
HMI name Q703_T1_HSL
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.703
Category
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment used if EN_HSL = 1 Internal comment -HMI name Q703_T2 B10 Oui B9
Oui
300

GSM
MTP2 timer not aligned.
Q703_T2
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.703
Category

Timer 5 150 30
sec 5 150 30
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 316

Oui GSM Timer 1 2 1
MTP2 timer aligned.
Q703_T3
HMI name Q703_T3 Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
sec 10 20 10
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment In B9 the range for this parameter is [1-1.5] but the Q703 white book specifies [1-2] HMI name Q703_T4E B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
MTP2 Emergency proving period.
Q703_T4E
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.703
Category

Timer 0.4 0.6
sec 4 0.5 6
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Applicable to LSL and HSL. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 317

Oui GSM
MTP2 Normal proving period.
Q703_T4N
HMI name Q703_T4N Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Timer 7.5 9.5 8.2 sec 75 95 82
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment not used if EN_HSL = 1 Internal comment -HMI name Q703_T4N_HSL B10 Oui B9
Non
Category

GSM
Q703_T4N_HSL
MTP2 Normal proving period for 2Mbit/s (if HSL is used).
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.703
Category

Timer 3 70 30
sec 3 70 30
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment used if EN_HSL = 1 Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 318

Oui GSM
MTP2 timer sending SIB.
Q703_T5
HMI name Q703_T5 Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
ms 80 120
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.703
Application domain
Category
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules -Min value 80 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 120 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 100 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment In B9 this parameter is System (CST) instead of Site (CAE) and the range for this parameter is [100-100] but the Q703 white book specified HMI name Q703_T6 B10 Oui B9
Oui
100

GSM
MTP2 timer remote congestion.
Q703_T6
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.703
Category

Timer 3 6
sec 60 5.4 30
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
54
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 319

Oui GSM Timer 0.5 2 1
MTP2 timer excessive delay of acknowledgement.
Q703_T7
sec 5 20 10
HMI name Q703_T7
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment In case of a Ater satellite connection, this parameter is set to 2 seconds by the BSC. Internal comment In B9 this parameter is System (CST) instead of Site (CAE) in B10. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Q704_T2 HMI name Q704_T2 MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeover acknowledgement.
Category
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.704
Application domain

Timer 0.7 2
sec 7 2 20 20
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 320

Oui GSM
Q704_T4 HMI name Q704_T4 MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (first attempt).
Timer 0.5 1.2 1 sec 5 12 10
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.704
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Q704_T5 HMI name Q704_T5 MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (second attempt).
Category
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.704
Application domain

Timer 0.5 1.2 1
sec 5 12 10
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 321

Oui GSM
Q707_T1 HMI name Q707_T1 MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link test acknowledgement.
Timer 4 12 6.4 sec 120 64 40
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.707
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Q707_T2 HMI name Q707_T2 MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling link test message.
Category
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.707
Application domain

Timer 30 90
sec
300 60
900
600
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 322

Oui 2G-3G
Qsearch_C HMI name Qsearch_C Threshold for searching for 3G cells in dedicated mode depending whether the received signal level of the serving cell is below or above the threshold.
Number -98 dBm 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 45.008
Category
Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In a cell where at least one 2G to 3G adjacency has been defined, Qsearch_C =-70, i.e.
always search for 3G neighbour cells External comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to always search for 3G neighbour cells) or above (-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on SACCH Internal comment -The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 70 (resp. 50), but the corresponding text always search for 3G neighbour cells (resp. never search for 3G neighbour cells).
Coded Max Coded Def
15 7
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 323

Oui 2G-3G
Qsearch_I HMI name Qsearch_I Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold.
Number -98 dBm 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
Category
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_I =-70, i.e. always search for 3G
neighbour cells External comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to always search for 3G neighbour cells) or above (-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH Internal comment --
Coded Max Coded Def
15 15
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 324

Oui 2G-3G
Qsearch_P HMI name Qsearch_P Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold
Number -98 dBm 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
Category
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_P =-70, i.e. always search for 3G
neighbour cells External comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to always search for 3G neighbour cells) or above (-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold in GPRS. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. Internal comment --
Coded Max Coded Def
15 15
The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 70 (resp. 50), but the corresponding text always search for 3G neighbour cells (resp. never search for 3G neighbour cells).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 325

Oui GSM
QUEUE_ANYWAY HMI name Forced_Queuing This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requests when queuing is not allowed by the MSC.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit Coding rules -Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment If Queue_Anyway = disabled and the queuing is not allowed by the MSC neither, calls with pre-emption capability might be queued nevertheless HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS B10 Oui B9
Oui
if EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled.

GPRS
Routing Area Code for GPRS.
RA_CODE (BSC)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Category
- Equal to RA_CODE (MFS) - A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same Recommended rules RA_CODE when they are PS capable --
The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been set by the operator.
None 0 255

0
External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initially set the value -1.
-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered by OMC-R since "-1" is out of the parameters range (see BSS MIB).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 326

Oui GPRS
Routing Area Colour for GPRS.
RA_COLOUR
HMI name Routing Area Colour for GPRS Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Number 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Category
Mandatory rules Max value 7 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment Default value depends on the configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment Transported in 04.18 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3/4 messages.
Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RA codecolour has not yet been valued by the network provider. --
None 0 7
Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initially set the value -1. "-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 327

Oui GSM
Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy.
RACH_BUSY_THRES
Threshold -110 dBm 1
HMI name RACH_BUSY_THRES
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Radio measurements
Category
This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: 1: -110 dBm 5: -106 dBm 9: -102 dBm 13: -98 dBm 17: -94 dBm 21: -90 dBm 25: -86 dBm 29: -82 dBm 33: -78 dBm 37: -74 dBm 41: -70 dBm 45: -66 dBm 49: -62 dBm 53: -58 dBm 57: -54 dBm 61: -50 dBm
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Coded Max Coded Def
61 5
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 328

Period over which CCCH load measurements are made.
RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER
HMI name CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PERIOD
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
51mfr 1 255 32
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Displayed Coding rules step size=1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
bper 0 64 64
Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Coding rules 64: no filtering Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS). Max value 64 Coded Max Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells. Def value 64 Coded Def External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance
Internal comment
greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 329

RACHRT HMI name CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOAD INDICATION messages.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
51mfr 1 255
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Displayed Coding rules step size=1 (51mfr) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT B10 Oui B9
Oui
255

GSM
Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision.
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
Category

Number 4 64 16
Samfr 0 15 3
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 330

Non GSM Number 4 64 16
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_AMR HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_AMR Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision, when an AMR codec is used.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
Samfr 0 15 3
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter applies only to Evolium BTSs. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. HMI name RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path.
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
Category

Threshold 1 128 18
Samfr 1 128 18
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 331

Non MR
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR
Threshold 1 128 18
Non GSM
HMI name RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES_A Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path for calls using an AMR codec.
B9
TRX nb
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
Category
Samfr 1 128 18
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR > N_BSTXPWR_M Recommended rules -External comment This parameter applies only to Evolium BTSs. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) HMI name Highest BA range ARFCNs Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in BA Range Information Element.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 04.08
Application domain

Number -1 1023 -1
None -1 1023 -1
Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Recommended rules -External comment RANGEi_HIGHER = -1 means that it shall not be included in BA Range IE.
Internal comment
Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end of BA Range) --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 332

Oui GSM -1 1023 -1 Number
RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) HMI name Lowest BA range ARFCNs Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in BA Range Information Element.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 04.08
Application domain
None -1 1023 -1
Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded on 16 bits. Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Recommended rules -External comment RANGEi_LOWER = -1 means that it shall not be included in BA Range IE
Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end of BA Range) -Oui

GSM
RE HMI name CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in the cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference Call release Coding rules 0: allowed, 1: not allowed Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 333

Oui GSM
RESET_INDEFINITE HMI name RESET_INDEFINITE This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall be sent indefinitely (as long as it is not acknowledged).
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
BSS global reset
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0. B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times, 1: The Reset procedure is repeated until a RESET or RESET ACK message is received. --
None 0 1

GSM
RESP_REQ HMI name RESP_REQ This flag controls Response request OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: IE not included, 1: IE included Mandatory rules -Recommended rules When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to include the Response
Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ). External comment Default value depends on MSC type For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EXT_DR is set to enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 334

Oui

cell
B9
Rec reference
RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX HMI name RMS_TEMPLATE Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to the concerned cell (concerns the parameters MEAS_STAT_C_Ix, MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx, MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx, MEAS_STAT_Sx, EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE, VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER, VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD, VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL, VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER). None Application GSM Category Site (CAE)
None 1 16 1
domain Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Coding rules coded from 1 to 16 Min value 1 Mandatory rules -Max value 16 Recommended rules -Def value 1 External comment -Internal comment The parameter is a CELL attribute, it is the reference to one of the 16 RMS templates at the beginning of the definition field. B10 Oui B9
Oui

2G-3G
RNC_ID(n) HMI name RNC_ID(n) This parameter indicates the RNC Identifier as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401. It is used in HO Required message sent to the MSC.
Category
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 48.008
Handover Management
Application domain
Sub-syste BSC Instance 3G cell

Number 0
Mandatory rules
--
binary value on 12 bits. The value of -1 indicates that no RNCid is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell
Type Min value

-1
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4095 -1
Recommended rules RNC_ID(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from -1)
External comment The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 335

Oui GSM
ROT HMI name ROT Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include Time Difference IE in HANDOVER COMPLETE.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
Oui
0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVER COMPLETE, 1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included in HANDOVER COMPLETE --
None 0 1

GSM
RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC) HMI name RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC) Maximum delay for sending a RR acknowledgement frame on RSL and GSL
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Timer 0 200
0 200
ms 2
Spec reference LAPD management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 100ms Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than T200 (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is used only with Mx BSC for both terrestrial and satellite links. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 336

Oui GPRS
RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC) HMI name RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC) This parameter allows to tune the time between two sendings of the BSCGP RR Allocation Indication messages.
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 30 2
Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules -Min value 1 Mandatory rules Equal to RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS) Max value 30 Recommended rules -Def value 2 External comment -Internal comment The time between two sendings of the RR Allocation Indication messages is TCH_INFO_PERIOD * RR_ALLOC_PERIOD seconds. B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
RSL_I_PRIORITY (BSC)
HMI name RSL_I_PRIORITY (BSC) BSS internal priority used by the BSC for the RSL-I flow in IP network Category
System (CST)
None
0: higher priority 3: lower priority shall be equal to RSL_I_PRIORITY(BTS)
Application domain

Number 0
Type Min value
None 0 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 337

Oui GSM
Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS.
RSL_RATE (BSC)
HMI name RSL_RATE (BSC) Sub-syste BSC Instance BTS
Flag 0 1 1
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Deduced from O&M parameter: BSI-Link-Type HMI name RSL_UDP_PORT_BSC B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
UDP port number used for RSL on BSC side.
RSL_UDP_PORT_BSC
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 50176 50944 50176
None
50176 50944 50176
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML. Min = hC400, Max = hC700
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 338

Non IP
RSL_UI_PRIORITY
HMI name RSL_UI_PRIORITY Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Number 0
BSS internal priority used by the RSL-UI flow in IP network
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Oui
Category
None 0 3
Sent to the BTS via OML.

GSM
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain

Number -110 -47
dBm 0 -100 63 10
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 339

Oui VGCS Number -110 -47
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell.
dBm 0 63 10
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --100

GSM
RXLEV_DL_IH HMI name RXLEV_DL_IH Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad downlink quality.
B10 Oui Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Oui
Rec reference
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain

Threshold -110 -47
dBm 0 -65 63 45
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Mandatory rules RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 340

Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.
RXLEV_DL_ZONE
dBm 0 63 39
HMI name RXLEV_DL_ZONE
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or
-71
External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type B10 Oui B9
Non
DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900: RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband

GSM
RxLev_HO_to_GAN
HMI name RxLev_HO_to_GAN This flag allows to take into account faulty measurement results on GAN cells Category
System (CST)
None
Radio measurements data processing
Application domain

Flag 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
0: measurement results RxLev <> 63 are discarded, 1: measurement results RxLev <> 63 are taken into account (the value kept is 63) --
Type Min value
None 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 341

RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO HMI name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is not necessary to trigger a handover on power budget (cause 12).
dBm 0 63 63
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
-47

GSM
RXLEV_UL_IH HMI name RXLEV_UL_IH Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad uplink quality.
B10 Oui Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Oui
Rec reference
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain

Threshold -110 -47
dBm 0 -65 63 45
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Mandatory rules RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 342

Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.
RXLEV_UL_ZONE
dBm 0 63 32
HMI name RXLEV_UL_ZONE
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or
-78
External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type HMI name RXLEV_MIN_n B10 Oui B9
Oui
DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900: RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband

GSM
Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover.
RXLEVmin(n)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
Category

Number -110 -47
dBm 0 -96 63 14
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 343

Oui GSM
Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH.
Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH
Number 0 40 32
HMI name Schedule Period for Basic CBCH
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 03.41
Category
CBper 0 40 32
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name Schedule period for Extended
CBCH
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH.
Schedule_period_for_extended_CB CH
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 03.41
Category

Number 0 40 32
RMS template Non
CBper 0 40 32
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 344

Oui 2G-3G
SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) HMI name SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) This parameter indicates the Primary Scrambling Code as defined in 3GPP TS 25.213
Number 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18

--
Category
None 0
binary value on 9 bits. The value of -1 indicates that no scrambling code is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). Mandatory rules EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n) can be True only if SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) <> -1 SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from -1) Recommended rules In any serving cell there shall be only one 3G target cell defined with the couple FDD_ARFCN(n) SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n)
511
External comment The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes Internal comment -HMI name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD B10 Oui
Def value
-1
Coded Def
-1

GSM
Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements.
SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category

Timer 0 16 10
sec 0 16 10
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules 8 bits, step size=1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 345

SDCCH_COUNTER HMI name SDCCH_COUNTER Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
2 x Samfr 0 31 3
Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules SDCCH_COUNTER <= T_SDCCH_PC Def value External comment 0 means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY HMI name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is high.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Timer 0 10 2
sec 0 100 20
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 346

Oui GSM
SDCCH_LOW_DELAY HMI name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is low.
Timer 0 10 0 sec 0 100 0
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

2G-3G
SEARCH_3G_PRIO HMI name SEARCH_3G_PRIO This indicates if 3G cells may be searched when BSIC decoding is required
Category
System (CST)
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain

Flag 0
0 : no (3G cells shall not be searched when BSIC decoding is required), 1 : yes (3G cells may be searched when BSIC decoding is required) --
Type Min value
None 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 347

Signalling Link Code.
SLC
HMI name Signalling Link Code Sub-syste BSC Instance N7 ch B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.704
Application domain
Category
None 0 15 0
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Displayed Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment -HMI name SMS_INHIBIT B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
This flag enables/disables SMS support.
SMS_INHIBIT
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference Short message service point-to-point Coding rules 0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 348

Oui GSM
SMSCB_Features_set HMI name SMSCB_Features_Set This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCB product.
Site (CAE)
None

--
Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive". If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equal to "1"- If SMSCB_Features_set Recommended rules = FS1, then SMSCB_Recovery shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH shall be set to "0"
1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2
None 1 2
External comment When migrating from FS1 to FS2,
Def value
1
Coded Def
Internal comment
USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCH shall be set to "Yes", CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4. --

GSM
SMSCB_Mode HMI name SMSCB_Mode This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, either OMC-R or CBC.
Category
System (CST)
B10 Oui

Flag 0 1
Oui
None
Application domain
None 0 1 1
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast Coding rules 0: OMC-R, 1: CBC Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 349

Oui GSM
SMSCB_Phase HMI name SMSCB_Phase This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSM Phase2 or Phase 2+ mode.
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain Type Flag Min value 0 Max value 1 Def value
0
If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2" 'If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2+" Recommended rules SMSCB_Phase can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" --
0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+
None 0 1
External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9

GSM
SMSCB_Recovery HMI name SMSCB_Recovery This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indication in Restart-Indication message.
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
None
Application domain
shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Recommended rules --
0: No, 1: Yes
None 0 1

0
0 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 350

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 1
This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated.
SMSCB_State
HMI name SMSCB_State
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Displayed Type Coding rules 0: activated, 1: deactivated Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment From B7.2 onwards, OMC3 displays values "activated"/"deactivated" whatever the release of the BSC. B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
SNMP_PRIORITY (BSC) HMI name SNMP_PRIORITY (BSC) BSS internal priority used by the BSC for the SNMP flow in IP network
Category
System (CST)
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Used for OML establishment.
0: higher priority 3: lower priority shall be equal to SNMP_PRIORITY(BTS)
Application domain

Number 0
Type Min value
None 0 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 351

Oui GPRS
SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.60
Category
Oui
0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell 1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS)
None 0 1

GSM
SSF HMI name SSF This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling Point Code.
Category
Network (CDE)
ITU-T Q.704
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for Network Indicator and 2 spare bits. Internal comment --
coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value = 0, international network; Value = 4, Spare, reserved for international use; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for national use --
(SS7 parameter)
Application domain

Number 0
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
12 12
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 352
Logical name
Non START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_
Non
START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BSC
HMI name Cell Type Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Number
TRX nb
B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
IP
BSC First IP address for the range of telecom addresses shown to the external world. The BSC deduces every address of its telecom endpoint from this base address.
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

0
coded on 32 bits coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 255.255.255.255 coded as an empty string --
Application domain OMC-R access Displayed Type Min value
Category
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
B10 Oui
B9 Sub-syste BSC Instance

cell Number 1 1024 256
START_UPLINK_REPLY HMI name START_UPLINK_REPLY Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request bit set to L) during the initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. before sending the first UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H)
VGCS
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 1 1024 256
Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 353

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 0
STRIP_O5_CM2 HMI name Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2 This flag controls the format of the Classmark 2 IE sent to the MSC.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference Classmark handling OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: no modification on Classmark2 IE, 1: octet 5 of Classmark2 IE is stripped out Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
T(conn est) HMI name T(conn est) SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirm message.
Category
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.714
Application domain

Timer 10 127.5 30
sec 20 255 60
Spec reference Radio & link establishment Coding rules step size = 0.5sec Mandatory rules T(conn est) < T9105 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 354

Oui GSM
SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection.
T(iar)
Timer 402 1530 1260 sec 67 255
HMI name T(iar)
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.714
Category
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules step size = 6sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC
External comment -Internal comment Internally, the OMC uses values in the range 402000..1530000, (ie in msec) HMI name T(ias) B10 Oui B9
It is recommended to configure T(iar) > (2 x T(ias) used by the MSC) + 1 min
210

GSM
SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message.
T(ias)
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.714
Category

Timer 96 450 300
sec 16 75 50
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules step size = 6sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC
It is recommended to configure T(ias) < (T(iar) used by the MSC - 1 min) / 2
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 355

Oui GSM Timer 8 127.5 15
T(rel) HMI name T(rel) SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Complete message.
sec 16 255 30
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.714
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
T(sst) HMI name T(sst) SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Test messages.
Category
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.714
Application domain

Timer 6 1200 30
sec 1 200 5
Spec reference (SS7 parameter) Coding rules step size = 6sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 356

Oui GPRS
Timer controlling the allocation/deallocation of GCHs in the BTS
T_ALLOC_BTS
Timer 1 10 3 sec 1 10 3
HMI name T_ALLOC_BTS
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non
Category

IP
T_ATER_CONN
HMI name T_ATER_CONN Supervision of BTS-TC speech path connection / disconnection in the case of a TDM BTS connected to an IP BSC. Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Timer 100 2000 1000
ms 20 10
Spec reference Normal Assignment Coding rules Step size = 100. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 357

Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure.
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP
sec 0 255 40
HMI name Autocleaning_Timer
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Displayed Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that
Category
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0. External comment T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0 inhibits the autocleaning procedure.
--

GPRS
T_AVG_T (BSC) HMI name T_AVG_T Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode.
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain

Number 0 25 12
None 0 25 12
Spec reference System information management Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 358

Oui GPRS
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode.
T_AVG_W (BSC)
Number 0 25 20
HMI name T_AVG_W
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Category
None 0 25 20
Spec reference System information management Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
T_BIND_CNF HMI name T_BIND_CNF Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Timer 10 300 30
sec 10 300 30
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 359

Oui GSM
Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure.
T_BTS_EST_CNF
Timer 0 6553.5 4 sec 0 65535 40
HMI name T_BTS_EST_CNF
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference Short message service point-to-point Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name T_BTS_RLS_CNF B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure.
T_BTS_RLS_CNF
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category

Timer 0 6553.5 4
sec 0 65535 40
Spec reference Short message service point-to-point Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 360

Oui GSM
T_BURST HMI name T_BURST Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCK messages.
Timer 0.1 25.5 2 sec 1 255 20
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Coding rules step size =0.1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
T_CBC_READY HMI name T_CBC_READY Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connect to the CBC before issueing an alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Number 10 600
sec 10 300 600
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast Coding rules step size: 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT External comment -Internal comment --
300
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 361

Oui

BSC Number sec 10 600 30
T_CONNECT HMI name T_CONNECT Defines the value of TIMER_T_CONNECT which is used by L4E_CONV during outgoing X.25 call setup association setup towards the CBC to protect against absence of CECNF from the Network layer.
B9
GSM 10 600 30
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size: 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT External comment -Internal comment This parameter is described in document 3BK 11202 0329 DSZZA. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
T_COUNT_I HMI name T_COUNT_I Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Timer 0 50 12
sec 0 50 12
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 362

T_DELAY HMI name T_DELAY Delays the reestablishment of RSL link by the BSC in order that FU restart can finish.
sec 10 10 10
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_DELAY >= T203 + 2x (N200+1)xT200 (T_DELAY must be greater than the time needed for
Category
the FU to detect the Abis link failure)

GPRS
T_DELAY_GSL HMI name T_DELAY_GSL Timer for LAPD re-establishment after a LAPD failure. This timer gives the delay between two LAPD establishment attempts.
Category
System (CST)
Oui
None
Application domain

Timer 10 10 10
sec 10 10 10
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 363

Oui GSM
T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD HMI name T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD Timer to define the delay before an dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot will be de-allocated once all of its SDCCH sub-channels are in the free state.
Timer 0 32 10 sec 0 32 10
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
T_FILTER HMI name HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarm condition is detected.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Timer 0 31 3
2 x Samfr 0 31 3
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s, 1: 0.96s, , 31: 29.76s Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 364

Oui GPRS Timer 0.2 5 1
T_GPRS_Resume HMI name T_GPRS_Resume Timer used by BSC, to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN before releasing the CS channel.
sec 2 50 10
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
3GPP TS 24.008
Spec reference Call release OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec, coded from 2 to 50 Mandatory rules T_GPRS_Resume < T3240 (10s) Recommended rules T_GPRS_Resume > (BSSGP_T4 * (Resume_retries+1))
Category
External comment T3240 is a MS timer see 3GPP TS 24.008 Internal comment -HMI name T_GSL_ACK_BSC
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T_GPRS_RESUME = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_GPRS_RESUME = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.

GPRS
Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP.
T_GSL_ACK (BSC)
B10 Oui

Timer 0 25.5 5
Oui
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
sec 0 255 50
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack(BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) External comment -Internal comment -3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 365

Oui GSM
Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover.
T_HCP
Timer 0 240 0 sec 0 240 0
HMI name T_HCP
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules step size= 1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
T_HO_REQD_LOST HMI name T_HO_REQD_LOST Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Timer 6 120 30
sec 6 120 30
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7 Recommended rules T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum time for external handover
execution External comment Depends on MSC type
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 366

Oui GSM
T_i HMI name T_i Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Reset procedure.
sec 0 255 30
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference BSS global reset OMC-R access Displayed Type Timer Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 25.5 Recommended rules For BSC Evolution, the default value must be increased to 22 sec Def value 3 External comment -Internal comment The MX proposed default value corresponds to results of tests performed with an MSC Alcatel and with a full configuration 16 N7 links. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category
This parameter is present in both BSCG2_CDETable and BSCMX_CDETable, but with different default value.

GSM
T_IA HMI name T_IA Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message remains in the AGCH queue.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Timer 0 5
sec 0 2.5 50 25
Spec reference Paging & access grant control Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T_IA<T3101 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 367

Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited.
T_INHIBIT_CPT
sec 0 240 0
HMI name T_INHIBIT_CPT
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment T_INHIBIT_CPT = 0 inhibits the anti ping-pong function. Internal comment -HMI name RF_RES_IND_PERIOD B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
T_INTRF_L3
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Timer 10 180 60
sec 10 180 60
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) & T_INTRF_L3 > INTAVE Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 368

Oui GSM Timer 0.1 25.5 10
T_LB_OV HMI name T_LB_OV Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to FU overload.
sec 1 255
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH B10 Oui B9
Oui
100

LCS
T_LCS_RESTART (BSC) HMI name T_LCS_RESTART_BSC BSC timer to guard the response from the SMLC in case of LCS Restart procedure (i.e. initialisation procedure).
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Timer 1 25 10
sec 1 25 10
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 369

Oui LCS Timer 1 30 2
T_Loc_abort HMI name T_Loc_abort BSC timer supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Abort.
sec 10 300 20
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules T_Loc_abort < T_Location Def value External comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1. Internal comment The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Loc_abort in case of LCS abort procedure towards the SMLC. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

LCS
T_Location HMI name T_Location BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location request, when no RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
sec 10 3000 150
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 1 Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Max value 300 Recommended rules Def value 15 External comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1. Internal comment The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Location_Longer in case of RRLP message flow between the SMLC and the MS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 370

Oui LCS
T_Location_Longer HMI name T_Location_Longer BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location request, when a RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS.
sec 1 300 30
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Max value 300 Coded Max Recommended rules T_Location_Longer > T_Location Def value 30 Coded Def External comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1, and replaces T_Location timer in case of Conventional GPS, MS Assisted A-GPS and MS
Application domain
Category
Based A-GPS positioning methods. The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Location_Longer in case of RRLP message flow between the SMLC and the MS.

IP
T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP HMI name T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP Maximum holding time in BTS and TC before sending a MUXTRAUP packet.
Category
System (CST)
Non
None
Application domain

Timer 1 20 2
ms 20 2
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface Coding rules Step size = 1. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 371

Oui GPRS Timer 1 60 30
Duration of the MPDCH establishment procedure.
T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC)
HMI name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
sec 1 60 30
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference Paging and Access Grant control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules Equal to T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS) Recommended rules This covers the maximum time taken by MS to become aware of a new cell configuration External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
T_MS_CELL_REJ HMI name T_MS_CELL_REJ Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selected as targets in subsequent handover attempts.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Timer 0 20 5
sec 0 200 50
Spec reference Handover management Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 372

Oui

BSC Timer ms 1 10 2
T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY HMI name T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY This Timer is used to delay the Multiple SACCH Info Modify and the VGCS_ADD_INFO in order to give the MS a chance to receive the immediately transmitted VGCS_ADD_INFO/FACCH and SI6 messages
B9
VGCS
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 100 1000 200
None
Spec reference Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Min value Max value Def value
Category

GSM
T_OVL_MSC HMI name T_OVL_MSC Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messages sent to the MSC.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Timer 0.1 6553.5 20
sec 1 65535 200
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 373

Oui GSM
T_PAG_CS (BSC) HMI name T_PAG_CS This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface.
Timer 0 25.5 3 sec 0 255 30
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Paging & access grant control Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS) Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) External comment -Internal comment round trip delay between MSC and BTS B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
T_PAG_PS (BSC) HMI name T_PAG_PS This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Timer 0 25.5 3
sec 0 255 30
Spec reference Paging & access grant control Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS) Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) External comment -Internal comment round trip delay between SGSN and BTS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 374

Oui GPRS
T_PDA HMI name T_PDA Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a DL TBF establishment on PCH remains in the PCH queue.
sec 0 50
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Timer Min value 0 Max value 5 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
Category
The T_PDA parameter is computed by the OMC as follows: T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch, or equivalently, Recommended rules -T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=2 T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=3 T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=4 T_PDA = 1400 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=5 T_PDA = 1600 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=6 T_PDA = 2000 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=7 T_PDA = 2200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=8 T_PDA = 2400 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=9.
step size = 0.1sec
Def value 1.4 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The T_PDA parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the BS_PA_MFRMS parameter.The T_PDA parameter is not
14
displayed to the O&M user.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 375

Oui GPRS
T_PUA HMI name T_PUA Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a UL or DL TBF establishment on AGCH remains in the AGCH queue.
sec 0 50
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Timer Min value 0 Max value 5 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
Category
The T_PUA parameter is computed by the OMC as follows: T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch (See the table below) Recommended rules -AG_PREMPT_PCH/BCCH_EXT/CCCH_CONF/BS_AG_BLKS_RES/T_GPRS_agch_queuing_max (ms)/Comments Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/3/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/4/800/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/5/600/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/7/600/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/2000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/1000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/1000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/1000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/800/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/ Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/Not allowed Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/ Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/3/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/4/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/5/600/ 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
step size = 0.1sec
Page 376
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/7/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/600/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/600/ Def value 0.8 Coded Def 8 External comment Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/600/ -Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/600/ Internal comment Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/600/ The T_PUA parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT, CCCH_CONF and Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/ BS_AG_BLKS_RES parameters. The T_PUA parameter is not displayed to the O&M user. Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/

GSM
Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests.
T_qho
HMI name T_QHO
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.08
Application domain
Category

Timer 0 20 3
sec 0 20 3
Spec reference Resource allocation & management Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 377

Oui GSM
Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure.
T_RCR_ACK
HMI name T_RCR_ACK Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Timer 0 6553.5 5 sec 0 65535 50
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference Call release Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
T_RECOVERY HMI name T_RECOVERY Delay between two consecutive audits on trace file transfer status when a file transfer failure occurs.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Sub-syste BSC Instance OMC

Timer 10 10 10
mn 10 10 10
Spec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted by the OMC-R to the BSC at init with the OCD_admin tool
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 378
Logical name
Oui
T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEASE HMI name

Timer
Definition
VGCS
T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELE ASE This parameter defines the repetition period of CHANNEL RELEASE message sent on FACCH Site (CAE) 200 1000 200
B9
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
RMS template Non
None
Application domain
Category
ms 10 2
Oui
T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE HMI name T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE Delay between consecutive repetitions of the UPLINK FREE message, sent to the mobile station. The UPLINK FREE messages shall be repeated as long as no uplink is granted to a mobile station.
VGCS
Sub-syste BSC
cell Timer 20 480 200
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
ms 24 10
Spec reference Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
- It is a CDM parameter - The minimum value is 20 ms, since the UPLINK FREE message is sent on FACCH of VGCS channel and the periodicity of FACCH is 20 ms.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 379

Oui GSM
General supervision of RMS in the BSC.
T_RMS_BSC
HMI name T_RMS_BSC Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Timer 1 6553.5 6 sec 10 65535 60
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference Radio Measurements Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RECONF B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Delay to restart RMS job after reconfiguration.
T_RMS_BSC_RECONF
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Timer 2 2
sec 2 2 2
Spec reference Radio measurements Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 380

Oui GSM
Delay to restart RMS job after TRE restart.
T_RMS_BSC_RESTART
HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RESTART Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Timer 60 60 60 sec 60 60 60
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference Radio measurements Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Min value Max value Def value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category

GSM
T_RMS_BTS HMI name T_RMS_BTS Time interval between BTS transfer of 2 successive RMS blocks of measurements.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Timer 1 6553 1
sec 1 6553 1
Spec reference Radio Measurements Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules T_RMS_BTS < T_RMS_BSC Recommended rules T_RMS_BSC > 2* T_RMS_BTS External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 381

Oui GSM
T_SDCCH_PC HMI name T_SDCCH_PC Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure.
Timer 0 31 5
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
2 x Samfr 0 31 5
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size = 1 (2 x Samfr) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_SDCCH_PC >= SDCCH_COUNTER External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non D
T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD
Non
HMI name T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CM Maximum time between two sendings of MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND message (i.e. at
TRX nb
Non
T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD expiry, the message is sent even if it does not contain yet NB_MAX_MSG_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD messages). GSM
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category

Timer 50 250 50
ms 5
Spec reference Paging and Access Grant Control OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 50 msec. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This mechanism does not apply to G2 BTS and to G2 BSC. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 382

Non DTM
T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC)
sec 1 100 8
HMI name T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC) Timer monitoring the reception of BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (periodic or not) on BSC side. Category
System (CST)
B9
Rec reference
None
Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules Step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules shall be at max equal to T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS) / 2 Max value 100 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 8 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment Due to BSC implementation constraints, with a default value of 8 sec, the observed value on BSCGP interface will be in the range [8;9.6] sec. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain
This has no system impact.

GSM
T_SMSCB_RESP HMI name T_SMSCB_RESP Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Timer 1 10 2
sec 1 10 2
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 383

Non
T_TC_BTS_LINK_POLLING
BSC Timer ms 1 100 5
HMI name T_TC_BTS_LINK_POLLING The timer used by the BTS to supervise the link between BTS and TC in case of no traffic and as long as the BTS context is valid in the TC. Under study
IP
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 100 10000 500
None
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface Coding rules Step size = 100 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Min value Max value Def value
Category
Sent to the BTS via OML.

GSM
T_TFO HMI name T_TFO Timer for sending and acknowledgement of No_speech frames in case of TFO.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Sub-syste BSC Instance BTS

Timer 0 2540 220
ms 127 11
Spec reference TFO Functional specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules coded on 8 bits, step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is set to 620ms by the BSC in case of Abis/Ater via satellite. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 384

Non IP 0 5100 640 Timer
T_TRAU_ACK_WAIT
ms 0 255 32
HMI name T_TRAU_ACK_WAIT Supervision of the correct receipt of Commands between CCU and TRAU, in case of IP transport. Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 20 msec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value in case of Abis/Ater per satellite : 640 msec. Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain
Sent to the BTS via OML and the TC via TCSL.
T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS HMI name T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS Guard timer to wait for an Uplink Access. If no such bursts are received at this timer expiry, the BSC releases the voice group call channel in that cell and provide notifications containing no channel description.
VGCS
Sub-syste BSC
BSC Timer 3 300 60
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
sec 3 300 60
Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_Wait_Uplink_Access >= [START_UPLINK_REPLY + (10 * WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS)] *
T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE External comment The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 385

Oui VGCS
T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK HMI name T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK Guard timer to wait for UPLINK REQUEST ACK or UPLINK REQUEST REJECT message from the MSC.
Timer ms 1 10 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 500 5000 500
None
Oui
Category

GSM
T1_0858 HMI name T1_0858 Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS, a new OVERLOAD is ignored.
Category
Network (CDE)
GSM TS 08.58
Application domain

Timer 3 6553.5 30
sec 30 65535 300
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T1_0858 < T2_0858 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 386

Oui GSM
Hold off time before attempting another Block/Unblock procedure.
T1_long
Timer 0 60 60 sec 0 60 60
HMI name T1_long
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T1_long >= T1_short External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment -HMI name T1 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure.
T1_short
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.08
Category

Timer 10 25.5 16
sec
100
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment --
255
160
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 387

Oui GSM
Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests.
T11
HMI name T11 Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Timer 0 19 sec 0 19 6
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.08

6
Category Type Min value Max value Def value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Spec reference Resource allocation & management Coding rules step size = 1 s Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
T11_FORCED HMI name T11_FORCED Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing is not allowed by the MSC.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Timer 0 19 4
sec 0 190 40
Spec reference Resource allocation & management Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment Must be < assignment timer in the MSC (trr1).
Provision in MIB B5
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 388

Oui GSM
Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC.
T13
Timer 0 6553.5 15 sec 0 65535 150
HMI name T13
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference BSS global reset Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment -HMI name T14 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

VGCS
T14
Maximum queuing time for the VGCS Assignment Requests
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Timer 1 19 6
sec 1 19 6
Spec reference Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 389

Oui GSM
T17 HMI name T17 Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from the MSC, is not processed after reception of a processed OVERLOAD.
Timer 0 6553.5 30 sec 0 65535 300
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec Mandatory rules T17 < T18_overload Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name T18 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage.
T18
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.08
Category

Timer 0 6553.5 50
sec 0 65535 500
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules Step size: 0.1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 390

Oui

BSC Timer 0 6553.5 50 sec 0 65535 500
T18_Overload HMI name T18_OVERLOAD Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTC internal overload detection and debarring action. Also delay between consecutive debarring actions for overload procedure and Telecom global reset procedure.
B9
GSM
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec Mandatory rules T18_OVERLOAD > T17 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Comes from the split of T18 into two timers: T18 and T18_OVERLOAD HMI name T19 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure.
T19
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Category

Timer 0.1 25.5 10
sec 1 255
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment --
100
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 391

Oui GSM
T2_0858 HMI name T2_0858 Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the case where the BTS stops sending OVERLOAD.
Timer 3 6553.5 50 sec 30 65535 500
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
GSM TS 08.58
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T2_0858 > T1_0858 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name T20 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure.
T20
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.08
Category

Timer 10 25.5 16
sec
100
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Coding rules step size=0.1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
255
160
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 392

Oui GSM 300 1000 300 Timer
Supervision of acknowledgements.
T200 (BSC)
HMI name T200 (BSC) Sub-syste BSC Instance A-bis link
ms 3 10 3
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size: 100ms; (1: 100ms, 2: 200ms, 3: 300ms, 4: 400ms, .. . , 10: 1000ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms. External comment The value of T200 (BSC) is driven by the associated Abis connection type.
Category
Internal comment HMI name T200_GSL (BSC) B10 Oui B9
It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type) The default value 300 ms corresponds to Abis terrestrial link. --

GPRS
Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link.
T200_GSL (BSC)
Oui
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category

Timer 1 1
sec 1 1 1
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200_GSL (BSC) * (1 + N200_GSL (BSC)) External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 393

Oui GSM
T200_TF HMI name T200_TF Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH FR associated) SAPI 0.
ms 10 50 10
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit Coding rules Step size = 20 msec Min value 200 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 1000 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 200 Coded Def External comment Modification of the value of this parameter will trigger an automatic restart of all TREs of the cell, leading to a release of all ongoing calls. Internal comment Sent to the BTS via OML. Default value shall be used to ensure normal behaviour of LAPDm layer. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain
Category

GSM
T200_TH HMI name T200_TH Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH HR associated) SAPI 0.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.06
Application domain
ms 50 9
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size = 20 msec. Min value 180 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 1000 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 180 Coded Def External comment Modification of the value of this parameter will trigger an automatic restart of all TREs of the cell, leading to a release of all ongoing calls. Internal comment Sent to the BTS via OML. Default value shall be used to ensure normal behaviour of LAPDm layer.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 394

Oui GSM
Link supervision timer.
T203 (BSC)
HMI name T203 (BSC) Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
Timer 4 4 4 sec 4 4
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.56
Category
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules Equal to T203 (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name T203_GSL (BSC) B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Link supervision timer on the GSL link.
T203_GSL (BSC)
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Timer 10 10 10
sec 10 10 10
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack Coding rules -Mandatory rules Equal to T203_GSL (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 395

Oui GSM
Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure.
T3101
Timer 0 25.5 3 sec 0 255 30
HMI name T3101
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Radio & link establishment Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T3101 > 2s External comment -Internal comment -HMI name T3103 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure.
T3103
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Internal channel changes
Category

--
T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR. Recommended rules T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_HR. T3103 > T3106_D. T3103 > T3106_F
step size = 0.1sec
sec 0 255
Type Timer Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value
16.5
Coded Def
165
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 396

Oui GSM
T3105_D HMI name T3105D Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on SDCCH.
ms
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08

200
T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113 Recommended rules T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms on SDCCH)
--
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Min value 200 Max value 220 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
Category
200
220 200 200
External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message B10 Oui B9

GSM
Criterion to stop T3105_D timer.
T3105_D_STOP
HMI name T3105D_STOP
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Flag 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame --
Type Min value
None 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 397

Oui GSM
T3105_F_FR HMI name T3105F_FR Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for FR channels.
ms 20 250
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08

50
External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message B10 Oui B9
T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113 Recommended rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH)
--
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Min value 20 Max value 250 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
Category
50 50

GSM
T3105_F_HR HMI name T3105F_HR Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for HR channels.
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
GSM TS 04.08
T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113 Recommended rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH)
--
Application domain
Type Timer Min value 20 Max value 250 Def value

100
20
ms 250 50 50
External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 398

Oui GSM
Criterion to stop T3105_F timer.
T3105_F_STOP
HMI name T3105F_STOP Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Flag 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame --
None 0 1

GSM
T3106_D HMI name T3106D Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of SDCCH synchronous handover.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
T3106_D < T3103 T3106_D < T9113 Recommended rules --
--
Application domain
1200
1100 1500 1200 1200
ms
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 399

Oui GSM
Criterion to stop T3106_D timer.
T3106_D_STOP
HMI name T3106D_STOP Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Flag 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Oui
0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame --
None 0 1

GSM
T3106_F HMI name T3106F Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of TCH synchronous handover.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
T3106_F < T3103 T3106_F < T9113 Recommended rules --
--
Application domain
1000
500
ms
1000 1000 1000
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 400

Oui GSM
Criterion to stop T3106_F timer.
T3106_F_STOP
HMI name T3106F_STOP Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Flag 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name T3107 B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame --
None 0 1

GSM
Supervision of the Assignment procedure.
T3107
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category

Timer 0 25.5 14
sec 0 255
Spec reference Normal assignment Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
140
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 401

Oui GSM
Supervision of the Channel Release procedure.
T3109
Timer 0 35 12 sec 0 350
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
Spec reference Call release Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s External comment -Internal comment -HMI name T3111 B10 Oui B9
Oui
120

GSM
Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure.
T3111
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Application domain
Category

Timer 0 2
sec 0 0.5 20 5
Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS) External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 402

Oui

cell Timer ms 5 24 10
T3115 HMI name T3115 This timer is used for the repetition of the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during the uplink access procedure. If the timer expires before the reception of a correctly decoded frame from MS, the BTS repeats the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message to the requesting MS
B9
VGCS
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 100 480 200
None
Spec reference Coding rules step size = 20ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category
Rec reference
2G-3G Site (CAE)
T3121 HMI name T3121 This timer is started by sending an INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER message to the MS and is normally stopped when the MS has correctly seized the UTRAN channel(s). Its purpose is to keep the old channels sufficiently long for the MS to be able to return to the old channels, and to release the channels if the MS is lost.
Category OMC-R access Changeable
Sub-syste BSC
BSC Timer 0 25.5 14
3GPP TS 44.018
Application domain
sec 0 255
Spec reference Not linked to a document Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
140
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 403

Oui GSM
T3122 HMI name T3122 Timer controlling the period sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION messages to the BTS to avoid sleeping cell problems.
Timer 0 65535 17 mn 0 65535 17
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference System information management Coding rules Step size = 1 min Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non
Category

DTM
HMI name T3148n (BSC) Timer controlling on BSC side the uplink DTM assignment. It is started at reception of DTM Request, and stopped at reception of DTM Assignment Command or DTM Reject from MFS. Category
System (CST)
T3148n (BSC)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Timer 0 4
sec 0 3,8 40 38
Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 100 msec Mandatory rules Shall be equal to T3148n (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Corresponds to T3148 (on MS side) - Round Trip Delay
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 404

Oui

cell Timer 1 sec 1
Rec reference
GPRS Site (CAE)
T3168 (BSC) HMI name T3168 This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options IE.
3GPP TS 04.60
Application domain
Coded on 3 bits as follows: 001: 1000 ms 010: 1500 ms 011: 2000 ms 100: 2500 ms 101: 3000 ms 110: 3500 ms 111: 4000 ms.
Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (MFS) Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
carried through Ater satellite links: - T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in the serving cell. External comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS. Internal comment The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless: 1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms) 2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay. T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering an uplink TBF request. Because the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be considered for this parameter. T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about 200 msec should be considered. Note that the chosen default values shall ensure that those rules are met.
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 405

Oui GPRS
T3192 (BSC) HMI name T3192 Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS.
Timer ms 7
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18

200
Category

500
2 0 0
Coded on 3 bits as follows: 0 0 0: 500 msec 0 0 1: 1000 msec 0 1 0: 1500 msec 1 1 1: 200 msec Mandatory rules Equal to T3192 (MFS) T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1) iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then : - some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and - the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state.
==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is External comment The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 04.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS: 0 1 1: 0 msec 1 0 0: 80 msec 1 0 1: 120 msec 1 1 0: 160 msec
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 406

Oui GSM
T3212 (BSC) HMI name T3212 This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures.
Number 0 255 30
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
6 mn 0 255 30
Spec reference System information management Coding rules 0: no periodic location update Mandatory rules Equal to T3212 (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name T4 B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC.
T4
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.08
Category

Timer 2 6553.5 3
sec 20 65535 30
Spec reference BSS global reset Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment T4 shall be set greater than T2 (timer in MSC). Internal comment Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 407

Oui GSM
Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED.
T7
Timer 0 20 5 sec 0 200 50
HMI name T7
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference Handover management Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
T8 HMI name T8 Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC.
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.08
Application domain

Timer 0 25.5 14
sec 0 255
Spec reference External channel changes Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
140
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 408

Oui GSM
Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure.
T9101
Timer 0 6553.5 10 sec 0 65535 100
HMI name T9101
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference Call release Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name T9103 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure.
T9103
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category

Timer 0 6553.5 3
sec 0 65535 30
Spec reference Normal assignment Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 409

Oui GSM
T9104 HMI name T9104 Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC.
Timer 0 25.5 2 sec 0 255 20
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Call release Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name T9105 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure.
T9105
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Timer 11 6553,5 31
sec
110
Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T9105 > T(conn est) Recommended rules T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230 External comment -Internal comment --
65535 310
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 410

Oui GSM
Supervision of the Physical Context procedure.
T9108
Timer 0 6553.5 3 sec 0 65535 30
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference Normal assignment Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category
Sub-syste BSC
BSC
Rec reference
GSM Network (CDE)
T9110 HMI name T9110 Guards the response of the MSC when no resources are allocated to the SCCP connection (started on the reception of CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVER REQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST message is received on the same SCCP connection as the SCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the MSC when a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message has been sent (stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEAR COMMAND message is received).
Category OMC-R access Displayed
None
Application domain
Timer 6553.5 20
sec 0 65535 200
Spec reference Call release Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)]. External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 411

Oui GSM Timer 0.1 6553.5 15
Supervision of the channel modification in the MS.
T9112
sec 1 65535 150
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Channel modification OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T9112 >= 15s. T9112 <= T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timer supervising the Modify
Category
procedure.

GSM
T9113 HMI name T9113 Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC.
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Timer 0 25.5 20
sec 0 255
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 > T3106_D. T9113 > T3106_F Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
200
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 412

Oui GSM
TA_STAT HMI name TA_STAT Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Number 0 63 bper 0 63 8
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

8
Spec reference Radio Measurements Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment 1 bper corresponds to about 550m Internal comment -HMI name TCH_INFO_PERIOD B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC.
TCH_INFO_PERIOD
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category

Timer 2 25.5 5
sec 20 255 50
Spec reference Resource allocation & management Coding rules stepsize = 0.1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 413

Non

Abis segment %
Rec reference
IP Site (CAE)
TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR HMI name TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR Maximum percentage of RTSs supporting some TCH(s) at the same time (one FR TCH or two HR TCHs), among all the RTSs configured as TCH or configured as dynamic SDCCH. The RTSs supporting only one HR TCH are counted as half a RTS. Allows to perform a radio over-dimensioning in case < 100%.
B9 Category OMC-R access Changeable
None
Application domain Type Number Min value 10 Max value 100 Def value
100
Step size = 1%
10
100 100 100
In case of a BTS with 2 Abis (2 E1 links), TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR shall take the same value for both Abis. Recommended rules Shall be set to a value high enough to ensure that CS traffic will (nearly) never be limited because of this constraint. The ABIS_BANDWIDTH shall be dimensioned in proportion. In addition, if GPRS is activated in some cells of the Abis BTS group, it is highly recommended to avoid configurations where the reserved PS bandwidth is very low or null. This can indeed imply risks of PS traffic blocking situation in the Abis BTS group due to lack of Abis bandwidth, or risks of PMU-PTU interface traffic congestion, or risks of IPGCH
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 414

Non IP
HMI name TCP_ABORT_TIMER This timer controls how long transmitted TCP data may remain unacknowledged (at TCP level) before the TCP connection is aborted. Category
System (CST)
TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BSC)
sec 1 36000
B9
Rec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Min value 1 Max value 36000 Def value
10
None
Application domain Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BSC) = TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BTS) TCP_ABORT_TIMER <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) x 2 Recommended rules --
Step size = 1
External comment The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level will be detected before failure GSL level.
10 10
For example, if a global failure happens during a TCP transfer in which the failed connection side was the data receiver, the sending TCP will try to retransmit the non-acknowledged data segments, but TCP will limit the number of retransmissions by means of this timer. On timer expiry, TCP resets the connection (RST segment). IP demo parameter. Corresponds to Abort_Interval in Solaris TCP implementation.

IP
HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT Number of TCP keep-alive messages sent by the IPGSL and not acknowledged by the peer before triggering a TCP disconnection Category
System (CST)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC)
Non
None
Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK Recommended rules (BSC) * 2 --
Step size = 1.
Application domain
None 1 20 5
Def value External comment The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level will be detected before failure GSL level. Internal comment IP demo parameter.
there is a risk to not be able to configure this kind of parameter. It depends on the TCP stack.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 415

Non IP
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC)
sec 1 36000
HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE IPGSL link supervision: Time to wait before sending the first TCP keep alive message. Category
System (CST)
B9
Rec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Min value 1 Max value 36000
5
None
Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS), TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK Recommended rules (BSC) * 2 --
Step size = 1
Def value External comment The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level will be detected before failure GSL level. Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9

IP
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC) HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL Time between the sending of two TCP keep-alive messages by IPGSL.
Category
System (CST)
Non
None
Application domain
Equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK Recommended rules (BSC) * 2 --
Step size = 1
sec 1 255 1
Type Timer Min value 1 Max value 255
Def value External comment The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level will be detected before failure GSL level. Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 416

Non IP Timer 1 36000 5
TCP message segment lifetime, used by IPGSL.
TCP_MSL (BSC)
HMI name TCP_MSL (BSC) Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC
sec 1 36000 5
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_MSL (MFS) and TCP_MSL (BTS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. HMI name TCSL_PRIORITY B10 Oui B9
Non
Category

IP
TCSL_PRIORITY
BSS internal priority used by the TCSL flow in IP network
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 0
Type Min value
None 0 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 417

Non 2G-3G
TDD_ARFCN_LIST
HMI name TDD_FREQUENCY_LIST Sub-syste BSC Instance BSS
List of numbers 0 MHz 0 16383
List of neighbour TDD UTRAN frequencies (TD-SCDMA)
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

--
Category
0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz. The value of -1 indicates that no UTRAN TDD frequency is provided. Mandatory rules The defined frequencies (i.e. not set to -1) in the set shall be different. Only following frequency bands are standardised : a) 1900 1920 MHz (UL/DL), 2010 2025 MHz Recommended rules (UL/DL) b) 1850 1910 MHz (UL/DL), 1930 1990 MHz (UL/DL) c) 1910 1930 MHz (UL/DL). Bands b) and c) are defined only for ITU region 2 (Americas).
Def value -1 External comment The TDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface.
Coded Def
-1
Internal comment
The TDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH. Up to 3 TDD UTRAN frequencies can be defined in the list. They form a table with the 3 following values TDD_ARFCN[I] for I = 1,,3. The value of -1 indicates that no UTRAN TDD frequency is provided. The OMC always sends to the BSC precisely 3 values for this list, including the dummy ones, if any, at the end of the list.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 418

Non 2G-3G
HMI name TDD_Qoffset Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN TDD cell re-selection. Category
Site (CAE)
TDD_Qoffset
Number dB 0
B9

-32
3GPP TS 45.008
Application domain Type Min value Unit Coded Min
Mandatory rules -Max value 28 Recommended rules -Def value -32 External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH. Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 32, but the corresponding text always select a 3G cell if possible
Coded Max Coded Def
15 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 419

Non C
TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC
Number
Non
HMI name TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BS Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of BSC addresses used for
B9
TRX nb
Cell Type
Non
telecom protocols IP
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

0
coded on 32 bits coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 255.255.255.240 --
Application domain OMC-R access Displayed Type Min value
Category
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0

GSM
Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME.
TEMPORARY_OFFSET
HMI name TEMPORARY_OFFSET
B10 Oui

Number 0 infinity 0
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
Application domain
Category
dB 7
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC. Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 420

Oui VGCS
Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME.
TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)
Number dB 0 7
HMI name TEMPORARY_OFFSET
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 0 infinity 0
None
Category
Spec reference Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

GSM
THR_CCCH_LOAD HMI name THR_CCCH_LOAD Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATION message.
B10 Oui Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Threshold 100 3000 500
100
Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Displayed Type Coding rules -Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment Percentage of busy to successful accesses. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
3000 500
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 421

Oui

cell % 0 100
THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT HMI name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT Load threshold determining whether a 3G to 2G handover request shall be rejected in load situation; the feature is deactivated by setting THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT to its maximum value 100%.
B9
2G-3G
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 08.08

100
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Min value 0 Max value 100
Category
THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT shall be lower than the 2G load thresholds HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD or equal to 100%. Recommended rules --
binary value on 8 bits
100 100

2G-3G
THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ
HMI name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ Load threshold on the serving cell below which handovers towards 3G cells are forbidden when I.E. Service Handover is missing (whatever EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO value) Category
Site (CAE)
Non
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 0
% 0 100 0
Spec reference Resource allocation and management Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Value 0 disables the feature. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 422

Oui 2G-3G
THR_ECNO_HO HMI name THR_ECNO_HO Ec/No threshold above which a handover to UTRAN may be triggered
Threshold dB 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

-24.5
step size = 0.5 dB, coded over 6 bits 0: HO to 3G attempted whatever the Ec/No, 1: -24.0, 2: -23.5, 3: -23, ..., 48: -0.5, 49: 0.0
Radio measurements data processing
Category
Max value 0 Def value -15
Coded Max Coded Def
49 19
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 423

Oui GSM
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 Lower load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell.
% 0 10
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

100
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Min value 0 Max value 100 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
Category
step size = 10%
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. External comment --
10 10
--

GSM
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 Lower load threshold for allocation policy of AMR-NB HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR-NB HR.
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Oui
None
Application domain
Step size = 10%
% 0 10
Type Threshold Min value 0 Max value 100 Def value

100
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it is recommended to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. External comment --
10 10
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 424

Oui GSM
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 Higher load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell.
% 0 10
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

100
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Min value 0 Max value 100 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
Category
Step size = 10%
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. External comment --
10 10
--

GSM
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 Higher load threshold for allocation policy of AMR-NB HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR-NB HR.
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Oui
None
Application domain
Step size = 10%
% 0 10

100
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it is recommended to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. External comment --
10 10
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 425

THR_LB_OV HMI name THR_LB_OV Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSC upon FU overload.
Network (CDE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 50 10
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH B10 Oui B9
Oui
THR_MARGIN_PRIO_PS HMI name THR_MARGIN_PRIO_PS Margin of radio timeslots reserved for PS traffic between two sendings of the BSCGP RR Allocation Indication messages. The threshold is expressed in percentage of radio timeslots. This margin only applies in case of high CS load and low PS load.
GPRS
Sub-syste BSC
BSC Number 0 100 10
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
% 0 100 10
Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 426

Threshold for channel adaptation under high load.
THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH
HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH Sub-syste BSC Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 70 0
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Threshold for channel adaptation under normal load.
THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Threshold 0 7 0
None 0 70 0
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 427

Oui GSM
THRESHOLD_1_0 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_0 Free buffer thresholds separating no overload condition and overload level 1 condition when pointer P points at position 0.
Threshold 0 100 25 % 0 100 25
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_0 >= THRESHOLD_2_0 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 28
% 0 100 28
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_1 >= THRESHOLD_2_1 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 428

Oui GSM
Threshold 0 100 55 % 0 100 55
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 31
% 0 100 31
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 429

Oui GSM
Threshold 0 100 34 % 0 100 34
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 37
% 0 100 37
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 430

Oui GSM
Threshold 0 100 40 % 0 100 40
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 43
% 0 100 43
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 431

Oui GSM
Threshold 0 100 46 % 0 100 46
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 49
% 0 100 49
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 432

Oui GSM
Threshold 0 100 52 % 0 100 52
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
THRESHOLD_2_0 HMI name THRESHOLD_2_0 Free buffer thresholds separating overload level 1 condition and overload level 2 condition when pointer P points at position 0.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 22
% 0 100 22
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_0 <= THRESHOLD_1_0 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 433

Oui GSM
Threshold 0 100 25 % 0 100 25
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_1 <= THRESHOLD_1_1 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 52
% 0 100 52
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 434

Oui GSM
Threshold 0 100 28 % 0 100 28
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 31
% 0 100 31
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 435

Oui GSM
Threshold 0 100 34 % 0 100 34
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 37
% 0 100 37
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 436

Oui GSM
Threshold 0 100 40 % 0 100 40
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 43
% 0 100 43
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 437

Oui GSM
Threshold 0 100 46 % 0 100 46
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Oui
Category

GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 49
% 0 100 49
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 438

Oui GSM
TL_TCUA HMI name TL_TCUA Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby the local overload controller.
Timer 0.1 50 20 sec 1 500
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
200
TL0 HMI name TL0 Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Low Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL0 and less than TL3." The TCU is in "No Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is less than TL0.
GSM
Sub-syste BSC
BSC Threshold 0 100 60
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category
% 0 100 60
Spec reference Overload Control Coding rules -Mandatory rules TL0 < TL3 < TL4 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 439

Oui GSM
TL1 HMI name TL1 BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds.
Threshold 0 100 70 % 0 100 70
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules TL1 < TL2 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
TL2 HMI name TL2 BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 85
% 0 100 85
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules TL3 > TL4 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 440

Oui

BSC
Rec reference
GSM Threshold 0 100 75 Network (CDE)
TL3 HMI name TL3 Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level: 1) In upward direction, the TCU Overload State is in High Overload state if TL3 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4; 2) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is still in Very High Overload State if TL3 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4; 3) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is in Low Overload state if TL0 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL3.
B9 Category OMC-R access None (DLS)
% 0 100 75
None
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules T0 < TL3 < TL4 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
TL4 HMI name TL4 Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in Very High Overload state if its Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL4.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 95
% 0 100 95
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules TL4 > TL3 > TL0 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 441

Non IP
TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT
Timer 1 5 4 sec 1 5
HMI name TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT Waiting time to detect loss of synchronisation between BTS and TC in case of IP transport. Category
Site (CAE)
B9
None
Application domain
Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL. Range ensures that TRAU_Activity_Timer <= TRAU_Connection_Timeout. when TRAU_Connection_Timeout = TRAU_Activity_Timer; only the mechanism linked to TRAU_Connection_Timeout is used

GSM
Treassembly HMI name Treassembly Timer controlling the reception of subsequent segments after reception of the first segment of a segmented layer 3 message.
Category
System (CST)
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Q714
Application domain

Timer 10 20
sec
100 10
Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Treassembly < T9110 (the rule is checked neither by BSC nor by the OMC.)
200
100
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 442

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 1
TRG_SDCCH HMI name TRG_SDCCH Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCH overload.
B10 Oui Sub-syste BSC Instance BSC proc B9 Category
Network (CDE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules 1 for TCU, 0 for others Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to 0 for other BSC processors Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 443

Oui GSM
Preference mark assigned to a given TRX.
TRX_PREF_MARK
HMI name Preference Mark Sub-syste BSC Instance TRX
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

0
Mandatory rules
1) For a TRX in the inner zone of a monoband or multiband concentric cell, the parameter TRX_PREF_MARK shall be set to a non-null value. Recommended rules -2) For a hopping G1 TRX, if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY = 0 then TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0
0: PS/CS TRX: This TRX can carry PS and CS traffic and has the lowest preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call. 1: CS TRX with preference mark 1: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the preference mark 1 in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call. 7: CS TRX with preference mark 7: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the highest preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to served a CS call. It means that this TRX has the highest priority for CS traffic.
Resource allocation & management
Category
None 0
Max value 7
Coded Max
3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 1: CCCH combined ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 0: CCCH not combined iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX.
Def value 1 Coded Def External comment If EGPRS is activated in the cell, TRX_PREF_MARK (BCCH TRX) = 0 and the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware and a transmission
4) In case of cell shared over 2 BTSs, the GPRS TRXs of the cell (ie TRX_PREF_MARK=0) can be either on the main sector or on the secondary, but not on both.
Internal comment
pool allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 05.05 and 3GPP TS 05.08 requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined in timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX). Note: It may happen that a TRX for which TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 can carry also CS/PS signalling traffic (if it is the BCCH TRX and if there is an MPDCH on this TRX), see also the rules for the parameter NB_TS_MPDCH.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 444

Oui GSM
TS_TCUA HMI name TS_TCUA Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by the local overload controller.
Timer 0.1 50 10 sec 1 500
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
100

GSM
TSC HMI name TSC Training Sequence Code for any (packet) channel except for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 05.02
Application domain

Number 0 7
None 0 0 7
Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded over 3 bits Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal comment
Two training sequence codes are used in Alcatel BSS: *) TSC for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter BCC. This behaviour is compliant to 3GPP TS 05.02 which states that for BCCH and CCCH, the TSC must be equal to the BCC. In Alcatel BSS, for CBCH, the TSC is also set to BCC. **) TSC for any other (packet) channel: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter TSC.
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 445

Oui GSM
Tx_integer (BSC) HMI name TX_INTEGER Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST.
Number 3
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set:
Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 Equal to Tx_integer (MFS)
None 0 15 14
TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1.
When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.
The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below:
1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)
2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms)
Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 446
External comment When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set: m B10 Oui

Oui
Internal comment HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO Sub-syste BSC Instance cell

Threshold -110 -47
TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1 For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.

GSM
Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover.
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
dBm 0 63 63
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
-47

GSM
Upper downlink level threshold for power control.
U_RXLEV_DL_P
HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_P
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
Category

Threshold -110 -47
dBm 0 -75 63 35
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P Recommended rules U_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 447

Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover.
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
dBm 0 63 63
HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
-47

GSM
Upper uplink level threshold for power control.
U_RXLEV_UL_P
HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_P B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
Category

Threshold -110 -47
dBm 0 -75 63 35
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P Recommended rules U_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 448

Oui GSM
Upper downlink quality threshold for power control.
U_RXQUAL_DL_P
HMI name U_RXQUAL_DL_P Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Threshold 0 7 1
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Category
None 0 70 10
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P Recommended rules -External comment Highest value is the worst quality Internal comment -HMI name U_RXQUAL_UL_P B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Upper uplink quality threshold for power control.
U_RXQUAL_UL_P
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Category

Threshold 0 7 1
None 0 70 10
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P Recommended rules -External comment Highest value is the worst quality Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 449

Oui GSM
Timing Advance threshold for distance handover.
U_TIME_ADVANCE
HMI name UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE Sub-syste BSC Instance cell
Threshold 0 63 bper 0 63 63
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08

63
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell type HMI name Extended CBCH B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used.
Use_of_Extended_CBCH
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Recommended rules --
0: not used, 1: used
None 0 1

0
External comment Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1.
0 0
Internal comment
If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH should be set to "Yes". --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 450

Non IP
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BSC)
Number 0
HMI name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BSC) BSS internal priority used by the BSC for the DHCP, ICMP and ARP protocols in the IP network Category
System (CST)
B9
Rec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Min value Unit Coded Min
None
Mandatory rules Max value 3 Coded Max Recommended rules Should be consistent with the priorities used by others Nes Def value 3 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and also mapped to a L3 priority (DSCP) using
Application domain
None 0 3
Internal comment
the parameter Py_layer3_mapping IP demo parameter. In case of specific configurations using RIP or OSPF inside the BSC, this parameter also gives the internal priority used by the routing protocol.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 451

Oui VGCS
VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC HMI name VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC This parameter defines the type of FR AMR codec used in the network.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

0
Category Type Min value Unit Coded Min
0 : AMR Full Rate Codec 12,2 kbit/s; 1 : AMR Full Rate Codec 10,2 kbit/s; 2 : AMR Full Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s; 3 : AMR Full Rate Codec 7,40 kbit/s; 4 : AMR Full Rate Codec 6,70 kbit/s; 5 : AMR Full Rate Codec 5,90 kbit/s; 6 : AMR Full Rate Codec 5,15 kbit/s; 7 : AMR Full Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/st;
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 452

Oui VGCS
VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC HMI name VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC This parameter defines the type of HR AMR codec used in the network.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

2
Category Type Min value Unit Coded Min
0 : AMR Half Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s; 1 : AMR Half Rate Codec 7,40 kbit/s; 2 : AMR Half Rate Codec 6,70 kbit/s; 3 : AMR Half Rate Codec 5,90 kbit/s; 4 : AMR Half Rate Codec 5,15 kbit/s; 5 : AMR Half Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/s;
None 2
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,95 kb/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS.
Coded Max Coded Def
Internal comment
AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,4kb/s is not supported as a "stand-alone" codec --

GSM
VQ_AVERAGE HMI name VQ_AVERAGE Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Samfr 0 128 6
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 128 Recommended rules -Def value 6 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 453

Oui GSM
VQ_BAD_RXFER HMI name VQ_BAD_RXFER Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
% 0 200 30
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, , 200 = 20%) Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 20 Recommended rules -Def value 3 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
VQ_FER_THRESHOLD HMI name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for Voice Quality statistics.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
% 0 100 30
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size = 1% Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 100 Recommended rules -Def value 30 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 454

Oui GSM
VQ_GOOD_RXFER HMI name VQ_GOOD_RXFER Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
% 0 200 10
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, , 200 = 20%) Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 20 Recommended rules -Def value 1 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD HMI name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Quality statistics.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
% 0 100 30
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size = 1% Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 100 Recommended rules -Def value 30 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 455

Oui GSM
VQ_RXLEV HMI name VQ_RXLEV Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
dBm 0 63 15
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules 0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step = 1dBm Min value -110 Mandatory rules -Max value -47 Recommended rules -Def value -95 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
VQ_RXQUAL HMI name VQ_RXQUAL Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 70 40
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 7 Recommended rules -Def value 4 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 456

Oui GSM
VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER HMI name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 70 40
Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 7 Recommended rules -Def value 4 External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
W_LEV_HO HMI name W_LEV_HO Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX is applied.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 1 3 1
None 1 3
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 457

Oui GSM
W_LEV_MCHO HMI name W_LEV_MCHO Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when no DTX is applied.
Number 1 3 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 1 3
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
W_LEV_PC HMI name W_LEV_PC Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTX is applied.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 1 3
None 1 1 3
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 458

Oui GSM
W_PBGT_HO HMI name W_PBGT_HO Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTX is applied.
Number 1 3 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 1 3
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name W_QUAL_CA B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation).
W_QUAL_CA
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 1 3
None 1 1 3
Spec reference Codec Adaptation Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 459

Oui GSM
W_QUAL_HO HMI name W_QUAL_HO Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTX is applied.
Number 1 3 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 1 3
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
W_QUAL_PC HMI name W_QUAL_PC Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTX is applied.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 1 3
None 1 1 3
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing Coding rules -Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 460

Oui

cell
B9
Rec reference
Number 1 32 3
WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS HMI name WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request bit set to L) per cycle, during the non-initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. after sending the first UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H). Each time the value of this counter becomes zero, the BTS send one UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H. None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE)
None 1 32 3
domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true. Internal comment -Type Min value Max value Def value B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
WI_CR HMI name WI_CR Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Call Re-establishment.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain

Number 0 255 3
None 0 255 3
Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 461

WI_EC HMI name WI_EC Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Emergency call.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain
None 0 255 2
Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
WI_OC HMI name WI_OC Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Originating call.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain

Number 0 255 5
None 0 255 5
Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 462

WI_OP HMI name WI_OP Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Location updating or Other procedures which can be completed with an SDCCH.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain
None 0 255 5
Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number -40 40
-40 6 40 6
dB
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 463

Oui GSM
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover.
Number dB
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) -40 40 6
None
Category
-40 40 6
Spec reference Handover preparation Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
ZONE_TYPE HMI name TRX zone Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s) belong to the outer zone of a concentric cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Sub-syste BSC Instance TRX

List of numbers 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only in cells with: cell_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric cell
Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone the corresponding TRX (if declared) belongs to. 0: Outer zone, 1: Inner zone. --
Type Min value
None 0 65535 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 464
BTS
HMI name ABORT_FRAME
Oui
parameters
B10 Oui Sub-syste BTS Instance BTS
Threshold 1 2E+16 2E+16

GSM
Abort frame threshold for alarm detection.
ABORT_FRAME
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 1 0
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
AG_FULL HMI name AG_FULL Maximum number of Access Grant messages that can be buffered for one CCCH slot.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Sub-syste BTS Instance cell

Number 50 100
None 50 100 100
Spec reference Paging & access grant control Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Coded in the firmware
100
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 465

Oui GSM
Timeout for cut of BCCH on loss of LAPD connection.
BCCH_CUT_TIMER
Timer 1 65535 210 sec 1 65535 210
HMI name BCCH_CUT_TIMER
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND HMI name BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND Enables/disables sending of RF RESOURCE INDICATION by the BTS.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Sub-syste BTS Instance BTS

Flag 0 1
0 1
None 1
Spec reference Resource allocation & management Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 466

Oui GSM
CRC error threshold for alarm detection.
CRC_ERR
HMI name CRC_ERR Sub-syste BTS Instance BTS
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 1 0
Oui

GSM
DMA_OVERRUN HMI name DMA_OVERRUN DMA overrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in reception).
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Threshold 1 2E+16
None 1 2E+16 0
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 467

Oui GSM
DMA_UNDERRUN HMI name DMA_UNDERRUN DMA underrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in transmission).
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 1 0
Oui

GSM
FRAME_DISCARD HMI name FRAME_DISCARD Frame discard (due to lack of buffer) threshold for alarm detection.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Threshold 1 2E+16
None 1 2E+16 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 468

Non IP
FTP_PRIORITY (BTS)
Number 0
HMI name FTP_PRIORITY (BTS) BSS internal priority used by the BTS for FTP flow in IP network towards the BSC. Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: higher priority 3: lower priority shall be equal to FTP_PRIORITY (BSC).
Application domain
None 0 3

GSM
I_LAPD_MAX_RX HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_RX Maximum number of I frames allowed in the reception buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 5 25 16
None 5 25 16
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules > LAPD window size +3 External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 469

Oui GSM
I_LAPD_MAX_TX HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_TX Maximum number of I frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Number 5 60 40
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 5 60 40
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file HMI name INACT_DLCI B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Inactive DLCI threshold for alarm detection.
INACT_DLCI
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

None 0 65535 65535
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules 2**16 coded as 0 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 470

Oui GSM
INVALID_ADR HMI name INVALID_ADR Invalid address threshold for alarm detection (fixed format error when CRC is correct).
Threshold 1
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
LapD Management
Application domain OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Min value Unit Coded Min
Category
2E+16 coded as 0 0 : 20000000000000000 1: 1 2: 2 . 1999999999999999: 1999999999999999
None 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file B10 Oui B9
Max value 2E+16 Def value 2E+6
Coded Max Coded Def
2000000

IP
IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS
HMI name IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS Window size of the filter used by the congestion detection mechanism. Category
System (CST)
Non
None
Application domain

Timer 1 100 10
sec 1 100 10
Configured in the BTS via omu.cpf
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 471
Logical name
Non IP_CONGESTION_PREVENTIVE_
Non
TRX nb Cell Type Sub-syste BTS Instance

BTS Number None 1 100 5
IP_CONGESTION_PREVENTIVE_THRES
HMI name B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
HOLD THRESHOLD Number of DL IP packets received from the TC during IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS for which the delay measured by the BTS is 20 msec higher than the measured minimum delay, above which the BTS considers the Abis interface enters IP congestion.
IP
RMS template Non
Rec reference
None
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Non
Application domain OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Min value Max value Def value
Category
Configured in the BTS via omu.cpf

IP
IPGCHC_PRIORITY (BTS)
HMI name IPGCHC_PRIORITY BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH Control flow in IP network Category
System (CST)
None
GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack
Application domain

Number 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF
0: higher priority 3: lower priority Equal to IPGCHC_PRIORITY (MFS)
Type Min value
None 0 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 472

Non IP 53248 54272 54272 Number
IPGCHC_TCP_PORT_BTS
B10 Oui Sub-syste BTS Instance BTS B9
HMI name IPGCHC_TCP_PORT_BTS TCP port used by the IPGCHC protocol on BTS side by each TRE. Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None
53248 54272 54272
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules SUM shall take care that with the value of this parameter, all TCP ports values computed for
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Hardcoded inside the SUM SW Values for each TRE are taken by the BTS(SUM) in the range specified and then distributed
each TRE belong to the range specified
to each TRE., These values are sent by the BTS to the BSC via OML HW_capability_report, and then to the MFS via BSCGP: state_change] . Min = hD000, Max = hD400

IP
IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (BTS)
HMI name IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH Best Effort flow in IP network Category
System (CST)
B10 Oui
B9
Non
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF
0: higher priority 3: lower priority Equal to IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (MFS)
Application domain

Number 0
Type Min value
None 0 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 473

Non IP Threshold 1 100 80
HMI name IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES Threshold used by MAC in order to avoid the overflow of the BE queue of the TRE. This parameter concerns the uplink BE flow sent by MAC to IPGCH. Category
System (CST)
IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES
% 1 100 80
B9
None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES < IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF. B10 Oui B9
Non
Application domain
IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES
HMI name IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES Threshold used by MAC in order to avoid the overflow of the internal extra GBR queue of the TRE (and of the BE queue of the TRE due to the extra GBR traffic). This parameter concerns the uplink extra GBR flow sent by MAC to IPGCH.
IP
Sub-syste BTS
BTS Threshold 1 100 60
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
% 1 100 60
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES < IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 474

Non IP
BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH GBR flow in IP network
IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (BTS)
Number 0
HMI name IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Non
0: higher priority 3: lower priority Equal to IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (MFS)
Category
None 0 3

IP
IPGCHU_GBR_UL_THRES
HMI name IPGCHU_GBR_UL_THRES Threshold used by MAC in order to avoid the overflow of the GBR queue of the TRE. This parameter concerns the uplink GBR flow sent by MAC to IPGCH. Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Threshold 1 100 80
% 100 80
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack Coding rules Step size = 1% Mandatory rules Recommended rules External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 475
Logical name
Non ZE_G3 IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SI
Non
IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G
HMI name Cell Type Sub-syste BTS Instance BTS
Number 112 112 112
TRX nb
B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
IP
Maximum UDP window size for IPGCH usable for a G3 TRE.
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 112 112
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the BTS
Non
112
Logical name
Non
HMI name
Definition
IP
4_G5 ZE_G4_G5 Maximum UDP window size for IPGCH usable for a G4 or a G5 TRE.
Category
System (CST)
TRX nb
IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SI
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 496 496
RMS template Non
None 496 496 496
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the BTS
496
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 476

Non IP 53248 54272 54272 Number
IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_BTS
HMI name IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_BTS UDP port used by the BTS (SUM) to configure the IPGCHU protocol on BTS side for each TRE. Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None
53248 54272 54272
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules SUM shall take care that with the value of this parameter, all UPD ports values computed for
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Hardcoded inside the SUM SW. Values for each TRE are taken by the BTS(SUM) in the range specified Values for each B10 Oui B9
Non
each TRE belong to the range specified.
TRE are sent by each TRE to the MFS in the IPGCH_init_cnf message . Min = hD000, Max = hD400

IP
IPTCH_UDP_PORT_BTS HMI name IPTCH_UDP_PORT_BTS UDP port of IPTCH link used on BTS side (for MUXTRAUP and TRAUP protocols)..
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 51200 52224 51200
None
51200 52224 51200
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hC800, Max = hCC00. Received by the BSC by SNMP
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 477

Oui GSM
Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML).
K_LAPD_OML
HMI name K_LAPD_OML Sub-syste BTS Instance BTS
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 1 16 2
GSM TS 08.56
Category
None 1 16 2
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Coded in the firmware HMI name K_LAPD_RSL B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML).
K_LAPD_RSL
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
GSM TS 08.56
Application domain
Category

Number 1 16 7
None 1 16 7
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Recommended values:4 for 16 kbit/s RSL, 7 for 64 kbit/s RSL
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 478

Oui GSM
Maximum number of outstanding I frames.
K_LAPDm
HMI name K_LAPDm Sub-syste BTS Instance BTS
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 1 1 1
GSM TS 04.06
Category
None 1 1
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
M_PEND_A (BTS) HMI name M_PEND_A (BTS) Maximum number of I-frames received on RSL by an Evolium BTS before sending an acknowledgement.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 4
None 1 4 4
Spec reference LAPD management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Coding rules step size = 1 Min value Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than (K_LAPD_RSL minus 2) Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment This parameter is used only with the Evolium BTS. The same valu is used for terrestrial and satellite links. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 479

Oui GSM
N_DECR HMI name N_DECR Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is decremented on T_SUP expiry.
Number
B9
Rec reference
None
Category
None 1 10 3
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
N_INCR HMI name N_INCR Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is incremented each time an overload is reported.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Number 1 10 2
None 1 10 2
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 480

Non IP
N_TA_IP HMI name N_TA_IP Minimum number TRAUP packet between the sending by CCU of the last Time Alignment request and the sending of next TA request.
Number
B9
Rec reference
None
Category
None 1 20 10
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Configured via FU.CPF

GSM
N_WAIT HMI name N_WAIT Spacing between two consecutive DL_DATA_CONGESTION_IND sent to BTS Layer 3.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Threshold 1 20 5
None 1 20 5
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 481

Oui GSM
N200_LE HMI name N200_LE Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in Link Establishment state.
Number
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 5 5 5
GSM TS 04.06
Category
None 5 5
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
N200_LR HMI name N200_LR Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in Link Release state.
Category
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.06
Application domain

Number 5 5
None 5 5 5
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 482

Oui GSM
N200_OML (BTS) HMI name N200_OML (BTS) Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (OML).
Number
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 3 3 3
GSM TS 08.56
Category
None 3 3
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Coded in the firmware HMI name N200_RSL (BTS) B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (RSL).
N200_RSL (BTS)
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.56
Application domain
Category
Sub-syste BTS Instance A-bis link

Number 3 20 10
None 3 20 10
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5. External comment The value of N200_RSL (BTS) is driven by the associated Abis connection type.
Internal comment
The default value 10 corresponds to Abis terrestrial link. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 483

Oui GSM
N200_TD HMI name N200_TD Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in Timer Recovery state on SDCCH.
Number
B9
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.06
Category
None 23 23 23
Oui

GSM
N200_TS HMI name N200_TS Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in Timer Recovery state on SACCH.
Category
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.06
Application domain

Number 5 5
None 5 5 5
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 484

Oui GSM
N200_TTF HMI name N200_TTF Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in Timer Recovery state on FACCH (TCH/FR associated).
Number
B9
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.06
Category
None 34 34 34
Oui

GSM
N200_TTH HMI name N200_TTH Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in Timer Recovery state on FACCH (TCH/HR associated).
Category
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.06
Application domain

Number 29 29 29
None 29 29 29
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 485

Oui GSM
Maximum length of user data in an I frame.
N201 (BTS)
HMI name N201 (BTS) Sub-syste BTS Instance BTS
Number 260 260 260
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.56
Category
bytes 260 260
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file HMI name N201_BTER_D B10 Oui B9
Oui
260

VGCS
Length of information field on FACCH (Format Bter).
N201_BTER_D
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 23 23 23
bytes 23 23 23
Spec reference Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 486

Oui VGCS
Length of information field on SACCH (Format Bter).
N201_BTER_S
Number
HMI name N201_BTER_S
B9
Rec reference
None
Category
bytes 21 21 21
Spec reference LAPDM functional specification Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name N201_C B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Length of information field on BCCH, AGCH and PCH.
N201_C
Rec reference
Not Used (NU)
GSM TS 04.06
Category

Number 23 23 23
bytes 23 23 23
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 487

Oui GSM
Length of information field on SDCCH and FACCH.
N201_D
HMI name N201_D Sub-syste BTS Instance BTS
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.06
Category
bytes 20 20 20
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file HMI name N201_S B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Length of information field on SACCH.
N201_S
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.06
Category

Number 18 18 18
bytes 18 18 18
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 488

Non IP
OML_PRIORITY (BTS)
Number 0
HMI name OML_PRIORITY (BTS) BSS internal priority used by the BTS for the OML flow in IP network Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF. B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: higher priority 3: lower priority Shall be equal to OML_PRIORITY (BSC)
Application domain
None 0 3

GPRS
PDA_FULL HMI name PDA_FULL Maximum number of PACKET DL ASSIGNMENT messages that can be stored for one CCCH group.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Sub-syste BTS Instance cell

Number 0 200
None 0 200 200
Spec reference Paging & access grant control Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Coded in the firmware.
200
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 489

Oui GSM
PG_FULL HMI name PG_FULL Maximum number of PAGING REQUEST messages that can be stored for one CCCH group.
B10 Oui Sub-syste BTS Instance cell
Number 81 400 400
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 81 400
Spec reference Paging & access grant control Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Coded in the firmware B10 Oui B9
Oui
400

GSM
RR_ACK_TIMER (BTS) HMI name RR_ACK_TIMER (BTS) Maximum delay for sending a RR acknowledgement frame on RSL and GSL
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Timer 0 200
0 200
ms 2
Spec reference LAPD management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Coding rules step size = 100ms Min value Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than (T200 TRE minus 50ms Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment This parameter is used only with the Evolium BTS. The same value is used for terrestrial and satellite links. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 490

Non IP
RSL_I_PRIORITY (BTS)
Number 0
HMI name RSL_I_PRIORITY (BTS) BSS internal priority used by the BTS for the RSL-I flow in IP network Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF HMI name RSL_RATE (BTS) B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: higher priority 3: lower priority shall be equal to RSL_I_PRIORITY(BSC)
Application domain
None 0 3

GSM
Rate used on all RSL links of the BTS.
RSL_RATE (BTS)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. Should be the same as the BSC value
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 491

Non IP
RSL_UDP_PORT_TRX
HMI name RSL_UDP_PORT_TRX Sub-syste BTS Instance RSL B10 Oui B9
UDP port number used for RSL on BTS side.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 50176 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 50944 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value -Coded Def External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hC400, Max = hC700. Values for each TRX are taken by the BTS (SUM) in the range specified and distributed to HMI name SHORT_FRM B10 Oui B9
Oui
50176 50944
each TRX.

GSM
Short frame threshold for alarm detection.
SHORT_FRM
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Threshold 1 2E+16
None 1 2E+16 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 492

Non IP
SIDMO_TCP_PORT_TRE HMI name SIDMO_TCP_PORT_TRE TCP port used by the SIDMO protocol (SCP IP Debug Monitor) on BTS side by each TRE. SIDMO is used for debug purposes to send messages on IP network related for example to RLC/MAC.
B10 Oui Sub-syste BTS Instance TRE B9 Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 54528 Mandatory rules -Max value 54784 Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Values for each TRE are taken by the BTS in the range specified. Min = hD500 Max = hD600 B10 Oui B9
Non
54528 54784

IP
SNMP_PRIORITY (BTS) HMI name SNMP_PRIORITY (BTS) BSS internal priority used by the BTS for the SNMP flow in IP network
Category
System (CST)
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Used for OML establishment.
0: higher priority 3: lower priority shall be equal to SNMP_PRIORITY(BSC)
Application domain

Number 0
Type Min value
None 0 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 493

Oui GSM
T_CFI_TR HMI name T_CFI_TR Timer used in the BTS for filtering transcoder alarms after the sending of the 08.58 ESTABLISH INDICATION message at the beginning of the TCH assignment.
Timer 1 5 2 sec 1 5
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category
Spec reference Normal assignment Coding rules -Mandatory rules T_CFI_TR > T_SYNC Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Sent to the FU at initialisation via FU_CPF. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
T_CONFIRM_ABIS HMI name T_CONFIRM_ABIS Timer controlling the periodic sending by the BTS to the BSC of the message CONFIRM ABIS NIBBLES, containing the list of Abis nibbles allocated to the concerned TRE of the BTS.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Timer 60 60 60
sec 60 60 60
Spec reference Resource allocation and management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 494

Oui GSM
Used to reset LAPD error counters.
T_RESET_COUNTER
HMI name T_RESET_COUNTER Sub-syste BTS Instance BTS
Timer 1 300 30 sec 1 300 30
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
T_SMSCB_READY HMI name T_SMSCB_READY Maximum waiting time before repetition of response from the BTS.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Timer 1 10 5
sec 1 10 5
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 495

Oui GSM
T_SUP HMI name T_SUP Delay between latest increment and decrement and between two consecutive decrement of FU load counter.
Timer 0.1 25.5 1 sec 1 255 10
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
T_SYNC HMI name Tsync Timer used in the BTS to detecta loss of synchronisation between BTS and transcoder
Category
System (CST)
3GPP TS 08.60
Application domain
Sub-syste BTS Instance TRAU

Timer 0 15 1
sec 0 15 1
Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface Coding rules step size = 1s Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 496

Oui GSM
T_SYNCd HMI name TsyncD Time for detection of loss of synchronisation on downlink from transcoder to BTS for enhanced full rate and half rate channels.
B10 Oui Sub-syste BTS Instance TRAU
Timer 11 163 11 sec 11 163 11
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.60
Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
T_SYNCu HMI name TsyncU Time for detection of uplink framing errors for enhanced full rate and half rate channels.
Category
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.60
Application domain
Sub-syste BTS Instance TRAU

Timer 11 163 11
sec 11 163 11
Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 497

Oui GSM
T_ta HMI name Tta Minimum delay between two consecutive time alignment changes.
ms 3 50 6
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.61
Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Coding rules step size = 20ms Min value 60 Mandatory rules -Max value 1000 Recommended rules -Def value 120 External comment Values equal to or higher than 500 ms disable time alignment for FR and EFR in BTS-TC interface and link adaptation for AMR Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file HMI name T_TA_ Margin B10 Oui B9
Non
Category

IP
T_TA_ Margin
Margin between TA-target-value and TA-On-Time
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Timer 1 20 4
ms 20 4
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface Coding rules Step size = 1 msec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 498

Non IP
T_TA_delta_min
Timer ms 1 20 2
HMI name T_TA_delta_min Minimum absolute TA-target-value, which allows to send a new TA command. Category
System (CST) 1 20 2
B9
Rec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Min value Max value Def value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
None
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. HMI name T200_D B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain

GSM
Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 0.
T200_D
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.06
Category

Timer 220 220
220 220
ms
220
220
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 499

Oui GSM
Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 3.
T200_D3
Timer ms
HMI name T200_D3
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 450 450 450
GSM TS 04.06
Category
450
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file HMI name T200_TRE B10 Oui B9
Oui
450
450

GSM
Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for OMU SW.
T200_OMU
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Timer 1 1
sec 1 1 1
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment hardcoded in OMU PROM.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 500

Oui GSM
T200_S3 HMI name T200_S3 Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 3.
Timer ms
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 1420 1420 1420
GSM TS 04.06
Category
1420 1420 1420
Oui

GSM
T200_SD HMI name T200_SD Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (SDCCH associated) SAPI 0.
Category
Not Used (NU)
GSM TS 04.06
Application domain

Timer 900 900
900 900
ms
900
900
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 501

Oui GSM
T200_ST HMI name T200_ST Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 0.
Timer ms
B9
Rec reference
Not Used (NU) 900 900 900
GSM TS 04.06
Category
900
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file HMI name T200_TRE B10 Oui B9
Oui
900
900

GSM
Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for TRE SW.
T200_TRE
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.56
Application domain
Category

Timer 160 1000 270
16
ms 100 27
Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules step size 10 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms. External comment The value of T200_TRE is driven by the associated Abis connection type,
Internal comment
It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type). The default value 270 ms corresponds to Abis terrestrial link. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 502

Oui GSM
RSL Link supervision timer.
T203 (BTS)
HMI name T203 (BTS) Sub-syste BTS Instance BTS
Timer 4 4 4 sec 4 4
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.56
Category
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules T203 (BTS) > T_SYNC Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
HMI name TCP_ABORT_TIMER This timer controls how long transmitted TCP data may remain unacknowledged (at TCP level) before the TCP connection is aborted. Category
System (CST)
TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BTS)
None
Application domain
TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BSC) = TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BTS) TCP_ABORT_TIMER <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) x 2 Recommended rules --
Step size = 1
sec 1 36000

10
External comment For example, if a global failure happens during a TCP transfer in which the failed connection side was the data receiver, the sending TCP will try
10 10
Internal comment
to retransmit the non-acknowledged data segments, but TCP will limit the number of retransmissions by means of this timer. On timer expiry, TCP resets the connection (RST segment). IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF Corresponds to Abort_Interval in Solaris TCP implementation.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 503

Non IP
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS)
HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT Number of TCP keep-alive messages sent by the IPGCH-C and not acknowledged by the peer before triggering a TCP disconnection Category
System (CST)
None
Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK Recommended rules (BSC) * 2 -TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
Step size = 1.
None 1 20
Def value
5
Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 504

Non IP
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS)
sec 1 36000
HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE IPGCH-C link supervision: Time to wait before sending the first TCP keep alive message. Category
System (CST)
B9
Rec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Min value 1 Max value 36000 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
None
Application domain
Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (MFS), TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK Recommended rules (BSC) * 2 -TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
Step size = 1
Def value
5
Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 505

Non IP
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS)
sec 1 255
HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL Time between the sending of two TCP keep-alive messages by IPGCH-C Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Application domain
Equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK Recommended rules (BSC) * 2 -TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
Step size = 1
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. HMI name TCP_MSL (BTS) B10 Oui
Def value
1
Coded Def

IP
TCP_MSL (BTS)
TCP message segment lifetime, used by IPGCH-C.
B9
Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
Sub-syste BTS Instance BVC

Timer 1 36000 5
sec 1 36000 5
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_MSL (BSC) and TCP_MSL (MFS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.Configured via FU.CPF
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 506

Oui GSM
Threshold for triggering local overload defence actions in the FU.
THR_ACT_1
Threshold 0 50 3
HMI name THR_ACT_1
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category
None 0 50 3
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
THR_ACT_2 HMI name THR_ACT_2 Threshold for triggering global overload defence actions in the FU.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 50 5
None 0 50 5
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 507

Oui GSM
Free buffers threshold in Frame Unit.
THR_BUFFER
HMI name THR_BUFFER Sub-syste BTS Instance BTS
Threshold 0 100 20 % 0 100 20
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference Overload control Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file HMI name THR_IDLE B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
Processor idle time threshold in Frame Unit.
THR_IDLE
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category

Threshold 0 100 30
% 0 100 30
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 508

Oui GSM
THRES_HIGH_TX HMI name THRES_HIGH_TX Congestion onset threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Threshold 0 100 80 % 0 100 80
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules THRES_HIGH_TX > THRES_LOW_TX External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GSM
THRES_LOW_TX HMI name THRES_LOW_TX Congestion clear threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 70
% 0 100 70
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules THRES_LOW_TX < THRES_HIGH_TX External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 509

Oui GSM
Supervision of the initialisation of the FU via the RSL.
TLC_CONFIG_T
Timer 0 65535 300 sec 0 65535 300
HMI name TLC_CONFIG_T
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference BSS init of telecom part Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured in the BTS via the FU.CPF file HMI name TRAU_ACTIVITY_TIMER B10 Oui B9
Non
Category

IP
Timer to supervise the TRAU activity.
TRAU_ACTIVITY_TIMER
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Timer 0 1000 500
ms 50 25
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface Coding rules Step size = 20 msec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Configured via FU.CPF Range ensures that TRAU_Activity_Timer <= TRAU_Connection_Timeout. when TRAU_Connection_Timeout = TRAU_Activity_Timer; only the mechanism linked to TRAU_Connection_Timeout is used
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 510
Logical name
Non
TRE_CONTAINER_MAX_NB_UDP_G3 HMI name

Number 1 10 2
B9
Definition
IP
TRE_CONTAINER_MAX_NB_UDP _G3 Maximum number of UDP containers to consider when computing the maximum IPGCHU segment size (IPGCHU MISS value) in a G3 TRE.
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 1 10 2
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules External comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the TRE SW.
For a G3 TRE, limiting the number of UDP containers to the TRE_CONTAINER_MAX_NB_UDP_G3 parameter value has for goal to avoid the allocation of too much TRE memory for the IPGCHU segment retransmission buffers. This is not really seen as a problem for G4 or G5 TREs which have much more memory available than G3 TREs.
B10 Oui
B9
Non
TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_TCP_G3 HMI name TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_TCP_G3 Size of a TCP container in a G3 TRE. This size is used in the computing of the TCP maximum segment size in DL (TCP DL MSS for the IPGCHC TCP connections).
IP
Sub-syste BTS Instance

BTS Number 16 2048 768
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
byte 16 2048 768
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the TRE SW.
The default value of 768 bytes is not optimal. As the TCP NO DELAY option is used and as the size of the IPGCH control messages is generally quite low (far below 768 bytes), setting this parameter to 768 bytes is inefficient and can lead to a waste of memory in the TRE. For the moment, it will stay at this high default value to minimize efforts. The intent is to play around with this value when the load tests start and to 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA Page 511

Non
B10 Oui Sub-syste BTS Instance

BTS Number byte 16 2048 768
B9
IP 16 2048 768
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
The default value of 768 bytes is not optimal. As the TCP NO DELAY option is used and as the size of the IPGCH control messages is generally quite low (far below 768 bytes), setting this parameter to 768 bytes is inefficient and can lead to a waste of memory in the TRE. For the moment, it will stay at this high default value to minimize efforts. The intent is to play around with this value when the load tests start and to
B10 Oui
B9
Non
IP
Sub-syste BTS Instance

BTS Number 16 2048 768
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
byte 16 2048 768
The default value of 768 bytes is not optimal. As the TCP NO DELAY option is used and as the size of the IPGCH control messages is generally quite low (far below 768 bytes), setting this parameter to 768 bytes is inefficient and can lead to a waste of memory in the TRE. For the moment, it will stay at this high default value to minimize efforts. The intent is to play around with this value when the load tests start and to
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 512

Non IP
TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_UDP_G3
Number byte 16 2048 150
HMI name TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_UDP_G3 Size of an UDP container in a G3 TRE. This size is used in the computing of the maximum IPGCHU segment size (IPGCHU MISS value). Category
System (CST) 16 2048 150
B9
None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack Coding rules Step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Application domain
This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the TRE SW. The following rules shall be verified by this parameter: - its value should not be too low in order to avoid CPU consumption in the TRE (memory buffer allocations when sending LLC data are indeed CPU-consuming), - its value should not be higher than IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE 32, otherwise it will fragment and waste IPGCH memory / increase risks of IPGCH memory congestion in the TRE, which can especially be a problem for G3 TREs (this rule is not really seen as a problem for G4 or G5 TREs which have much more memory available than G3 TREs). For the moment, this parameter will stay with a default value of 150 bytes: the intent is to play around with this value when the load tests start and to decide afterwards. To be noted that, as IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE is a changeable parameter, it will anyway be impossible to set this parameter value in an optimal way in all situations. In particular, GMM traffic (which uses very short LLC PDUs) could put some problems if this parameter value is too high.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 513

Non IP
System (CST) 16 2048 600
B9
None
Application domain
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 514

Non IP
System (CST) 16 2048 600
B9
None
Application domain
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 515

Oui GSM
UI_LAPD_MAX_TX HMI name UI_LAPD_MAX_TX Maximum number of UI frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Number 5 30 20
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 5 30 20
Spec reference LapD Management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BTS)
HMI name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BTS) BSS internal priority used by the BTS for the DHCP, ICMP and ARP protocols in the IP network Category
System (CST)
None
Mandatory rules Max value 3 Coded Max Recommended rules Should be consistent with the priorities used by others Nes Def value 3 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and also mapped to a L3 priority (DSCP) using
Application domain

Number 0
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0 3
Internal comment
the parameter Py_layer3_mapping IP demo parameter. In case of specific configurations using RIP or OSPF inside the TC, this parameter also gives the internal priority used by the routing protocol.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 516
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
parameters
B9 Sub-syste MFS Instance cell TRX nb Non Cell Type Non RMS template Non

GPRS
ACCESS_BURST_TYPE HMI name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE Format of the access burst used by (E)GPRS MSs when sending a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST, a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT or a PTCCH/U message.
Category
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.60
GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer
For Non-Evolium BTS (i.e. DRFU BTS), the OMC-R shall force the ACCESS_BURST_TYPE parameter to 8-bits access bursts. Recommended rules A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same -ACCESS_BURST_TYPE when they are PS capable.
0 : 8 bits access bursts, 1 : 11 bits access bursts
None 0 1
External comment -Internal comment The mandatory rule on the BTS DRFU aims at keeping the same functional level as in Release B7.2. HMI name Capacity
Def value
Coded Def

GPRS
Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel.
ACCESS_RATE_BC
B10 Oui
B9 Sub-syste MFS Instance BC
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Not changeable after MFS system initialization. CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Recommended rules --
--
GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Category
kbit/s 64 1984

64
External comment -Internal comment -3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
64 64
Page 517

N Non E-GPRS
ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION
HMI name ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATIO Sub-syste MFS Instance BSS
Flag 0
Allows EDA operations for mobile stations in DTM mode.
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment This flag is relevant only if DTM and EDA are both activated. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter
0: the usage of EDA for mobile stations in DTM mode is not allowed, 1: the usage of EDA for mobile stations in DTM mode is allowed. --
None 0 1
- This flag provides a mean to disable the usage of EDA in case of DTM operations. Indeed some mobile stations might not correctly support the combination of these two features. - None of the combination of the EN_EDA, EN_DTM, EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL and ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION parameters allows activating EDA only in case of DTM operations.

GPRS
Alpha power control parameter.
ALPHA (MFS)
HMI name ALPHA
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Category
Sub-syste MFS Instance cell

Number 0
Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 1010 Equal to ALPHA (BSC)
Type Min value
None 0 10 10
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 518

Oui LCS
ARC_SIZE_FACTOR HMI name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR Factor used in the computation of the width in degree of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method.
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance BSS
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 1 1.5 1.2
None
Category
None 10 15 12
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Ater_Usage_Threshold HMI name Ater_Usage_Threshold Threshold (percentage of used Ater nibbles, in a GPU) above which the Ater usage is said high.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Sub-syste MFS Instance BSS

Number 1 100 70
% 1 100 70
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of
External comment When the Ater usage is high, the GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage is applied, whereas when the Ater usage is normal (i.e. percentage
Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching the saturation point of 100% of the Ater resources used at the same moment in the GPU). Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a low value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will limit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater resources in the GPU).
Internal comment
of used Ater nibbles is below the threshold), no GCH reduction factor is applied. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 519

Oui GSM
ATT (MFS) HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell.
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance cell
Flag 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature B10 Oui B9
Non
Basic_Scheduling_Limit
HMI name Basic_Scheduling_Limit Limit of Credit/weight below which a TBF cannot be scheduled during the basic scheduling phase.
This limit applies to both RT and NRT TBFs (i.e to both credit and weight). GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
MFS Number 0 1
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 0 1 1
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer Coding rules step size = 0,5 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Hardcoded in MAC layer
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 520

BTS colour code of the cell.
BCC (MFS)
HMI name BCC Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded over 3 bits Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature HMI name BCC B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
BTS colour code of the adjacent cell.
BCC (n)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain
Category
Sub-syste MFS Instance adj

Number 0 7
None 0 0 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded over 3 bits Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 521

Oui GSM
BCCH_ARFCN(n) HMI name BCCH_ARFCN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of the adjacent cell.
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance adj B9 Category
Site (CAE)
None
- BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n) - In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN Recommended rules belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if -EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These restrictions do not apply to external cells.
--
None 0 1023
- for serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC: There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all cells which are target for reselection of the same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS) <> Disabled and FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty. -for Non Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards : There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all cells which are target for reselection of that same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> Disabled and FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty. - For Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards : There shall be no more than 32 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all target cells.
External comment -Internal comment - Needed for MPDCH feature. The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, , 1023, 0}.
Def value
None
Coded Def
- The BCCH frequency of an adjacent external cell is directly editable in the HMI. The OMC-R access is defined accordingly (changeable). The BCCH frequency of an adjacent internal cell is virtual changeable.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 522

Oui E-GPRS
Filter constant for EGPRS channel quality measurements.
BEP_PERIOD
Number
HMI name BEP_PERIOD
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08

1
coded on 4 bits as follows: 0: 1 1: 2 2: 3 3: 4 4: 5 5: 7 6: 10 7: 12 8: 15 9: 20 10: 25 11: Reserved for future use 12: Reserved for future use 13: Reserved for future use 14: Reserved for future use 15: Reserved for future use
Category
None 0
Mandatory rules -Max value 25 Recommended rules -Def value 10 External comment The BEP_PERIOD parameter defines the forgetting factor used in the MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP averaging at the MS side.
Coded Max Coded Def
10 6
Internal comment
In case of cell without frequency hopping and without fast mobiles (i.e. not motorway or TGV coverage), it is advised to set a higher value (e.g. 25) in order to avoid spurious MCS changes causing higher BLER and throughput loss. Only the values from 1 to 25 are displayed at the OMC-R.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 523

BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY HMI name BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined Best Effort Packet Flow Context, and for all MS traffic without PFC
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance BSS B9 Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 4 15 12
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value corresponds to the priority for interactive THP3.
The minimum value (the highest priority) corresponds to one priority level below the streaming class. -Non

E-GPRS
BIAS_LIMIT_EDA HMI name BIAS_LIMIT_EDA Minimum transfer ratio observed to allow a mobile station to use Extended Dynamic Allocation.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
None 4 56 8
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 0.25 Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 14 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 2 Coded Def External comment This parameter allows using EDA only when the bias of the transfer is significantly uplink. Internal comment BIAS_LIMIT_EDA shall be set to a value high enough to avoid triggering EDA in ping scenarios. BIAS_LIMIT_EDA shall be tuned versus
BIAS_DETERMINATION and WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION (the current default value of 2 has been tuned considering BIAS_DETERMINATION=3Kbytes, WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION=70% and max ping size around 1500 bytes). If BIAS_LIMIT_EDA is set to 1, this means the transfer ratio is not taken into account to allow EDA (only the bias is considered).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 524

Oui GPRS
BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH), broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment.
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B9 Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain Type Number Min value 0 Max value 7

--
-BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell -when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 Recommended rules - when CCCH_CONF=2, max value of BS_AG_BLKS_RES is 7 and BS_AG_BLKS_RES must be > 0 if CBCH is configured in the cell. -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . if BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)
None 0 7
External comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0
Def value
Coded Def
Internal comment
For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1 Needed for MPDCH feature. At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = CBH or SDH in the TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 525

Oui
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance

Rec reference
BS_CV_MAX (MFS) HMI name BS_CV_MAX Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed.
3GPP TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC) Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the
Application domain
External comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC
uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Internal comment
data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 526

BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group, broadcast on the PBCCH for the CS service establishment.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain
None 0 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Recommended rules -External comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
BS_PAG_BLKS_RES HMI name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per 52 multiframe.
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain

Number 1
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging blocks available on one PCCCH =
coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10) The codepoints 0000: 0, 1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supported by the ALCATEL BSS. BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 BS_PBCCH_BLKS
Type Min value
None 1 10 2
Internal comment
(12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) * 64. In order for the network to be able to page GPRS-attached Mobile Stations when PCCCH is present in the cell, there shall be at least one radio block where paging can occur. This requires (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greater than 0. Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 527

Oui GPRS
Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe.
BS_PBCCH_BLKS
Number 1
HMI name BS_PBCCH_BLKS
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.60
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature B10 Oui B9
Oui
coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6 used for PBCCH, 10=Block B0, B6, B3 used for PBCCH, 11=Block B0, B6, B3, B9 used for PBCCH BS_PBCCH_BLKS < 12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES
Category
None 0 3

GPRS
BS_PRACH_BLKS HMI name BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each MPDCH.
Category
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.60
Application domain

Number 1 8
None 1 2 8
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, .., 1000: 8) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 528

Oui

cell Number
Rec reference
GPRS 1 12 6 System (CST)
None
BS_PRR_BLKS HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_SPDCH Maximum number of radio blocks that may be allocated to Packet Resource Request message for two-phase access UL TBF establishment, Packet Measurement Report message, or Packet Cell Change Failure message. This maximum number is defined per 52-multiframe on each uplink slave PDCH.
B9 Category
Application domain
radio blocks 1 12 6
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules 6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12) Mandatory rules BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter only applies to cells where there is no PCCCH. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Rec reference
GPRS System (CST)
None
BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH Maximum number of radio blocks that may be allocated to Packet Resource Request message for two-phase access UL TBF establishment, Packet Measurement Report message, or Packet Cell Change Failure message. This maximum number is defined per 52-multiframe on each uplink master PDCH.
Category
Sub-syste MFS
cell Number 1 12 2
Application domain
radio blocks 1 12 2
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules 6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12) Mandatory rules BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment number blocks per multiframe which are available for a Packet Resource Request.
Needed for MPDCH feature. This parameter only applies to cells where there is at least one PCCCH.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 529

Oui GPRS
BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the BTS.
dB 15 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.60

0
Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended rules --
0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Min value -30 Max value 0 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
Category
External comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). Internal comment -HMI name BSC_ID B10 Oui B9
Oui
0 0

GPRS
BSC identifier of an adjacent cell.
BSC_ID(n)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment --
Only values [1..255] are significant. Value 0 means that the cell is external to the OMC. --
Type Min value
None 0 255 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 530

Non IP
BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (MFS)
Flag 0 1 0
HMI name BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE IP Transport mode for Ater level signalling links (GSL, Qmux/TCSL, N7, knowing only GSL applies to the MFS): TDM or IP Category
Site (CAE)
B9
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation Coding rules 0 : TDM, 1 :IP Mandatory rules Equal to BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. HMI name T1 B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Guards the (un)blocking procedures.
bssgp_T1
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
GSM TS 08.18
Category

Timer 1 30 3
sec 1 30 3
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer Coding rules step size=1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 531

Oui GPRS
Guards the reset procedure.
bssgp_T2
HMI name T2 Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Timer 1 120 3 sec 1 120 3
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer Coding rules step size=1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
bssgp_T3 HMI name BSSGP_T3 Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement from SGSN.
Category
Network (CDE)
GSM TS 08.18
Application domain

Timer 0.1 10
sec 1 0.6 100 6
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ; 10: 1 ; ; 100: 10 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 532

Oui GPRS Timer 0.1 10 0.6
bssgp_T4 HMI name BSSGP_T4 Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN.
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
sec 1 100 6
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ; 10: 1 ; ; 100: 10 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1)) External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non
Category
BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR
Non
HMI name BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACT Forgetting factor of the filter used to compute the CPU load of a BTS over the last 20 ms
TRX nb
OR
Non
periods. IP
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 1 128 26
None 1 128 26
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
- The highest the BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the highest the likelihood for a BTS CPU load peak (i.e. a load increase followed by a load decrease in a short period of time) to be notified to RRM. And such a notification wil result in some TBF traffic blocking in RRM during the entire next T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT period. - The lowest the BTSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the less reactive RRM will be in case of BTS CPU load increase (potential risk for a BTS to reach a CPU load close to 100% before RRM begins to react by blocking some TBF traffic). - The value of the forgetting factor in percent is BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR / 128 * 100% 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA Page 533

Oui GPRS
Number of retries of the BVC Blocking procedure.
BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES
HMI name BVC BLOCK RETRIES Sub-syste MFS Instance NSE
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 3 3 3
GSM TS 08.18
Category
None 3 3
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name BVC RESET RETRIES B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Number of retries of theBVC RESET procedure.
BVC_RESET_RETRIES
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.18
Category
Sub-syste MFS Instance NSE

Number 3 3
None 3 3 3
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 534

Oui GPRS
Number of retries of the BVC Unblocking procedure.
BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance NSE
Number
HMI name BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 3 3 3
GSM TS 08.18
Category
None 3 3
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
C31_HYST HMI name C31_HYST Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shall be applied to the C31 criterion. The hysteresis is GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode).
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules 0 : no, 1 : yes Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 535

Oui GPRS
C32_QUAL HMI name C32_QUAL Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET in NC0 mode.
Flag 0 1 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules 0=NO, 1=YES Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature HMI name Commited Burst Size B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Commited Burst Size.
CBS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS RATE BC Recommended rules --
--
Category
Sub-syste MFS Instance PVC
kbyte 0 248

0
0 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 536

Oui GPRS
CCCH_CONF (MFS) HMI name CCCH_CONF Configuration of the CCCH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60

0
Mandatory rules
--
0: one CCCH not combined, 1: one CCCH combined, 2: two CCCH not combined 1) CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Min value Max value 2 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
Category
None 0
Recommended rules 2)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of
MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 1: CCCH combined ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 0: CCCH not combined iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 2
External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Def value
Coded Def
shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 537

Oui GPRS
Determines if the cell belongs to an extended cell.
CELL_RANGE (MFS)
HMI name Cell Range Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

--
CELL-RANGE(MFS) = CELL_RANGE(BSC) Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Recommended rules A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC when they are PS capable)
0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Min value 0 Max value 2 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
Category
None 0 2
External comment -Internal comment -HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET B10 Oui B9
Def value
0
Coded Def
The CELL_RANGE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user. Oui

GPRS
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
Application domain
Category

Number 0 126 0
dB 63 0
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 538

CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS)
HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET Sub-syste MFS Instance adj
dB 0 63 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type HMI name cell identity (CI) B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
Cell Identity.
CI (MFS)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.60
Category
LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI (BSC) Recommended rules --
--
None 0 65535

65535
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment --
65535 65535
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 539

Oui GPRS Reference 0 65535 65535
Cell Identity.
CI(n)
HMI name CI(n) Sub-syste MFS Instance adj B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain
Category
None 0 65536 65535
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Values 0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value. Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment -HMI name Committed Information Rate B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Committed Information Rate.
CIR
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
CIR=0 when direct access is used, CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS RATE BC Recommended rules --
--
Category
kbit/s 0 1984

0
0 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 540

Oui LCS
CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN HMI name CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN Confidence origin used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server.
Number 0 100 50.7 % 0 1000 507
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -Non
Category
Logical name
Oui
TRX nb
CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLO
HMI name
CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTO
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Definition
PE R_SLOPE Slope ratio between the confidence and the arc factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server.
LCS
Sub-syste MFS Instance

MFS Number 0 100 25
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category
% 0 1000 250
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 541

Oui PE
Non
CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE HMI name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLO Slope ratio between the confidence and the sum of minimum radius factor and maximum radius
Number 0 100 15.28
B9
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. LCS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category
% 0 10000 1528
Oui
CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT "Forgetting time in the long term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link Adaptation: measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT are negligible in the average of channel quality measurements.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0.02 5
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
sec 1 2 250
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 20ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
100
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 542

Oui

BSS Threshold 0.02 5 0.32 sec 1 250 16
CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST "Forgetting time" in the short term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link adaptation: measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST are negligible in the average of channel quality measurements.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 20ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
CS_BLER_DL_3_4 HMI name CS_BLER_DL_3_4 CS3 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 5
% 0 100 5
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 543

Oui GPRS
CS_BLER_DL_4_3 HMI name CS_BLER_DL_4_3 CS4 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS.
Threshold 0 100 15 % 0 100 15
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
CS_HST_DL_LT HMI name CS_HST_DL_LT Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 0 6
None 0 0.5 60 5
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 544

Oui GPRS
CS_HST_DL_ST HMI name CS_HST_DL_ST Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 0 6 1.5
None
Category
None 0 60 15
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
CS_HST_UL_LT HMI name CS_HST_UL_LT Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 0 6
None 0 0.5 60 5
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 545

Oui GPRS
CS_HST_UL_ST HMI name CS_HST_UL_ST Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.
Number 0 6 1.5
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 60 15
Oui

cell
Rec reference
GPRS Site (CAE)
CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD HMI name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD Maximum transfer inactivity time to reuse the previous (Modulation and) Coding Scheme. This applies in case of transfer resumption during inactive TBF phase (delayed downlink TBF mode / extended uplink TBF mode) and in case of uplink TBF establishment on PACCH while extended uplink TBF mode is not used (with some additional restrictions).
Category
Sub-syste MFS
None
Application domain
Timer 5000 680
ms 250 34
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 546

Oui

BSS Threshold 0 7 6 None 0 70 60
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 7 3
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 70 30
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 547

Oui

CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 7 3
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 70 30
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 548

Oui

B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 7 2
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 70 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 549

Oui

BSS Threshold 0 7 3.5 None 0 70 35
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 7 2
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 70 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 550

Oui

B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 7 0
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 70 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 551

Oui

B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 7 0
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 70 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 552

Oui

CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Min value = (Coded Min - 30) / 10;
Category
Def value = (Coded_default - 30) / 10; Max value = (Coded Max - 30) / 10.
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 7
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 30 3 100 60
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 553

Oui

CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 7
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 30 3 100 60
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 554

Oui

CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category
CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 7 2
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 70 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 555

Oui

CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category
CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 7 2
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 70 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 556

Oui

CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category
CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 7 0
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 70 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 557

Oui

CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category
CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 7 0
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 70 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 558

Oui

BSS Threshold 0 15 14 None 0 150
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Oui
140
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 15
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 15 150
150
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 559

Oui

BSS Threshold 0 15 13 None 0 150
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Oui
130
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
BSS Threshold 0 15
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 0 15 150
150
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 560

Oui GPRS
CS_SIR_HST_DL HMI name CS_SIR_HST_DL Signal to Interference Ratio hysteresis used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 0 15 1
None
Category
None 0 150 10
Oui

GPRS
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell Timer used for calculation of BVC bucket size when T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell = 0.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Timer 5 5
sec 5 5 5
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 561

Oui GPRS
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS Timer used for calculation of Bmax_default_MS when T_Flow_Ctrl_MS = 0.
Timer 10 10 10 sec 10 10 10
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui T
Category
Non
DELAY_FORCED_LOAD_REPORT HMI name DELAY_FORCED_LOAD_REPOR Number of 20ms periods before the DSP reports its CPU load to PMU once the DSP load reaches
Instance
TRX nb
Non

MFS Number 1 50 2 None 1 50 2
100% (i.e no load measurement in a such ms period because the corresponding DSP task cannot run). GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Applicable only to TDM transport. Internal comment --
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 562

Oui GPRS
DL_POLL_FACTOR HMI name DL_DATA_CREDIT This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the downlink cyclic polling algorithm.
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 16 1
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 16 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1 Coded Def External comment The max number of downlink TBFs assigned per PDCH shall be such that the periodicity of polling needed for Channel Quality reports is
respected (taking into account needed bandwidth for PACCH en downlink). --

GPRS
DLCI HMI name Data Link Connection Identifier Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, see Q.922 Annex A, Table 1.
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
Rec reference OMC-R access Set by Create
ITU-T Q.922
Application domain

Number 16 991
None 16 None 991
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 563

Oui GPRS
DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode.
Number sec 0 3
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60

0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature B10 Oui B9
Oui
Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , 111 Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)
Category
Sent on PSI 13
Non
DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR HMI name DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACT Forgetting factor of the filter used to compute the CPU load of a DSP over the last 20 ms
TRX nb
OR
Non
periods. GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 1 128 26
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 128 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 26 Coded Def External comment Applicable only to TDM transport. Internal comment - The highest the DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the highest the likelihood for a DSP CPU load peak (i.e. a load increase followed
by a load decrease in a short period of time) to be notified to RRM. And such a notification wil result in some TBF traffic blocking in RRM during the entire next T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT period. - The lowest the DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the less reactive RRM will be in case of DSP CPU load increase (potential risk for a DSP to reach a CPU load close to 100% before RRM begins to react by blocking some TBF traffic). - The value of the forgetting factor in percent is DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR / 128 * 100%
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 564

Oui GPRS
DSP_LOAD_THR_1 HMI name DSP_LOAD_THR_1 Threshold beyond which a given DSP is considered as "loaded" in terms of CPU load by RRM.
Threshold 1 95 85 % 1 95 85
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules step size = 1% Mandatory rules DSP_LOAD_THR_1 < DSP_LOAD_THR_2 Recommended rules -External comment Applicable to TDM only. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
DSP_LOAD_THR_2 HMI name DSP_LOAD_THR_2 Threshold beyond which a given DSP is considered as "overloaded" in terms of CPU load by RRM.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Threshold 1 95 95
% 1 95 95
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules step size = 1 % Mandatory rules DSP_LOAD_THR_1 < DSP_LOAD_THR_2 Recommended rules -External comment Applicable to TDM only. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 565

Oui GSM
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS.
DTX_INDICATOR (MFS)
HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 1 Sub-syste MFS Instance cell
Flag 0
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Category
Mandatory rules Max value 2 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 2 Coded Def External comment DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR Internal comment this parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options (BCCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in cell Options
coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use uplink DTX Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (BSC)
None 0 2
(SACCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases Needed for MPDCH feature. The DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.

E-GPRS
E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD HMI name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD Number of received radio blocks for an EGPRS TBF after which E_TX_EFFICIENCY is computed.
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
None
Application domain

Number 1 500
None 1 200 500
200
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 566

Oui GPRS
Excess Burst Size.
EBS
HMI name Excess Burst Size Sub-syste MFS Instance PVC B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

None
CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS RATE BC Recommended rules EBS=FR_CAPACITY(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0
--
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Min value 0 Max value 248 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category
kbyte 0 248
External comment -Internal comment -HMI name EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL B10 Oui B9

E-GPRS
EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL
Activation level of Extended Dynamic Allocation (EDA).
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -This parameter is relevant only if EDA is activated (EN_EDA parameter).
0: EDA activated for all mobile stations (supporting the feature), 1: EDA activated for R99-onwards mobile stations (supporting the feature), 2: EDA activated for Rel-4-onwards mobile stations (supporting the feature). --
Category

Number 0
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
Internal comment
-The activation level may provide an artificial mean to limit the inter-operability risks due to mobile stations with uncorrect EDA implementation (EDA is a R97 feature but has been completely clarified in Rel-6). R99 is detected through the Revision Level Indicator. A mobile station is assumed to be Rel-4-compliant if it supports the GERAN Feature Package 1 (theoretically it is not possible to precisely identify a B10 MR2 parameter - Further releases have not been considered since there is no same mean to detect if a mobile station is compliant with them.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 567

Oui

MFS Number 0 1 0.25 None 0 100 25
EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor HMI name EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the ratio between the number of transmitted RLC data blocks necessary to request for a EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size
B9
E-GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size =0.01 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

E-GPRS
EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite HMI name EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the downlink EGPRS ARQ period factor: Acknowledgement period over window size ratio.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 100 25
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules step size: 0.01 Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Recommended rules -Def value 0.25 External comment -Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 568

Non R_1
EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_1 HMI name

Number 0 200 20
Non
EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_TH Upper limit of the 1st class, lower limit of the 2nd class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
B9
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
distribution E-GPRS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
kbit/s 0 10 1
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue Coding rules step size = 20 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. B10 Oui B9
Non
Logical name
Definition
E-GPRS
EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_TH R_10 Lower limit of the 10th class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 0 200 200
RMS template Non
kbit/s 0 10 10
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue Coding rules step size = 20 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 569
Logical name
Non
Definition
E-GPRS
EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_TH R_11 Upper limit of the 10th class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution

Number 0 500 500
B9
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
kbit/s 0 25 25
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue Coding rules Step size = 20 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. B10 Oui B9
Non
Non
EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_TH Upper limit of the 2st class, lower limit of the 3rd class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
TRX nb
R_2
Non
distribution E-GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 0 200 40
kbit/s 0 10 2
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 570

Non R_3

Number 0 200 60
Non
EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_TH Upper limit of the 3rd class, lower limit of the 4th class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
B9
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
distribution E-GPRS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
kbit/s 0 10 3
Non
Non
EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_TH Upper limit of the 4th class, lower limit of the 5th class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
TRX nb
R_4
Non
distribution E-GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 0 200 80
kbit/s 0 10 4
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 571

Non R_5

Number 0 200 100
Non
B9
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
distribution E-GPRS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
kbit/s 0 10 5
Non
Non
TRX nb
R_6
Non
distribution E-GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 0 200 120
kbit/s 0 10 6
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 572

Non R_7

Number 0 200 140
Non
B9
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
distribution E-GPRS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
kbit/s 0 10 7
Non
Non
TRX nb
R_8
Non
distribution E-GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 0 200 160
kbit/s 0 10 8
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 573

Non R_9

Number 0 200 180
Non
B9
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
distribution E-GPRS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
kbit/s 0 10 9
Oui
Sub-syste MFS
cell
Rec reference
EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT HMI name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. 3GPP TS 04.60 Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE)
None 1 32 20
domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 32 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 20 Coded Def External comment If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
Internal comment
EGPRS_N3105_Limit has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The polling frequency depends on Ack_factor, T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. Was local to MFS in B9.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 574

Oui MFS cell
B9
Rec reference
EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE HMI name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE B10 Oui For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Sub-syste Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the Instance MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. 3GPP TS 04.60 Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE)
None 1 32 24
domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 32 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 24 Coded Def External comment If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF
release. EGPRS_N3105_Limit_Satellite has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The polling frequency depends on Ack_factor, T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result. Was local to MFS in B9.
B9
Oui
EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor HMI name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the ratio between the number of received RLC data blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size.
E-GPRS

MFS Number 0 1
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 0 0.25 100 25
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 575

Oui

MFS None 0 100 25
EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite HMI name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the ratio between the number of received RLC data blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size.
B9
E-GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules step size = 0.01 Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Recommended rules -Def value 0.25 External comment -Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain
Category

GPRS
EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING HMI name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING This flag enables / disables autonomous rerouting of DL LLC PDUs.
Category
Network (CDE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature
External comment -Internal comment This flag enables the BSS to autonomously reroute pending DL LLC PDUs from the old cell to the new cell (in the same RA) in case there is a
(EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU rerouting feature (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING)
NSE change and the SGSN does not support the inter-NSE rerouting optional R4 feature.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 576

Oui GPRS
EN_CBL HMI name EN_CBL This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky Bucket Synchronisation)
Flag 0 1 1
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
GSM TS 08.18
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

LCS
EN_CONV_GPS HMI name EN_CONV_GPS Flag to enable or disable the positioning method Conventional GPS.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 577

Oui GPRS Flag 0 1 1
EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC acknowledged mode.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable Mandatory rules -Recommended rules If EN_STREAMING = 1 then it is recommended to set EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK to TRUE
External comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs. Internal comment -HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK B10 Oui
in order to activate the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable level regarding the level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs can be downgraded to the Default Best Effort ABQP because the negotiated GBR cannot be reached on the radio interface.

GPRS
Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC unacknowledged
EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 578

Oui GPRS Flag 0 1 0
This flag enables / disables rerouting of DL LLC PDUs.
EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance BSS B9
HMI name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter locks only the rerouting part of the feature. It has no effect on the securisation part.
Internal comment HMI name EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS B10 Oui B9
This parameter applies to both, intra-NSE and inter-NSE cell change. Category in B7.2: System(CST) + None(DLS).

E-GPRS
This flag enables / disables downlink retransmission in the BTS.
EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS
Oui
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1 Coded Def External comment DL retransmission in the BTS will be disabled by the MFS in the cells mapped to non Evolium BTSs or in cells having an Abis or an Ater satellite
Internal comment
link (whatever the TRE type G3 or G4). In a cell with terrestrial Abis and Ater links, this feature is disabled for G3 TREs only. The feature shall be disabled by the MFS : - on a TRX when the hardware capability is set to CS-1 up to CS-4 (I.e. a TRX mapped onto a G3 TRE in the BTS) - in a cell when the cell round_trip_delay parameter indicates an Abis or Ater satellite link
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 579

R Non GPRS
EN_DSPRESET_CRITICALERROR
HMI name EN_DSPRESET_CRITICALERRO Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Flag 0
Enables/Disables the DSP reset in case of Critical Error
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name EN_EDA B10 Oui B9
Non
0: No DSP reset is triggered in case of Critical Error. 1: DSP reset is triggered in case of Critical Error. --
None 0 1

E-GPRS
EN_EDA
Enables Extended Dynamic Allocation (EDA).
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Flag 0
Type Min value

0
None 0
0: EDA not activated, 1: EDA activated Mandatory rules EN_EDA = 0 in case of not Evolium BTS EN_EDA = 0 in case of extended cell Recommended rules --
1 0 0
External comment When EDA is activated, its activation domain is given by the EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL and ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 580

Oui GPRS
EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF HMI name EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF Flag to disable/enable the extended TBF mode feature on the uplink (without or with allowing the MS not to answer to a USF received while in Extended UL TBF mode).
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature
0: Extended UL TBF mode (EUTM) is not used 1: EUTM is used 2: I-EUTM is used (improved EUTM mode) --
Category
None 0
External comment I-EUTM (improved EUTM) allow MS in EUTM mode to not answer to a USF Internal comment --
(EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU rerouting feature (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING) - if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled and if RA capability update is supported by SGSN, then the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must be enabled. The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled.
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 581

Oui S
Non
EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS HMI name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCES This flag indicates whether or not one Slave PDCH is available for (E)GPRS traffic in the cell
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B9 TRX nb
Cell Type
Non
Rec reference
GPRS Site (CAE)
(fast initial PS access feature). - In a Non Evolium BTS, that corresponds to an established PDCH being able to support incoming (E)GPRS traffic. - In an Evolium BTS, that corresponds to a PDCH being able to support incoming (E)GPRS traffic, that PDCH being located on an established TRX (i.e. the TRX owns an M-EGCH link)
RMS template Non
None

Flag 0
Application domain Type Min value Max value 1
Category
Mandatory rules
0: disabled, 1: enabled MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;
None 0 1 0
Recommended rules MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. --
Def value 0 Coded Def External comment Better performances for service access time will be obtained when this parameter is set to enabled, but one PDCH will always be established in
Internal comment
the cell. A compromise has to be made by the operator between performance gain and the cost of radio and terrestrial resources. This compromise becomes of higher importance in case of a cell connected through a satellite link due to the higher GPRS access time with satellite links, but also the higher cost of transmission links. If this flag is enabled, it guarantees that the concerned cell is able to convey GPRS traffic and that an UL TBF might be established without further delay.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 582

Oui GPRS Flag 0 1 1
EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED HMI name EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED Flag to disable/enable the transmission of USF every 20ms in extended mode
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 1
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The parameter is significant only if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non

GPRS
EN_FULL_IR_DL_per_cell
HMI name EN_FULL_IR_DL Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the downlink TBF in the cell. Category
Site (CAE)
None
GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Application domain

Flag 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules To allow the best throughput in DL, it is strongly recommended to set this parameter to 0 i.e.
0: Disable the "full" IR, so : Incremental Redundancy with resegmentation allowed in DL, 1: Enable the "full" IR, so, Incremental Redundancy without resegmentation in DL --
Type Min value
None 0 1
External comment -Internal comment This parameter was previously named "EN_IR" wich lead to misunderstanding. In fact, IR is always activated (it is a mandatory feature for the
to not forbid the resegmentation.
MS). When this parameter is set to 1, the RLC resegmentation is not allowed, meaning that, in case of degradation of the radio conditions, the IR would permit to continue the transfer on a high MCS. In fact, with the IR implementation of the MS, it appeared that this hypothesis was not true and the best throughput is obtained if the resegmentation is allowed (so, the possibility to decrease the MCS).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 583

Non E-GPRS Flag 0 1 0
EN_IR_UL_per_cell
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B9
HMI name EN_IR_UL Enables/Disables Incremental redundancy for the uplink TBF in the BSS. Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable Mandatory rules Can be enabled only if BTS Generation = G4 Recommended rules Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC resegmentation
Internal comment HMI name EN_LCS B10 Oui
in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL), Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gain of the Incremental Redundancy External comment The Incremental Redundancy for the uplink TBF feature is supported only on G4 BTSs.
--

LCS
Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS.
EN_LCS (MFS)
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 584

Non E-GPRS
EN_MCS1_in_CRP HMI name EN_MCS1_in_CRP Enables the forced usage of MCS-1 for uplink EGPRS TBF in contention resolution phase at one-phase access to make this phase more robust.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Mandatory rules Max value 1 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1 Coded Def External comment The forced usage of MCS-1 for uplink EGPRS TBF in contention resolution phase at one-phase access corresponds to the behaviour in B9. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: the BSS does not force uplink EGPRS TBF to use MCS-1 during the contention resolution phase at one-phase access. 1: the BSS forces uplink EGPRS TBF to use MCS-1 during the contention resolution phase at one-phase access. --
None 0

LCS
EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS HMI name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Assisted A-GPS.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 585

Oui LCS Flag 0 1 0
EN_MS_BASED_AGPS HMI name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Based A-GPS.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. Internal comment -HMI name EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33 B10 Oui B9
Non

GPRS
Enables the support of (E)GPRS multislot class 30-33.
EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment Support of DTM (E)GPRS multislot classes 31 to 33 is possible only if EN_DTM = 1 and EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33 = 1.
Internal comment
Support of configurations requiring EDA is possible only if EN_EDA = 1 (and ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION = 1 in case of DTM). --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 586

Oui GPRS
Enables the Network Assisted Cell Change feature.
EN_NACC
HMI name EN_NACC Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Min value 0 Max value 1 Def value
0
Category
Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then EN_NACC = 0 Recommended rules --
0: disabled; 1:enabled
None 1 0 0

GPRS
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR HMI name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
None
Application domain

Flag 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e.
0: Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered 1: Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered --
Type Min value
None 0 1
External comment An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell even if
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always).
Internal comment
the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS traffic (for instance a macro cell). This parameter shall also be valid for external cells.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 587

Oui GPRS
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) HMI name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving cell.
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance adj
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
0: Disable Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered 1: Enable Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered --
None 0 1
External comment An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell even if
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always).
Internal comment HMI name EN_PFC_FEATURE
the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS traffic (for instance a macro cell). This parameter shall also be valid for external cells.

GPRS
Enables/disables the support of the PFC negotiation feature.
EN_PFC_FEATURE
B10 Oui
B9 Sub-syste MFS Instance BSS

Flag 0
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer
Category
Mandatory rules Max value 1 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS. Internal comment -3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
1 => PFC feature is supported, 0 => PFC feature is not supported --
Type Min value
None 0 1
Page 588

Oui GPRS
EN_PSI_STATUS HMI name EN_PSI_STATUS Enables the Packet SI Status feature in cells w/o PBCCH or the Packet PSI Status feature in cells with a PBCCH.
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain Type Flag Min value 0 Max value 1 Def value
0
Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then EN_PSI_STATUS = 0 Recommended rules --
0: disabled; 1:enabled
None 1 0 0

GPRS
EN_PSI3_Coding2 HMI name EN_PSI3_Coding2 This flag enables the use of the optional neighbour cell parameters 2 structure in the coding of PSI3bis messages
Category
System (CST)
Oui
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature.
The neighbour cell parameters 2 provides a shorter coding of neighbour cells parameters which improves the cell reselection duration.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 589

Oui GPRS Flag 0 1 0
Flag to enable/disable the Radio Acces Capability update on Gb
EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE
HMI name EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules This parameter must be enabled if RA capability update is supported by SGSN and if it
exists, at least, one cell where EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled. The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled.
If EN_STREAMING is set to 1 then EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also be set to 1 (enabled). Otherwise the BSS will not be able to handle streaming flow. If this rule is not respected then all PFC creation requests related to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the default best effort flow by the BSS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 590
Logical name
EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL Non
EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL_per_cell HMI name

Flag 0 1 0
B9
Definition
E-GPRS
Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the uplink TBF in the cell, in case of RLC in acknowledged mode.
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC resegmentation
in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL), Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gain of the Incremental Redundancy

LCS
EN_SAGI HMI name EN_SAGI Flag indicating whether SAGI (interface with the A-GPS server) is configured or not for this BSS.
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Oui
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
0 0
None 1
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 591

Oui GSM Flag 0 1 0
This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature.
EN_SOLSA
HMI name EN_SOLSA Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE. Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Used to determine O&M parameter SOLSA_FUNCT_LEVEL. HMI name EN_SOLSA B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature.
EN_SOLSA(n)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0 Coded Def External comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is
Internal comment
autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 592

Oui GPRS
Enables/disables the support of the STREAMING flows.
EN_STREAMING
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance cell Type
Flag
HMI name EN_STREAMING
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
1 => the cell supports the streaming flows in addition to the non real time flows (best effort, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 interactive, background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the SGSN is successful 0 => the cell supports the non real time flows (best effort, interactive, background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the SGSN is successful Mandatory rules - Can be enabled only if the BTS Generation = Evolium Max value 1 Coded Max 1 - If EN_STREAMING = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0 Recommended rules - When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then EN_STREAMING = 0 1) If this parameter is set to 1 then the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also be set to 1 (enabled). Otherwise the BSS will not be able to handle streaming flow. If this rule is not respected then all PFC creation requests related to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the Def value 0 Coded Def 0 default best effort flow by the BSS. 2) the parameter EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK must also set to TRUE in order to activate the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable level regarding the level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs can be downgraded to the Default Best Effort ABQP because the negotiated GBR cannot be reached on the radio
GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Unit
Category
None
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 593

Oui GPRS
EN_UL_CONGESTION HMI name EN_UL_CONGESTION Flag to enable or disable the UL congestion process in case of UL NS congestion.
Flag 0 1 1
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enable Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0
HMI name Signaled_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0 Factor used by RLC (resp. RRM-PCC) for coding (resp. decoding) of the RLC buffer size on IPGCH interface. Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
kbit/s 5 5
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules -Min value 5 Mandatory rules -Max value 5 Recommended rules -Def value 5 External comment An indication of ESS = 0 on IPGCH interface will be interpreated by PCC as TBF estimated speed = nb allocated PDCH *
Internal comment
Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0. Values of Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_i parameters have been determined to keep a trend as close as possible as the one of (M)CS raw IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 594

Non IP
Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_1 HMI name Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_1 Factor used by RLC (resp. RRM-PCC) for coding (resp. decoding) of the RLC buffer size on IPGCH interface.
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS B9 Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
kbit/s 10 10 10
Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_1. Values of Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_i parameters have been determined to keep a trend as close as possible as the one of (M)CS raw IP demo parameter. Non

IP
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
kbit/s 15 15 15
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 595

Non IP
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
kbit/s 20 20 20

IP
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
kbit/s 25 25 25
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 596

Non IP
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
kbit/s 45 45 45

IP
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
kbit/s 55 55 55
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules Step size = 0.1 Min value 55 Mandatory rules -Max value 55 Recommended rules -Def value 55 External comment An indication of ESS = 6 on IPGCH interface will be interpreated by PCC as TBF estimated speed = nb allocated PDCH *
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 597

Non IP
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
kbit/s 60 60 60
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules Step size = 0.1 Min value 60 Mandatory rules -Max value 60 Recommended rules -Def value 60 External comment An indication of ESS = 7 on IPGCH interface will be interpreated by PCC as TBF estimated speed = nb allocated PDCH *
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 598

Oui 2G-3G
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset HMI name FDD_GPRS_Qoffset Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection in GPRS
Number dB 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08

-32
Packety system information management
Category
Mandatory rules -Max value 28 Recommended rules -Def value -32 External comment This parameter is broadcast on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 32, but the corresponding text always select a 3G cell if possible
Coded Max Coded Def
15 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 599

Oui GPRS
FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC Safety factor to size BVC_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface.
Number 1 100 20
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
3GPP TS 08.18
Category
None 10 1000 200
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS Safety factor to size default MS_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface.
Category
Network (CDE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 08.18
Application domain

Number 1 10 5
None 10 100 50
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS should be set to a value corresponding to the maximum multi-slot
class of the MS present on the network
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 600

Oui GPRS
Maximum frame relay information frame size.
FR_INFO_SIZE
HMI name Info Frame size Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number byte
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 1600 1600 1600
None
Category
1600 1600 1600
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 601

Oui GSM
This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell.
FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)
Number
HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

0
Normal assignment
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Min value Max value 6 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
Category
None 0
0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. Mandatory rules - If FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric". Recommended rules - The micro concentric, mini concentric and indoor concentric cells must be multiband (the -allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These restrictions do not apply to external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range.
External comment Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of the following values:
Def value
Coded Def
Internal comment
- PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands.
Values 4 and "5" are for Multiband cells. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 602

GAMMA_TNx HMI name GAMMA_TNx Binary representation of the gamma ch for MS output power control.
dB 0 31 15
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2 dB, ... 11111 == 62 dB. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment In the context of a concentric cell, the parameter applies to the outer zone. Internal comment -HMI name Gb_Data_PRIORITY B10 Oui B9
Non
Category

E-GPRS
BSS internal priority used by the MFS for the Gb over IP data flow
Gb_Data_PRIORITY
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 0 3
None 0 2 3
Spec reference Not linked to a document Coding rules step size = 1, O: highest priority Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 603

Non E-GPRS
Gb_Signalling_PRIORITY
Number 0 3 1
HMI name Gb_Signalling_PRIORITY BSS internal priority used by the MFS for the Gb over IP signalling flow Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Application domain
None 0 3
Spec reference Not linked to a document Coding rules Step size = 1. 0: highest priority Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. HMI name Gb_Transport_Mode B10 Oui B9
Non

GPRS
Gb_Transport_Mode
Mode of the transport for Gb interface: FR or IP.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 48.016
Mandatory rules Max value 1 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment When the NSE is not associated to a BSS, the Gb_Transport_Mode_perNSE defines the transport mode of the NSE.
0: FR mode 1: IP mode --
GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer
Category

Number 0
Type Min value
None 0 1
Internal comment
When the NSE is associated to a BSS, the transport mode of the BSS defines the transport mode of all NSEs of the BSS (the Gb_Transport_Mode - of the BSS - overrides the transport mode defined in the NSE instance). B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 604

Non GPRS
Gb_Transport_Mode_per_NSE
HMI name Gb_Transport_Mode_per_NSE Sub-syste MFS Instance NSE
Number
Mode of the transport for Gb interface (per NSE): FR or IP.
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 48.016

0
Mandatory rules Max value 1 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment When the NSE is not associated to a BSS, the Gb_Transport_Mode_perNSE defines the transport mode of the NSE.
0: FR mode 1: IP mode --
Category
None 0 1
Internal comment
When the NSE is associated to a BSS, the transport mode of the BSS defines the transport mode of all NSEs of the BSS (the Gb_Transport_Mode - of the BSS - overrides the transport mode defined in the NSE instance). B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 605
Logical name
GCH_RED_FACTOR_HiAter Oui
Definition
GPRS 0.1 1 0.75 Number
Reduction factor of the number of GCHs targeted per PDCH, when the Ater usage is high.
GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usag HMI name e

B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B9 TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 10 100 75
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.01 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of
External comment The GCH reduction factor applies to the new PDCHs which are used when the Ater usage is high (see the Ater_Usage_Threshold parameter).
Internal comment
This parameter can be reduced in order to avoid Ater shortage situations. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 606
Logical name
GCH_RED_FACTOR_HiAter Oui
Definition
GPRS 0.1 1 0.75 Number
Reduction factor of the number of GCHs targeted per PDCH, when the Ater usage is high.
GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usag HMI name e

B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B9 TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 10 100 75
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.01 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of
External comment The GCH reduction factor applies to the new PDCHs which are used when the Ater usage is high (see the Ater_Usage_Threshold parameter).
Internal comment
This parameter can be reduced in order to avoid Ater shortage situations. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 607
Logical name
Non Geographical Coordinates
Oui
TRX nb Cell Type Sub-syste MFS Instance cell
GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLA
HMI name B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
LCS
Indicates whether latitude and longitude are significant or not.
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 1
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Coding rules 0: not significant, 1: significant Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment -Internal comment This parameter allows the SMLC to know whether the geographical coordinates sent by the OMC-R are significant or not.
Non
Logical name
Oui
GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
HMI name
Definition
GPRS
RESIS Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in same RA.
TRX nb
GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTE
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain
Category

Number 0 14 4
RMS template Non
dB 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 608

Oui

MFS None 3 64 12
GPRS_DL_Ack_period HMI name GPRS_DL_Ack_period If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 3 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 64 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 12 Coded Def External comment The value of this parameter is linked with N3105_Limit. Internal comment It is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 12 if the MSs used in the network are able to manage two polling requests at a given instant.
Application domain
Category
Otherwise, it is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 16. The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 12 allows not blocking the RLC transmission window in case of Packet DL Ack/Nack message is lost on the radio interface or is replaced by a Packet Measurement Report message (if NC2 is activated). The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 16 ensures that in most of the cases the MSs only manage one polling request at a given instant.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 609

Oui

MFS None 3 64 12
GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite HMI name GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 3 Mandatory rules -Max value 64 Recommended rules -Def value 12 External comment The value of this parameter is linked with N3105_Limit_Satellite. Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result.
Application domain
Category
It is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 12 if the MSs used in the network are able to manage two polling requests at a given instant. Otherwise, it is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 16. The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 12 allows not blocking the RLC transmission window in case of Packet DL Ack/Nack message is lost on the radio interface or is replaced by a Packet Measurement Report message (if NC2 is activated). The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 16 ensures that in most of the cases the MSs only manage one polling request at a given

GPRS
HCS signal strength.
GPRS_HCS_THR
HMI name HCS_THR
B10 Oui
B9 Sub-syste MFS Instance cell

Number -110 -48
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
Category
dBm 0 -84 31 13
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 610

Oui GPRS Number -110 -48 -84
HCS signal strength.
GPRS_HCS_THR(n)
HMI name HCS_THR Sub-syste MFS Instance adj
dBm 0 31 13
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature B10 Oui B9
Non 1
Category
GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_1
Non
HMI name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ Upper limit of the 1st class, lower limit of the 2nd class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
TRX nb
Non
distribution GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 0 90
kbit/s 0 10 9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 611

Non 10
Number
Non GPRS
HMI name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ Upper limit of the 10th class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution
B9
TRX nb
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
None
Category
kbit/s 0 50 50
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue Coding rules Step size = 10 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. B10 Oui B9
Non
Non
HMI name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ Upper limit of the 2nd class, lower limit of the 3rd class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
TRX nb
2
Non
distribution GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 0 90
kbit/s 0 20 9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 612

Non 3
Number
Non
HMI name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ Upper limit of the 3rd class, lower limit of the 4th class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
B9
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
distribution GPRS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
None
Category
kbit/s 0 9
Non
Non
HMI name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ Upper limit of the 4th class, lower limit of the 5th class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
TRX nb
4
Non
distribution GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 0 90
kbit/s 0 40 9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 613

Non 5
Number
Non
B9
TRX nb
Cell Type
Non
distribution GPRS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
None
Category
kbit/s 0 9
Non
Non
TRX nb
6
Non
distribution GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 0 90
kbit/s 0 60 9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 614

Non 7
Number
Non
B9
TRX nb
Cell Type
Non
distribution GPRS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
None
Category
kbit/s 0 9
Non
Non
TRX nb
8
Non
distribution GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 0 90
kbit/s 0 80 9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 615

Non 9
Number
Non GPRS
HMI name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ Lower limit of the 9th class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution
B9
TRX nb
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
None
Category
kbit/s 0 9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 616

Oui GPRS
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system.
Number 5 dBm 19
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Category
Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:
Coded Max Coded Def
Internal comment
1) This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell.
2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = 0. By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 617

Oui GPRS
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system.
Number 5 dBm 19
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Category
Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm, 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Coded Max Coded Def
Internal comment
1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 618
Logical name
Oui MFS BSS
Definition Instance
GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VAL HMI name UE

B9 TRX nb Cell Type
GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_ B10 Oui VALUE Default value of the (E)GPRS multislot class assumed at TBF establishment when the actual MS (E)GPRS multislot class is unknown. Sub-syste
Non Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
GPRS Site (CAE)
- In an Evolium BTS : The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBF allocation computation process when the MS class is not known on UL TBF establishment - In a Non Evolium BTS : The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBF allocation computation process when the MS class is not known on UL TBF establishment. In the PDCH anticipation process on UL TBF establishment : the default MS class is used to determine how many PDCHs are established in advance to anticipate the concurrent DL TBF establishment.
3GPP TS 05.02
Only the following GPRS multislot class defined in 3GPP TS 05.02 annex B are allowed: 1: GPRS multislot class 1 (1+1 MS); 2: GPRS multislot class 2 (2+1 MS); 4: GPRS multislot class 4 (3+1 MS); 8: GPRS multislot class 8 (4+1 MS). 30: GPRS multislot class 30 (5+1 MS).
Application domain Type Min value

1
Category
Number
Unit Coded Min
None 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules The recommendations to set this parameter are the following:
1) Case where there are only Evolium BTSs in the BSS: 1.1) In case the PS traffic is mainly signalling (e.g. there is a great proportion of RA Updates among the UL TBF establishment requests), GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE shall be set to 1 (optimization of the number of T2 TBF reallocations and of PPC / DSP CPU). 1.2) In case the PS traffic is mainly data (high proportion of UL TBF establishment requests for data traffic), GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE should be set to the most common multislot class which can be found among the mobile stations within the BSS (in order to limit the number of T2 TBF reallocations and of PPC / DSP CPU, triggered with the establishment of the concurrent DL TBF). In case of multislot class 30, this additionally requires that the multislot class 30-33 feature is widely activated in the BSS.
Coded Max Coded Def
30 8
2) Case where there are some DRFU BTSs in the BSS (together with some Evolium BTSs or not): 2.1) In DRFU BTSs, the impacts of this parameter value on T2 TBF reallocations are the same as in Evolium BTSs, so 1.1) and 1.2) recommendations are applicable in order to avoid useless / to limit the number of T2 TBF reallocations .
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 619
External comment The entered value is assumed by default at uplink TBF establishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown (e.g. RACH one phase
access on CCCH) . Otherwise, the multislot class received in the request for uplink TBF establishment is taken into account. In case the traffic is mainly signalling (majority of RA Updates), Ater congestion may be encountered because the transmission resources are allocated in advance, based on the value of GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE parameter. Indeed, once the traffic type is confirmed signalling, these resources are de-allocated, but only at T_PDCH_Inactivity timer expiry. As a consequence, in this case, the transmission resources are allocated even if they are not used during several seconds. Therefore it is advised to reduce the value of the default multislot
--

GPRS
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) HMI name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active in neighbour cells.
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference
2.2) On the other hand, in DRFU BTSs, in case the PS traffic is mainly signalling (e.g. there OMC-R access Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec) is a great proportion of RA Updates among the UL TBF establishment requests) and in case Min value 10 Coded Min 0 of low number of Ater resources (risk of Ater congestion in some GPUs), it is recommended Mandatory rules -- to set GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE to 1. Indeed, an Ater congestion may be Max value 320 Coded Max 31 encountered because some transmission resources (PDCHs) are established in advance by Recommended rules RRM based on the value of GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE (PDCH anticipation -Def value 10 Coded Def 0 External comment -- process). Once the traffic type is confirmed signalling, these resources (PDCHs) are released, but at T_GCH_Inactivity timer expiry. As a consequence, the transmission Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature resources (PDCHs) can be established even if they are not used during several seconds, which can generate an Ater congestion in some GPUs.
Changeable
Type
Application domain
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 620

Oui GPRS
HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0.
GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS
HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS Sub-syste MFS Instance cell
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 0 7 0
GSM TS 05.08
Category
None 0 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules Coded on 3 bits. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0.
GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Category

Number 0 7
None 0 0 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 621

Oui GPRS
Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells.
GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n)
Number dB 0
HMI name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08

-52
coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB) 00000= -52; 00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36; 00101= -32; 00110= -28; 00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16; 01010= -12; 01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6; 01110= - 4; 01111= - 2; 10000= 0; 10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10; 10110= 12; 10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011= 32; 11100= 36; 11101= 40; 11110= 44; 11111= 48
Category
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature B10 Oui B9
Coded Max Coded Def
31 16

GPRS
GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system.
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
Rec reference
3GPP TS 04.60
Application domain

Number -110 -47
dBm 0 -100 63 10
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111 = -47 dBm) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 622

Oui GPRS Number -110 -47
GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system in neighbour cells.
dBm 0 63 10
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.60
Application domain
Category
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
-100

GPRS
GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) HMI name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbour cells.
B10 Oui Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Oui
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain

Number 0 infinity 0
dB 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , 111 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 623

Oui

MFS Number 3 64 16 None 3 64 16
GPRS_UL_Ack_period HMI name GPRS_UL_Ack_period If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size =1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category
GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite HMI name GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
MFS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 3 64 16
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules step size =1 Min value 3 Mandatory rules -Max value 64 Recommended rules -Def value 16 External comment -Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 624

Non GPRS
GPU_Gb_Base_IP
Number
HMI name GPU_Gb_Base_IP Base address of the local IP address used to define the Gb_IP_Address of each GPU. Category
Site (CAE)
B9

0
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Base address used to define the GPU_Local_IP_Endpoint Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter
coded on 32 bits coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.000 The last group is set to 000 (base address) --
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
- Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.000" (ex: 255.245.247.000) Changeable from the local operator terminal (IMT)

GPRS
UDP port number of the GPU board for Gb over IP interface.
GPU_Gb_Base_UDP
HMI name GPU_Gb_Base_UDP
B10 Oui
B9
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 63488 64512 64512
None
63488 64512 64512
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment used to define the UDP port of each GPU boards Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. Min = hF800, Max = hFC00.
Changeable from the local operator terminal (IMT)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 625

Non GPRS
GPU_Gb_IP_Address
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance GPU
Number 0
HMI name GPU_Gb_IP_Address Allows to display the IP address used by a GPU board in a NSE instance (used for Gb over IP) Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Rec reference OMC-R access Displayed Type Min value Unit Coded Min
None
Application domain
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Calculated by the MFS from the GPU_Gb_Base_IP value. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. B10 Oui B9
Non
coded on 32 bits OMC must display the value of each octet following the format: www.xxx.yyy.zzz default value : 0.0.0.0 --
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0

GPRS
GPU_Gb_UDP_Port HMI name GPU_Gb_UDP_Port UDP port number of the GPU board in the NSE instance (used for Gb over IP).
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Sub-syste MFS Instance GPU

Number 63488 64512 64512
None
63488 64512 64512
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment equal to GPU_Gb_base_UDP. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. Min = hF800, Max = hFC00
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 626

Non IP
GSL_PRIORITY (MFS)
HMI name GSL_PRIORITY (MFS) Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 0
BSS internal priority used by the GSL flow in IP network
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
Oui
0: higher priority 3: lower priority Shall be equal to GSL_PRIORITY (BSC)
None 0 3

LCS
HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH HMI name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH Antenna half power beam for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method).
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 0 360 0
None 0 360 0
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: half power beam width unknown, 1: 1 degree,, 360: 360 degree (omnidirectional cell) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 627
Logical name
Non HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGRO
Oui
HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_P
HMI name Cell Type Sub-syste MFS Instance BSS
Number 4 15 15
TRX nb
B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
GPRS
RIORITY UND_PRIORITY Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'high'
Category
Site (CAE)
RMS template Non
None
Application domain
None 4 15 15
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -Non
Logical name
Oui
HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY
HMI name
TRX nb
HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRI
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Definition
GPRS
ORITY Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'high'
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 4 15 6
RMS template Non
None 4 15 6
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 628
Logical name
Non HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRI
Oui
Number
TRX nb
B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
GPRS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 4 15 9
None
Category
None 4 15 9
Logical name
Oui
HMI name
TRX nb
HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRI
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Definition
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 4 15 12
RMS template Non
None 4 15 12
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 629

Oui GPRS
HIGH_THRES_B_MAX HMI name highThresBmax Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is applied.
Threshold 70 70 70 %
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
70 70 70
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1
HMI name IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1 Threshold beyond which a given BTS module (TRE module supporting a PTU) is considered as "loaded" in terms of CPU load by RRM (IP BTS) Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Threshold 1 95 85
% 1 95 85
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) Coding rules step size = 1% Mandatory rules IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1 < IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2 Recommended rules External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 630

Non IP
IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2
Threshold 1 95 95 % 1 95 95
HMI name IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2 Threshold beyond which a given BTS module (TRE module supporting a PTU) is considered as "overloaded" in terms of CPU load by RRM (IP BTS). Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) Coding rules step size = 1% Mandatory rules IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1 < IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2 Recommended rules External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Non
Application domain

IP
IP_PFC_PRIORITY_MAPPING
HMI name IP_PFC_PRIORITY_MAPPING Mapping between PFC priorities (0 to 15) and IP priorities used in the BSS for GPRS (GBR, BE) Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Reference
Mandatory rules
Bitmap. Each bit indicates for a given PFC priority whether it shall be mapped on GBR priority (0) or BE priority (1). --
Unit 00000000000000 Coded Min
None 0 65535 65521
Recommended rules --
00 11111111111111 Coded Max 11 11111111111100 Coded Def 01
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 631

Non IP
IPBSS_SUBNET_MASK_MFS
Number
HMI name IPBSS_SUBNET_MASK_MFS Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of MFS addresses used for IPGCH / IPGSL protocol Category
Network (CDE)
B9

0
None
Non
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0

IP
IPGB_SUBNET_MASK_MFS
HMI name IPGB_SUBNET_MASK_MFS Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of MFS addresses used for Gb telecom protocols Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment GboverIP parameter (MR2). Changeable from the local operator terminal (IMT)
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 632

Non IP
IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS
Number
HMI name IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS Base address of the local IP address used by the MFS to define the IP address used by the IPGCH protocol on each GPU Category
Network (CDE)
B9

0
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment operator must take care that a MFS will reserve 30 GPU address max from this base. Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Non
coded on 32 bits OMC must display the value of each octet following the format:www.xxx.yyy.zzz The last group is set to 000 (base address) --
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
Logical name
Non
Definition
IP
ATE AT_RATE Parameter to control the repetition rate of the delay measurements performed in DL by IPGCH.
Category
System (CST)
TRX nb
IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_R
HMI name
IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPE
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 12 2
RMS template Non
None 1 12 2
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules 6 x IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_UL =>
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for each PTU at MFS side). External comment Delay measurement will be done every IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE * T_IPGCH_ACK_UL Measurements are done on an Abis basis. Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 633

Non IP
IPGCH_IP_Address_MFS
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance IPSigLink
Number
HMI name IPGCH_IP_Address_MFS Allow to display the IP address of the IPGCH link used by a GPU on the MFS side. Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Rec reference OMC-R access Virtual displayed

0
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Calculated by the MFS from IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Non
coded on 32 bits OMC must display the value of each octet following the format:www.xxx.yyy.zzz default value : 0.0.0.0 --
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
Logical name
Non
Definition
IP
ATE AT_RATE Parameter to control the repetition rate of the delay measurements in UL for IPGCH.
Category
System (CST)
TRX nb
IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_R
HMI name
IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPE
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 12
RMS template Non
None 1 12 2
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules 6 x IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_DL =>
Internal comment
2 IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for each TRE at BTS side). External comment Delay measurement will be done every IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE * T_IPGCH_ACK_UL. Measurements are done on a TRE
IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via IPGCH.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 634

Non
IPGCHC_Base_TCP_MFS
MFS Number 53248 54272 53248 None
HMI name IPGCHC_Base_TCP_MFS Base for the TCP port number used by each GPU boards of the MFS for IPGCHC protocol. This base is used to define the TCP ports for each PTU access. The same base is used by each GPU boards (they have different IP addresses to be distinguished).
IP
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain
Category
53248 54272 53248
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The operator must take care that a MFS will reserve 1000 TCP port max from this base. Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
IPGCHC_PRIORITY (MFS)
HMI name IPGCHC_PRIORITY BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH Control flow in IP network Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 0
0: higher priority 3: lower priority Equal to IPGCHC_PRIORITY (BTS)
Type Min value
None 0 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 635

Non D
IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOLD
Threshold 1 100 75
Non
HMI name IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOL Threshold on the IPGCHU BE/GBR receive window size above which an uplink acknowledgement
B9
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
for IPGCHU uplink data is sent by the MFS to the BTS / a downlink acknowledgement for IPGCHU downlink data is sent by the BTS to the MFS. IP
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
% 1 100 75
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack Coding rules Step size = 1. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Sent by the MFS to the BTS via IPGCH. This parameter allows to speed up the acknowledgements (if there is too much traffic in regard to the value of the timers T_IPGCH_ACK_DL or T_IPGCH_ACK_UL). If IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOLD is set to 100%, then the receive-window-size-based event for acknowledgement sending is turned off.

IP
IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (MFS)
HMI name IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH Best Effort flow in IP network Category
System (CST)
B10 Oui
B9 Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS

Number 0
Non
None
Application domain
0: higher priority 3: lower priority Equal to IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (BTS)
Type Min value
None 0 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 636

Non

MFS % 1 100
IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL HMI name IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL Percentage of the total Abis bandwidth (cf. the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter) indicating the maximum Abis bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in downlink when in congested operation, for a given Abis BTS group.
B9
IP
Rec reference
System (CST)
None

100
Application domain OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Min value 1 Max value 100
Category
IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor >= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL <= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL Recommended rules --
Step size = 1
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
100 100

IP
IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL HMI name IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL Maximum Abis bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in uplink when in congested operation, for a given TRE with 8 active PDCHs.
Category
System (CST)
Non
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 10 1000 500
kbit/s 1 100 50
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 10 kbit/s Mandatory rules IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL <= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Provided by MFS to BTS. The maximum value of 1Mbps corresponds to a hardware limit per TRE inside the BTS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 637

Non
IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL
MFS Number 1 100 5 % 1 100 5
HMI name IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL Percentage of the total Abis bandwidth (cf. the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter) indicating the minimum Abis bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in downlink when in congested operation, for a given Abis BTS group.
IP
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL <= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Non
Category

IP
IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL
HMI name IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL Minimum Abis bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in uplink when in congested operation, for a given TRE with 8 active PDCHs. Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 10 1000 50
kbit/s 1 100 5
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 10 kbit/s Mandatory rules IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL <= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Provided by MFS to BTS. The maximum value of 1Mbps corresponds to a hardware limit per TRE inside the BTS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 638

Non IP
BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH GBR flow in IP network
IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (MFS)
Number 0
HMI name IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. B9
MFS MFS Non
0: higher priority 3: lower priority Equal to IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (BTS)
None 0 3
Logical name
Definition
IP
IPGCHU_MAX_PATTERN_MEAS_THR HMI name OUGHPUT_DL

Instance
IPGCHU_MAX_PATTERN_MEAS_T B10 Oui HROUGHPUT_DL Maximum number of patterns used to compute the current Abis BE throughput used by IPGCHU in DL. Sub-syste
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
Number 100 10
None 1 100 10
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack Coding rules step size = 1 pattern Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 639

Non or
Non
IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor HMI name IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Fact Percentage of the total Abis bandwidth (cf. the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter) indicating the
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS B9 TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
maximum Abis bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in downlink, for a given Abis BTS group. IP
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
% 0 40 10
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules Step size = 10 Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor >= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL Max value 400 Coded Max Recommended rules Def value 100 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. In case of variable Abis bandwidth (e.g. micro-wave), the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter should be positioned to the
minimum guaranteed bandwidth. Thus, in such a case, setting the IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor parameter to a value higher than 100% may make sense.

IP
IPGCHU_PATTERN_LIFETIME_DL
HMI name IPGCHU_PATTERN_LIFETIME_DL B10 Oui Lifetime of a pattern (i.e. time to switch from one pattern to the next one) used to compute the current Abis BE throughput used by IPGCHU in DL. Sub-syste Category
System (CST)
B9
MFS MFS
Non
None
Application domain
Instance
50
Timer 500 50
ms 10 1
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack Coding rules Step size = 50 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 640
Logical name
Non ZE_GPU IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SI
Non
HMI name Cell Type Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 496 496 496
TRX nb
B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
IP
Maximum UDP window size for IPGCH usable in the MFS.
PU
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 496 496
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Coding rules -Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Contrary to the corresponding BTS parameters (IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G3 and B10 Oui B9
Non
496
IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G4_G5), this MFS parameter is not hard-coded in the MFS.

IP
IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_MFS HMI name IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_MFS UDP port used by the IPGCHU protocol on MFS side by each GPU board. The same UDP port is used by each GPU boards (they have different IP addresses to be distinguished)
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None
53248 54272 54272
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 53248 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 54272 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 54272 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hD000, Max = hD400. At migration from B9 to B10, no IPEndPoint exists at OMC (neither at MFS). Sent by the MFS
to the BTS in IPGCH_init_req message. In case of large configurations (lot of TREs) for memory constraints linked to the IP stacks, we may have two UDP ports used by the GPU: in this case the value of the second one is the value of the first one + 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 641
Logical name
Non IPGCHU_XOFF_BE_FIFO_DL_TH
Non
IPGCHU_XOFF_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESHO
Threshold 1 50 40
TRX nb
B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
IP
LD RESHOLD Threshold on the BE queue filling level to trigger an Xoff state for the BE DL flow of a given PTU (back pressure mechanism between RRM-PCC and IPGCH for the BE DL flow).
Category
System (CST)
RMS template Non
None
Application domain
None 1 50 40
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack Coding rules Step size = 1 LLC PDU Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Non
Logical name
Non
IPGCHU_XOFF_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRESH
HMI name
TRX nb
IPGCHU_XOFF_GBR_FIFO_DL_T
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Definition
IP
OLD HRESHOLD Threshold on the GBR queue filling level to trigger an Xoff state for the GBR DL flow of a given PTU (back pressure mechanism between RRM-PCC and IPGCH for the strict GBR DL flow).
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Threshold 1 50 40
RMS template Non
None 1 50 40
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 642
Logical name
Non IPGCHU_XON_BE_FIFO_DL_THR
Non
IPGCHU_XON_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESHO
Number 1 50 20
TRX nb
B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
IP
LD ESHOLD Threshold on the BE queue filling level to trigger an Xon state for the BE DL flow of a given PTU (back pressure mechanism between RRM-PCC and IPGCH for the BE DL flow).
Category
System (CST)
RMS template Non
None
Application domain
None 1 50 20
Non
Logical name
Non
IPGCHU_XON_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRESH
HMI name
TRX nb
IPGCHU_XON_GBR_FIFO_DL_TH
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Definition
IP
OLD
RESHOLD Threshold on the GBR queue filling level to trigger an Xon state for the GBR DL flow of a given PTU (back pressure mechanism between RRM-PCC and IPGCH for the strict GBR DL flow).
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Threshold 1 50 20
RMS template Non
None 1 50 20
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack Coding rules Step size = 1 LLC PDU. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 643

Non IP
IPGSL_Base_Address_MFS HMI name IPGSL_Base_Address_MFS Base address of the local IP address used to define the IP address used by the IPGSL on each GPU.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None

0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Operator must take care that a MFS will reserve 30 GPU address max from this base. Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Non
coded on 32 bits coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.000 The last group is set to 000 (base address) --
Category
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0

IP
IPGSL_BASE_TCP_MFS HMI name IPGSL_BASE_TCP_MFS TCP port number used to configure the TCP port number of each GPU board of the MFS for IPGSL interface.
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain

Number 50176 50944 50176
None
50176 50944 50176
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer Coding rules Step size = 1. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 644

Non IP
IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (MFS)
HMI name IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC Sub-syste MFS Instance IPSigLink
Number
IP address of the IPGSL link on BSC side.
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

0
coded on 32 bits coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 255.255.255.255 coded as an empty string Equal to IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (MFS)
Category
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
- Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001) As the IPSigLink instance does not exist yet at migration from B9 to B10, this parameter can not be migrated by OMC.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 645

Non IP
IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (MFS)
HMI name IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS Sub-syste MFS Instance IPSigLink
Number
IP address of the IPGSL link on MFS side.
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Calculated by the MFS from IPGSL_Base_Address. Internal comment IP demo parameter.
coded on 32 bits coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 255.255.255.255 coded as an empty string Equal to IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (BSC)
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual displayed Type Min value Unit Coded Min
Category
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
- Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001) As the IPSigLink instance does not exist yet at migration from B9 to B10, this parameter can not be migrated by OMC. (MFS)

IP
IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (MFS)
HMI name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside
TCP port number of the BSC IPGSL link used by the MFS .
B10 Oui
B9
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Sub-syste MFS Instance IPSigLink
None
50176 50944 50176
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 1. Min value 50176 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 50944 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 50176 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. As the IPSigLink instance does not exist yet at migration from B9 to B10, this parameter can not be migrated by OMC.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 646

Non (MFS)
Non
IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (MFS) HMI name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside TCP port number used by each GPU board of the MFS for IPGSL interface. Each GPU board
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance IPSigLink B9 TRX nb
Cell Type
Non
uses the same TCP port number (they can be distinguished by their IP address) IP
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None
50176 50944 50176
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 50176 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 50944 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 50176 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. As the IPSigLink instance does not exist yet at migration from B9 to B10, this parameter can not be migrated by OMC. HMI name K_GSL (MFS) B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link.
K_GSL (MFS)
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 1 32 7
None 1 32 7
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
carried through Ater satellite links: - K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS. - K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 647

Oui GPRS
Location Area Code.
LAC (MFS)
HMI name Location Area Code (LAC) Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Min value 1 Max value 65535 Def value
65535
Category
LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (BSC) Recommended rules A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC --
--
None 1 65535
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment -HMI name LAC(n) B10 Oui B9
65535

GPRS
Location Area Code.
LAC(n)
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain
Category

Reference 1 65535 65535
None 1 65535 65535
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 648

Oui LCS Number 0 360 0
LCS_AZIMUTH HMI name AZIMUTH Antenna direction orientation for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method).
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 360 0
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules 0: 0 degree,, 359: 359 degree, 360: omnidirectional cell Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment 0 corresponds to the North orientation and is counted clockwise. Internal comment This parameter is considered as being significant as soon as the geographical coordinates are significant. B10 Oui B9
Oui

LCS
LCS_LATITUDE HMI name LATITUDE Latitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method).
Category
Site (CAE)
None
LCS Functional Specification
Application domain

List of numbers 0,0,0,false
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment 1) 0 latitude corresponds to the Equator;
Sequence of: - number of degrees (from 0 to 90) - number of minutes (from 0 to 59) - number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999) - direction (boolean, true for South and false for North) --
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None
Max value 90,59,9999,true Def value #
Coded Max Coded Def
Internal comment
2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Latitude". 1) This parameter is significant only when GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG is set to true; 2) the coding rules are only valid for MFS-OMC interface. The coding for OMC-R HMI is different due to the REAL numbers management
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 649

Oui LCS
LCS_LONGITUDE HMI name LONGITUDE Longitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method).
List of numbers 0,0,0,false
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment 1) 0 longitude corresponds to the Greenwich Meridian;
Sequence of: - number of degrees (from 0 to 180) - number of minutes (from 0 to 59) - number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999) - direction (boolean, true for West and false for East) --
None
Max value 180,59,9999,true Coded Max Def value # Coded Def
Internal comment HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA B10 Oui
2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Longitude". 1) This parameter is significant only when GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG is set to true; 2) the coding rules are only valid for MFS-OMC interface. The coding for OMC-R HMI is different due to the REAL numbers management
Logical name
Definition
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA _GP
B9 Sub-syste MFS Instance

MFS Number 1 14 5
Oui
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
_GP Maximum number of on-going requests in list A. List A is used for on-going requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, GIC Group State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command. GPRS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
None 1 14 5
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 650
Logical name
Oui
Definition Sub-syste MFS Instance

MFS Number 1 10 5
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA _GPU
B10 Oui B9 TRX nb Cell Type
HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA
Non Non
_GPU Maximum number of on-going requests in list A. List A is used for on-going requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, GIC Group State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command. GPRS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 1 10 5
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Logical name
Definition
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB_ HMI name GP

Instance
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
GPRS System (CST)
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB _GP Maximum number of on-going requests in list B. List B is used for on-going requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, BSS Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request, Stop GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Request.
Sub-syste MFS
MFS Number 0 14 5
RMS template Non
None
Application domain
Category
None 1 14 5
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 651
Logical name
Oui

MFS Number
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB_ HMI name GPU

Non Non
Rec reference
GPRS 0 10 5 System (CST)
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB _GPU Maximum number of on-going requests in list B. List B is used for on-going requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, BSS Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request, Stop GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Request.
RMS template Non
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 10 5
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_Que B10 Oui B9
Oui
Logical name
Definition
Length_Suspended_Requests_Que ueA_GP
Instance
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
ueA_GP Maximum number of suspended requests in queue A. Queue A is used for suspended requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, GIC Group State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command. GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
MFS Number 1 264
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 1 264 264
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS.
264
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 652
Logical name
Oui

MFS Number 1 264 50
Length_Suspended_Requests_Que ueA_GPU
HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_Que B10 Oui B9 TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
ueA_GPU Maximum number of suspended requests in queue A. Queue A is used for suspended requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, GIC Group State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command. GPRS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 1 264 50
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS. HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_Que B10 Oui B9
Oui
Logical name
Definition
Length_Suspended_Requests_Que ueB_GP
Instance
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
GPRS System (CST)
ueB_GP Maximum number of suspended requests in queue B. Queue B is used for suspended requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, BSS Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request, Stop GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Request.
Sub-syste MFS
MFS Number 0 264
RMS template Non
None
Application domain
Category
None 1 264 264
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS
264
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 653
Logical name
Oui

MFS Number 0 264 264
Length_Suspended_Requests_Que ueB_GPU
HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_Que B10 Oui B9 TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
GPRS System (CST)
ueB_GPU Maximum number of suspended requests in queue B. Queue B is used for suspended requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, BSS Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request, Stop GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Request.
RMS template Non
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 264
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS
Non
264
Logical name
Oui
LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_P
HMI name
TRX nb
LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGRO
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Definition
GPRS
RIORITY UND_PRIORITY Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'low'
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 4 15 15
RMS template Non
None 4 15 15
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 654
Logical name
Oui MFS BSS Number
LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY HMI name

B9 TRX nb Cell Type
Definition
GPRS
LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIO B10 Oui RITY Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'low' Sub-syste
Non Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 4 15 6
None
Category
Instance
RMS template Non
None 4 15 6
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B9
MFS BSS Oui
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Instance
RMS template Non
Number 15 9
None 4 15 9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 655
Logical name
Oui MFS BSS Number

B9 TRX nb Cell Type
Definition
GPRS
Non Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 4 15 12
None
Category
Instance
RMS template Non
None 4 15 12
Oui

GPRS
LOW_THRES_B_MAX HMI name lowThresBmax Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is no more applied.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Threshold 50 50 50
50 50 50
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 656

Oui GSM 0 16777215 16777215 Number
List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5).
LSA_ID_array (MFS)
HMI name LSA_ID_I Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 03.03
Application domain
Category
None 0 16777215 16777215
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC) Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN
significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. External comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only.
Internal comment HMI name LSA_ID_I(n) B10 Oui B9
The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC. The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose.

GSM
List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5).
LSA_ID_array (n)
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 03.03
Application domain
Category
None 0 16777215 16777215
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 16777215 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 16777215 Coded Def External comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is
Internal comment
autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 657

Oui GPRS
Cell Identity of the Mate cell
MATE_CI (MFS)
HMI name MATE_CI Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Reference Min value 0 Max value 65535 Def value
-1
Category
MATE_CI (MFS) = MATE_CI (BSC) If one mate cell is configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) then the other mate cell shall also be Recommended rules configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0). --
--
None 0 65535
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes
-1
Internal comment
MATE_CI is relevant for extended cells only a cleanup is performed before the migration of the OMC to .an OMC version supporting PS in extended cell in order to have extended cell with relevant mate in any case . The value 1 is sent by the OMC for the normal cells

GPRS
Maximum number of adjacent cells for 1 cell.
MAX_ADJ_CELL
HMI name MAX_ADJ_CELL
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 64 64 64
None 64 64 64
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
In B8, the maximum number is 32
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 658

Oui GPRS
AGCH queuing time.
MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY
HMI name MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Timer 0.1 1 0.4 sec 1 10 4
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name MAX_BLER B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
Maximum mean BLER value that a TBF can possibly reach
MAX_BLER
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 19 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules step size = 0,05 Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 0.95 Recommended rules -Def value 0.35 External comment The MAX_BLER value is used by RRM to evaluate the minimum number of GCHs necessary to support RT traffic on a TRX. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 659

Non GPRS
MAX_CELLS_GP
HMI name MAX_CELLS_GP Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 500 500 500
Maximum number of cells configured by GP board (Mx-MFS)
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 500 500
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GP <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name MAX_CELLS_GPUAB B10 Oui B9
Non
500

GPRS
MAX_CELLS_GPUAB
Maximum number of cells configured by GPUAB board (MFS)
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 264 264
None 264 264 264
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GPUAB <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
264
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 660

Non GPRS Number 264 264 264
MAX_CELLS_GPUAC
HMI name MAX_CELLS_GPUAC Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS B10 Oui B9
Maximum number of cells configured by GPUAC board (MFS)
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 264 264
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GPUAC <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP B10 Oui B9
Non
264

GPRS
MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP
Maximum number of cells supported per GP board (Mx-MFS)
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 500 500
None 500 500 500
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GP <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
500
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 661

MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB
HMI name MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS B10 Oui B9
Maximum number of cells supported per GPUAB board (MFS)
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 264 264
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GPUAB <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC B10 Oui B9
Non
264

GPRS
MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC
Maximum number of cells supported per GPUAC board (MFS)
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 264 264
None 264 264 264
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GPUAC <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
264
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 662

Oui GPRS
MAX_CTXT_MS_GP HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GP Maximum number of MS context supported by GP board (Mx-MFS).
Number 4000 4000 4000
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 4000 4000 4000
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non

GPRS
MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAB
HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAB Maximum number of MS contexts supported by GPUAB board (MFS) Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 1000 1000 1000
None 1000 1000 1000
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU in B9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 663

Non GPRS
MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAC
Number 1000 1000 1000
HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAC Maximum number of MS contexts supported by GPUAC board (MFS) Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Application domain
None 1000 1000 1000
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU in B9 B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP HMI name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP Maximum number of TBF context supported by GP board (Mx-MFS) (in each direction).
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 2880 2880 2880
None 2880 2880 2880
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment 2880 in UL + 2880 in DL = 5760.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 664

Non GPRS 720 720 720 Number
MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAB
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS B9
HMI name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAB Maximum number of TBFs supported by GPUAB board (MFS) (in each direction) Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 720 720
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment In B9 : MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPU 570 (UL) + 570 (DL) = 1140. B10 Oui B9
Non
720

GPRS
MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAC HMI name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAC Maximum number of TBFs supported by GPUAC board (MFS) (in each direction)
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 720 720
None 720 720 720
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPU in B9
720
720 (in UL) + 720 (in DL) = 1440
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 665

Oui GPRS
MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP HMI name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP Maximum number of TRX contexts supported by GP board (Mx-MFS).
Number 960 960 960
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 960 960
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GP <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB B10 Oui B9
Non
960

GPRS
MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB
Maximum number of TRX supported by GPUAB board (MFS)
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 448 448 448
None 448 448
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GPUAB <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPU in B9
448
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 666

Non GPRS
MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC
HMI name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 448 448 448
Maximum number of TRX supported by GPUAC board (MFS)
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 448 448
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GPUAC <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPU in B9 B10 Oui B9
Oui
448

GPRS
MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH HMI name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH Indicative value of the maximum number of DownLink (E)GPRS TBFs per Slave PDCH.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 10 8
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 10 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 8 Coded Def External comment When allocating a DL GPRS TBF: MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of GPRS + EGPRS TBFs allowed in DL on each Slave
Internal comment
PDCH. When allocating a DL EGPRS TBF: MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of EGPRS TBFs allowed in DL on each Slave PDCH Within PTU SW, a limit is hardcoded corresponding to the maximum number of DL (E)GPRS TBF resources which can be possibly reached per Slave PDCH (taking into account TBF allocations and a margin for TBF reallocations). This hardcoded value is set to 16 (cf. MAC specification).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 667

Oui GPRS
MAX_EGPRS_MCS HMI name MAX_EGPRS_MCS Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for EGPRS traffic in the cell.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

1
Mandatory rules
MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_DL_INIT_MCS Max value 9 Coded Max 8 MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_UL_INIT_MCS Recommended rules When cell_type = extended outer, then MAX_EGPRS_MCS <= MCS-4 R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be higher than 59,2kbps). Def value 9 Coded Def 8 R_MIN_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_EGPRS_MCS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort. It is advised to set MAX_EGPRS_MCS to a value different from MCS-2 to cope with MEGCH control message granularity in an optimal way.
0: MCS-1; 1: MCS-2; 2: MCS-3; 3: MCS-4; 4: MCS-5; 5: MCS-6; 6: MCS-7; 7: MCS-8; 8: MCS-9;
Category
None 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 668

Maximum number of GCH 16 kbit/s handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS).
MAX_GCH_DSP
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance DSP B9
HMI name MAX_GCH_DSP
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 120 120
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Applicable only to TDM transport. Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS. HMI name MAX_GCH_DSP_GP B10 Oui B9
Oui
120

GPRS
Maximum number of GCH 16 kbit/s handled by a DSP
MAX_GCH_DSP_GP
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
Sub-syste MFS Instance DSP

Number 480 480
None 480 480 480
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Applicable only to TDM transport. Internal comment --
480
This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 669

Oui

cell None 0 7
Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_AGCH_retrans Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH, after which the complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable only if the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on AGCH for a MS in non-DRX mode.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit Coding rules possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission) Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 7 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 3 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows: T_GPRS_assign_agch /
(Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1)
A period lower than 200 ms may lead to the sending of two Packet DL Assignment messages although the first assignment is correctly acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the reception of the first Packet Control Ack messages.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 670

Oui

cell Number 0 7 3 None 0 7
Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH after which the complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable only if the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on PCH for a MS in DRX mode.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Coding rules possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission) Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows:
T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1) >= 300 ms.
The Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.

GPRS
MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime HMI name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime Indicates the maximum time a LLC PDU may remain in queue in the BSS (MFS) even if "infinity" as been indicated by the SGSN.
Category
System (CST)
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
None
Application domain

Timer 120 120
sec
120 120
120
120
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 671

MAX_MPDCH_DSP HMI name MAX_MPDCH_DSP Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a DSP (MFS).
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance DSP B9 Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 60 0
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 60
I-GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 60 Applicable only to TDM transport. Needed for MPDCH feature. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.

GPRS
MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS).
Category
System (CST)
Oui
None
Application domain

Number 0 240 0
None 0 240 0
Needed for MPDCH feature. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 672

Non IP
MAX_MPDCH_PTU_IP
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance PTU
Number 0 2 0
HMI name MAX_MPDCH_PTU_IP Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a BTS (PTU) Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Application domain
None 0 2
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Needed for MPDCH feature. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.

GPRS
Max_Nb_Tcorr_Start HMI name Max_Nb_Tcorr_Start Maximum number of consecutive times the timer Tcorr can be started for the same (ME)GCH link.
B10 Oui Category
System (CST)
B9
Oui
None
Application domain

Number 1 3
None 1 3 3
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - MEGCH stack Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 673

Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU.
MAX_PAGING_QUEUE
HMI name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 50 1000 500
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Paging Rate = 100 paging/s AND Queueing Time = 5s External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 674

Oui GPRS
MAX_PDCH (MFS) HMI name MAX_PDCH Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS in the cell.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Min value 0 Max value 127 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
None
127 Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD; Recommended rules If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ; In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force the MS to reselect a macro cell by a If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE; correct setting of the cell reselection parameters broadcast on PBCCH (without using NC cell If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_EGPRS = FALSE; reselections, i.e. when EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR is set to 0 and NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC0 in the micro cell). In this case, the following If EN_VGCS= enabled, then (MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell configuration is recommended: NB_TS_MPDCH = 1, MAX_PDCH = 2, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 1, MIN_PDCH = 1.
--
Application domain
None 0
If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2. The aim of this rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRS is not allowed)
MAX_PDCH shall be set so that at least one slave PDCH can be allocated to the MFS to serve DL or UL TBFs. This means that MAX_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_GPRS = TRUE.
When Max_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then MAX_PDCH shall be an even number.
The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 1: CCCH combined ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 0: CCCH not combined iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK=0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on
Def value
Coded Def
To support LCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_PDCH > 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 675
Internal comment
1) this parameter is available in the BSC through the BSCGP interface 2) the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter. 3) The cell is not created into the MFS, if Max_PDCH = 0 m 4) The conditions to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH are not fully optimized here. Indeed, ideally they should be performed taking into
account the number of slave PDCHs defined in the cell. However, implementing checks on a timeslot basis would degrade O&M performance. The proposed checks are therefore seen as a good tradeoff between the O&M performance and optimized checks.

Oui
BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 2 handled by a DSP (MFS). GPRS 120 Number 120
MAX_PDCH_DSP
HMI name MAX_PDCH_DSP Sub-syste MFS Instance DSP B10 Oui B9
Non Maximum number of PDCHs Cell Type Non RMS template Non
TRX nb
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 120 120 120
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Applicable only to TDM transport. Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS
120
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 676

Maximum number of PDCHs handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS)
MAX_PDCH_DSP_GP
HMI name MAX_PDCH_DSP_GP
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 480 480
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Applicable only to TDM mode. Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS B10 Oui B9
Oui
480

GPRS
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MFS) HMI name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS when the CS traffic is high.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
--
Application domain
None 0 127
- MAX_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD Recommended rules - MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH -- If EN_DTM = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 1
External comment 127 is a theoretical value: 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. Internal comment 1) This parameter is available in the BSC through the BSCGP interface;
Def value
Coded Def
2) the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.-
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 677

Oui GPRS
MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF HMI name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF Maximum number of PDCHs allocated to a single (E)GPRS connection.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 1 5 5
None
Category
None 1 5
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G3_G4
HMI name MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G3_G4 Maximum number of PDCHs handled by a PTU in IP mode (within a G3 or G4 TRE) Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
Sub-syste MFS Instance PTU

Number 8 8
None 8 8 8
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PMU, PTU and SCP SW. IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 678

Non IP Number 8 16 16
MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G5
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance PTU B9
HMI name MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G5 Maximum number of PDCHs handled by a PTU in IP mode (within a G5 TRE) Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 8 16 16
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PMU, PTU and SCP SW. IP demo parameter. HMI name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP B10 Oui B9
Non

GPRS
Maximum number of PFC per GP board (Mx-MFS)
MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 4800 4800 4800
None 4800 4800 4800
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 679

Non GPRS
MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU
HMI name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 1200 1200 1200
Maximum number of PFC per GPU board (MFS)
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 1200 1200 1200
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences HMI name Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences Maximum number of paging occurrences tested for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink Assignment when the addressed MS is in DRX mode.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 1 32 9
None 1 32 9
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 680

Oui GPRS
Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime HMI name Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime Time limit for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink Assignment when the addressed MS is in non DRX mode.
Timer ms 1 160 5
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 100 16000 500
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer Coding rules step size: 100 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
PPCH queuing time.
MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Timer 0.1 1
sec 1 0.2 10 2
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Used to evaluate the MS DRX mode Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 681

Oui LCS
MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR HMI name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR Factor used in the computation of the maximum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 0.5 1 0.6
None
Category
None 10 20 12
Oui

GPRS
Max_Rate_Safety HMI name Max_Rate_Safety Safety factor to compensate the Max_Rate_PDCH in the calculation of BVC_Bucket_Size and MS_Bucket_Size, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 08.18
Application domain
None 10 20 11
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 2 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1.1 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment In case of perfect radio condition and there is only one MS on each allocated PDCH, this parameter is used to artificially decrease the radio
efficiency in order to avoid the underflow situation of BVC buffer and MS buffer.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 682

Oui GPRS
Max_Resel_Duration HMI name Max_Resel_Duration Defines targeted maximum duration of a cell reselection. Corresponds to the scheduling period of Low Rate PSI messages.
Number sec 0 30 15
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None

0
Oui
step size = 0.1sec 0: Low Rate PSI period = High Rate PSI period --
Application domain OMC-R access None (DLS) Max value 3 Def value 1.5 Type Min value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category

GPRS
Max_retrans (MFS) HMI name MAX_RETRANS Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain

Number 1 7
None 0 2 3
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Recommended rules -External comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 683

MAX_RETRANS_1 HMI name MAX_RETRANS_1 Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 1.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain
None 0 3
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain

Number 1 7
None 0 2 3
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 684

Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain
None 0 3
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain

Number 1 7
None 0 2 3
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 685

Oui

cell Number None 0 7
Max_retrans_DL HMI name Max_retrans_DL Maximum number of DL TBF establishment retries (max_Retrans_Dl is decremented each time the DL TBF establishment procedure is started from the beginning).
B9
GPRS 0 7 3
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Possible values: 0 to 7. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF
Max_Retrans_DL:maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBF In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status. Consequently the following rule has to be followed: (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) N3103_Limit + 1:total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack RTD: Round Trip Delay 60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used Max_Retrans_DL:total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment 60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used --> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60) --> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 686

MAX_RETRANS_PAGING_EXT HMI name MAX_RETRANS_PAGING_EXT Maximum number of Paging Request sent to the MS in an extended cell. This parameter is used only when the MS didnt answer to any Packet DL Assignment message.
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 5
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment The first Paging request sending is counted in the parameter value. B10 Oui B9
Oui
0 means no Paging Request.
Sub-syste MFS
MFS
Rec reference
GPRS System (CST)
MAX_Retrans_SIG HMI name MAX_Retrans_SIG Maximum number of retransmissions of a Packet TBF Release message, of a Packet Measurement Order message with a 3G search deactivation command, or of a Packet Cell Change Order message following a non-reception of the Packet Control Acknowledgement message. This parameter is also used to define the maximum number of retransmissions of a Packet Measurement Order message with a NC2 activation command following the non-reception of a Packet Measurement Report message.
Category OMC-R access None (DLS)
None
Application domain
Number 0 7
None 0 2 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size: 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 687

Oui GPRS 13000 13000 13000 Number
MAX_RLC_blks_DSP HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks stocked in a DSP, used for all coding schemes.
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance DSP B9 Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None
13000 13000 13000
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Applicable only to TDM mode. Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
MAX_RLC_blks_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP_GP Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks stocked in a DSP, used for all coding schemes.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 52000 52000 52000
None
52000 52000 52000
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Applicable only to TDM mode. Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 688

Non IP
HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_PTU_G3_IP Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks stocked in PTU for a G3 BTS, used for all coding schemes. Category
System (CST) Number 3400 3400 3400
MAX_RLC_blks_PTU_G3_IP
None
Application domain
None 3352 3352 3352
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Non
This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.

IP
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Sub-syste MFS Instance PTU

Number 4300 4300 4300
None 4295 4295 4295
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 689

Non IP
System (CST) Number 8600 8600 8600
None
Application domain
None 4295 4295 4295
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
MAX_TBF_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP_GP Maximum number of (E)GPRS connections handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS)
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 960 960
None 960 960 960
960
This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can be simultaneously established in the DSP.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 690

Non GPRS
HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAB Maximum number of (E)GPRS connections handled by a DSP (MFS) supported by GPUAB board (MFS). Category
System (CST)
MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAB
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 210 210
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules -Min value 210 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 210 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 210 Coded Def External comment Applicable only to TDM mode (with RLC/MAC in the MFS). Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can be B10 Oui B9
Non
210
simultaneously established in. Corresponds to MAX_TBF_DSP in B9.

GPRS
MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAC HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAC Maximum number of (E)GPRS connections handled by a DSP (MFS) supported by GPUAC board (MFS).
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 240 240
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules -Min value 240 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 240 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 240 Coded Def External comment Applicable only to TDM mode (with RLC/MAC in the MFS). Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can be
240
simultaneously established in. Corresponds to MAX_TBF_DSP in B9.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 691

Non IP
MAX_TBF_PTU_G3_IP
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance DSP
Number
HMI name MAX_TBF_PTU_G3_IP Maximum number of DL + UL TBFs handled by a G3 PTU in an IP BTS Category
B9
None
Application domain
None 56 56 56
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can be simultaneously established in the PTU in a G3 BTS.

IP
MAX_TBF_PTU_G4_IP
B10 Oui
HMI name MAX_TBF_PTU_G4_IP Maximum number of DL + UL TBFs handled by a G4 PTU in an IP BTS. Category
System (CST)
B9
Non
None
Application domain

Number 56 56 56
None 56 56 56
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 692

Non IP
MAX_TBF_PTU_G5_IP
Number
HMI name MAX_TBF_PTU_G5_IP Maximum number of DL + UL TBFs handled by a G5 PTU in an IP BTS. Category
System (CST) 112 112 112
B9
None
Application domain
None 112 112
112

GPRS
MAX_TBF_TRX_DL HMI name MAX_TBF_TRX_DL Maximum number of (E)GPRS DL TBFs which can be simultaneously established on a TRX.
B10 Oui Category
System (CST)
B9
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 10 80 40
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules step size =1 Min value 10 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 80 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 40 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment This parameter fixes the maximum number of (E)GPRS DL TBFs which can be simultaneously established on a TRX regardless, in TDM mode,
of the number of GCHs in the M-EGCH link of this TRX. Other parameters exist to limit the number of TBFs in function of the number of GCHs (cf. RRM-PRH). Within PTU SW, a limit of 80 is hardcoded (corresponding to the maximum value of this parameter).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 693

Oui GPRS
MAX_TBF_TRX_UL HMI name MAX_TBF_TRX_UL Maximum number of (E)GPRS UL TBFs which can be simultaneously established on a TRX.
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 10 48 40
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules Step size =1 Min value 10 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 48 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 40 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment This parameter fixes the maximum number of (E)GPRS UL TBFs which can be simultaneously established on a TRX regardless, in TDM mode,
of the number of GCHs in the M-EGCH link of this TRX. Other parameters exist to limit the number of TBFs in function of the number of GCHs (cf. RRM-PRH). Within PTU SW, a limit of 48 is hardcoded (corresponding to the maximum value of this parameter).

GPRS
Maximum number of TRX handled by a DSP (MFS).
MAX_TRX_DSP
HMI name MAX_TRX_DSP
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 60 60 60
None 60 60 60
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Applicable only to TDM transport. Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 694

Maximum number of TRX handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS).
MAX_TRX_DSP_GP
HMI name MAX_TRX_DSP_GP
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 240 240
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Applicable only to TDM transport. Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. B10 Oui B9
Non
240

GPRS
MAX_TRX_GP
HMI name MAX_TRX_GP Maximum number of TRX configured supported by GP board (Mx-MFS) Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 960 960
None 960 960 960
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GP <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
960
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 695

Non GPRS
MAX_TRX_GPUAB
Number
HMI name MAX_TRX_GPUAB Maximum number of TRX configured supported by GPUAB board (MFS) Category
System (CST) 448 448 448
B9
None
Application domain
None 448 448
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GPUAB <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non
448

GPRS
MAX_TRX_GPUAC
HMI name MAX_TRX_GPUAC Maximum number of TRX configured supported by GPUAC board (MFS) Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 448 448
None 448 448 448
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances Coding rules -Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GPUAC <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
448
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 696

Non IP 1 1 1 Number
MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G3_G4
HMI name MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G3_G4 Maximum number of TRX handled by a PTU in IP (within a G3 or a G4 TRE). Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 1
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PMU, PTU and SCP SW. IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G5 HMI name MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G5 Maximum number of TRX handled by a PTU in IP (within a G5 TRE).
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 2
None 1 2 2
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Coding rules 1 : for G5 TRE configured as High Power; 2 : for G5 TRE configured as Twin Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PMU, PTU and SCP SW. IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 697

Oui GPRS
MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH HMI name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH Indicative value of maximum number of UpLink (E)GPRS TBFs per slave PDCH.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 6
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 6 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 5 Coded Def External comment When allocating an UL GPRS TBF: MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of GPRS + EGPRS TBFs allowed in UL on each Slave
PDCH. When allocating an UL EGPRS TBF: MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of EGPRS TBFs allowed in UL on each Slave PDCH Within PTU SW, a limit is hardcoded corresponding to the maximum number of UL (E)GPRS TBF resources which can be possibly reached per Slave PDCH (taking into account TBF allocations and a margin for TBF reallocations). This hardcoded value is set to 7 (cf. MAC specification)

GPRS
Maximum_Credit
HMI name Maximum_Credit When a TBF credit reaches this maximum value, then the TBF can still be scheduled but its credit is no more increased. Category
System (CST)
Non
None
Application domain

Number 20 20 20
None 20 20 20
Spec reference Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This constant is hardcoded in MAC.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 698

Non scheduled but its weight is no more increased. RMS template Non Instance MFS Number 45 45 45
Maximum_Weight HMI name Maximum_Weight When a TBF weight reaches this maximum value, then the TBF can still be
Non Non
syste
GPRS
MFS
Sub-
Rec reference
System (CST)
Category
None 45 45 45
Spec reference Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This constant is hardcoded in MAC HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN.
MCC (MFS)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Application domain OMC-R access Set by Create
Category
The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS). Recommended rules - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. -- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or
3 digits BCD
None 0 999
Type Reference Min value 0 Max value 999
External comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
Def value
999
Coded Def
999
catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the own PLMN set.
The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6. 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA Page 699

Oui GPRS
Mobile Country Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN.
MCC(n) (MFS)
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance adj B9
HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Category
The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MCC(n) (BSC) = MCC(n) (MFS) Recommended rules - If the target and serving cells belong to the same BSC, the OMC-R shall ensure that the cells -have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - If the target and serving cells belong to the same OMC-R, both (MCC,MNC) couples shall be selected in the set of own PLMNs (they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN). - If the target cell is external to the OMC-R, the MCC is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this case, the (MCC,MNC) couple of the target cell can be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs.
3 digits BCD
None 0 999
The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.
Def value
999
Coded Def
999
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 700

Oui GPRS
MCS_AVG_PERIOD HMI name MCS_AVG_PERIOD Filtering period used for calculation of the forgetting factor applied to the current UL MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP samples in the averaging Modulation and Coding Scheme adaptation filter
Reference 0.02 5 0.1 sec 1 250 5
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 20ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
MIN_PDCH (MFS) HMI name MIN_PDCH Minimum number of master and slave PDCHs that are always allocated to the MFS.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
127 -MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH; Recommended rules -MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than the maximum number of -MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. PDCHs that may be allocated in the cell, in order to avoid congestion on the MFSBSC
--
None 0
-When MIN_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then MIN_PDCH shall be an even number
External comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. Internal comment 1) This parameter is available in the BSC through the BSCGP interface;
Def value
Coded Def
2) The MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 701

Oui LCS
MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR HMI name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR Factor used in the computation of the minimum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 0.5 1 0.85
None
Category
None 10 20 17
Oui

GSM
MIN_RLF_TIME_DL HMI name MIN_RLF_TIME_DL Minimum time before detecting a radio link failure of a DL TBF, triggered by N3105 or NstagnatingWindowDL.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Timer 0 25000 4000
ms 250 40
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to set a value close to the time of temporary very bad radio conditions
External comment -Internal comment The main goal of this mechanism is to avoid spurious abnormal DL TBF releases due to temporary bad radio conditions, e.g. fading holes for
that the operator would like to support during a DL TBF. Typically, a few seconds.
slow channel profiles without frequency hopping or shadowing effects for fast. Was local to MFS in B9.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 702

Oui E-GPRS
MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN HMI name MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN Minimum throughput gain required to be provided to the MS when performing a T2 or T3 TBF reallocation.
Network (CDE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 50 3
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit Coding rules step size = 0,1 Min value 0,1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 5 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0,3 Coded Def External comment Increasing the value of this parameter above 0,3 might block some reallocations for mobiles having a high multislot class (multislot class >= Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non
Minimum_Credit_Weight
Rec reference
GPRS System (CST)
HMI name Minimum_Credit_Weight When a TBF credit or weight reaches this minimum value, then the TBF can still be scheduled (in the extra scheduling phase) but its credit/weight is no more decreased. This value can be negative. This value applies to both RT and NRT TBFs. Category OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Sub-syste MFS
MFS Number -10 -10 -10
None
Spec reference Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This constant is hardcoded in MAC
Application domain
None
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 703

Oui GPRS
Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN.
MNC (MFS)
HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Category
The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS). Recommended rules - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. -- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or
3 digits BCD
None 0 999
External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Def value
999
Coded Def
999
Internal comment
The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 704

Oui GPRS
Mobile Network Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN.
MNC(n) (MFS)
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance adj B9
HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Category
The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MNC(n) (BSC) = MNC(n) (MFS) Recommended rules - If the target and serving cells belong to the same BSC, the OMC-R shall ensure that the cells -have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - If the target and serving cells belong to the same OMC-R, both (MCC,MNC) couples shall be selected in the set of own PLMNs (they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN). - If the target cell is external to the OMC-R, the MCC is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this case, the (MCC,MNC) couple of the target cell can be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs.
3 digits BCD
None 0 999
Def value
999
Coded Def
999
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 705

MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD HMI name MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD Duration of the sliding window, used to estimate the average load on MPDCH channels.
sec 1 300 30
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to determine signalling
Category
External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH load counters. B9

MFS MFS
load samples period (Sig_Load_Period = MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD / NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE) For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.
Logical name
Definition
MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LI HMI name ST
Oui
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
LCS Network (CDE)
MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA B10 Oui _LIST Bitmap (8 bits) defining the types of optional assistance data to be retrieved from the A-GPS server when using the MS based A-GPS positioning method. The following optional assistance Sub-syste data type are considered: Almanac, UTC model, DGPS corrections, reference time, acquisition assistance, real-time integrity. Instance
RMS template Non
None
Application domain
Category
bit 8 (most significant) and bit 7 are not used (i.e. always set to 0); bit 6=1: real-time integrity is retrieived; bit 5=1: acquisition assistance is retrieived; bit 4=1: reference time is retrieived; bit 3=1: DGPS corrections is retrieived; bit 2=1: UTC model is retrieived; bit 1 (least significant)=1: Almanac is retrieived. --
Type Min value
Reference 0
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
63 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 706
Logical name
Non MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_
Oui
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDC
HMI name Cell Type Sub-syste MFS Instance
MFS Timer ms 0 100 4
TRX nb
B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
H PDCH Time that a Mobile Station is expected to need for switching to the assigned PDCHs after acknowledging a (re)assignment message (PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT, PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE).
GPRS 0 1000 40
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Coding rules step size = 10 ms Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment The 3GPP standard mandates the MS to switch to the new resources in 40 msec but some MSs may take longer. Internal comment --
Application domain
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 707

Oui GPRS
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment.
Number 5 dBm 19
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Category
Coded Max Coded Def
Internal comment
1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 708

Oui GPRS
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(MFS) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment.
Number 5 dBm 19
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Category
Coded Max Coded Def
Internal comment
1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 709

Oui GSM
MSCR (MFS) HMI name MSCR Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM 04.18
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit Coding rules 0 = MSC is release '98 or older; 1 = MSC is release '99 onwards Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol between
the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or CC messages to the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).
Logical name
Non
Oui
Definition
GPRS
D ERIOD RRM reporting period to update the information (per cell) necessary for the Multi-GPU feature.
Category
System (CST)
TRX nb
Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_PERIO
HMI name
Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_P
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
None
Application domain

Timer 1 255 10
RMS template Non
sec 1 255 10
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 710

Oui GSM
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS.
Number 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
Category
Coded over 2 bits: 00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used; 01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell.
None 0
Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 711

Oui

BSS
N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU HMI name N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU Number of free 64k Ater TSs that are kept in reserve in order to be able to serve some prioritary requests in cells managed by the GPU. The prioritary requests are the GCH establishment requests launched when the first TBF has to be established in a cell (useful to guarantee that MM traffic will be supported in any cell at any time). Note : In case of non-Evolium BTS, those are PDCHs that will be established instead of GCHs.
B9
Rec reference
E-GPRS Site (CAE)
In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU = 0, then no Ater margin is managed. In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU > 0, RRM will ensure that N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU 64k Ater TSs are always free (i.e. not used by a GCH in the GPU). From then on, only prioritary requests will be allowed to establish some GCHs (Evolium BTS) / PDCHs (non-Evolium BTS) with those Ater resources.
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 10 2
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Coding rules -Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 10 Recommended rules -Def value 2 External comment - Increasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU will make the average number of unused Ater nibbles in the GPU increase. That
Internal comment
corresponds to a loss of Ater resources on the field, as the on-going TBF traffic will never benefit from the margin of Ater resources. But, on the other hand, the likelihood of not serving a prioritary request in the GPU will be become very low. - Decreasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU (to a non null value) will make it possible that prioritary requests cannot be served in case several such requests have to be served in a short period of time (i.e. before having had the time to fill the Ater margin up again), especially if the requests have to be served on several different DSPs (one 64k Ater TS will be consumed by each DSP). - Setting N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU to 0 will make it possible the cases where prioritary requests cannot be served at all.
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 712

Oui

Rec reference
N_AVG_I (MFS) HMI name N_AVG_I (MFS) N_AVG_I (MFS) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the PSI 13 and PSI1. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the packet transfer mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power control, but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation.
B9 Category Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
3GPP TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules coded on 4 bits Min value Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC) Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment The Default value 6 has been used by the simulations performed by R&I, see report UTR/C/03/0011/V1 for detail. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain

GPRS
N_BIAS_DETERMINATION HMI name N_BIAS_DETERMINATION Number of kbytes which must be transferred on a TBF before the bias of the on-going user application is determined.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
kbyte 0 100 3
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules step size = 1 kbyte Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 100 Recommended rules -Def value 3 External comment This parameter is used to tune the algorithm, which assesses the bias of the on-going application for a given MS. Each time
Internal comment
N_BIAS_DETERMINATION bytes have been transferred in one direction or the other, the MFS compares the number of bytes transferred in both directions; the direction in which more bytes have been transferred gives the bias of the on-going transfer. The resource reallocation algorithm attempts to offer the best possible throughput in the direction of the bias depending on the available resources. The value 0 disables the function (the bias of the on-going application is never assessed and therefore the application is always deemed downlink biased, except in case the MS context is created upon an UL 2 phase access in which case the bias is uplink).
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 713

Oui GPRS
N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC HMI name N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC Number of bytes which must be transferred on a TBF before the corresponding MS becomes candidate for resource reallocation.
byte 0 100 2
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules Step size = 100 bytes Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 10000 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 200 Coded Def External comment This parameter shall be big enough to avoid reallocating the resources of MSs that are used only to transfer signalling LLC PDUs or very short
Application domain
Category
transfers. On the other hand, it shall not delay unnecessarily the reallocation for other kinds of traffic. When the parameter is set to 0, an MS with a TBF in the direction of the bias shall become candidate for resource reallocation as soon as the TBF is established. --
Oui
Sub-syste MFS
MFS
Rec reference
E-GPRS Network (CDE)
N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS HMI name N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS Two definitions are possible : - If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled : number of GCHs required to be established due to the Fast Initial PS Access feature, - If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = "disabled : number of GCHs to keep established when there is no more (E)GPRS traffic in a cell (while the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer is running). Those GCHs will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell.
None
Application domain
Number 1 5
None 1 1 5
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is significant only for Evolium BTSs Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 714
Logical name
Oui MFS MFS
Definition
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMHMI name PT_T3

B9 TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
GPRS 1 500 20 Number System (CST)
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_AT B10 Oui TEMPT_T3 Defines the total number of (unsuccessful) T3 radio resource reallocation attempts that are allowed to be performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer. As soon as Sub-syste N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCESS_T3 T3 radio resource reallocation attempts succeed, no other attempt is performed (even if less than N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 Instance attempts have been performed so far). The UL-biased MSs and the DL-biased MSs are considered regardless of each other. As a result, in a given cell, up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 T3 radio resource reallocation attempts will be performed upon expiry of the timer.
RMS template Non
None
Application domain
Category
None 1 500 20
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter, with the parameter T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, allows to :
- control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T3 TBF reallocations - and to control the extra CPU load generated by the T3 TBF reallocation attempts (the highest the value of N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3, the highest the generated CPU load).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 715
Logical name
Oui MFS MFS Number 1 500 5
Definition
GPRS
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMHMI name PT_T4

B9 TRX nb Cell Type Instance
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_AT B10 Oui TEMPT_T4 Defines the total number of T4 radio resource reallocation attempts (successful or not) that are performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer. Sub-syste
Non Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 1 500 5
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter, with the parameter T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, allows to :
- control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T4 TBF reallocations - and to control the extra CPU load generated by the T4 TBF reallocation attempts (the highest the value of N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4, the highest the generated CPU load). N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SU
Logical name
Non
Non
TRX nb
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCE
HMI name
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Definition
GPRS
SS_T3 CCESS_T3 Maximum number of successful T3 radio resource reallocation attempts that can be performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
RMS template Non
None 1 500 2
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules -Min value 1 Mandatory rules N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCESS_T3 <= N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 Max value 500 Recommended rules -Def value 2 External comment The maximum number of successful T3 radio resource reallocation attempts that can be performed upon expiry of the
Internal comment
T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer is limited by the Round Trip Delay. -This parameter is linked to the N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 parameter. -A default value of 1 leads to B9 behaviour. -A default value of 2 allows performing more rapidly the non-muliplexed-EDA strategy in some scenarios.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 716

Oui GPRS
Number of repetitions of a Packet PDCH Release message.
N_PDCH_Release
Number 1 100 10
HMI name N_PDCH_Release
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 1 100 10
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer Coding rules step size: 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non

GPRS
N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT HMI name N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT Maximum number of consecutive polling request that can be sent to a MS in EUTM state without receiving a polling response in a PCA.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 5 20 20
None 5 20 20
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules This parameter shall be lower than N3101_LIMIT / 3 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 717

Oui

MFS Number None 0 7
N_SIG_REPEAT HMI name N_SIG_REPEAT Number of repetitions of Packet Measurement Order messages with a Reset command, of Packet Uplink Assignment messages, or of Packet Power Control Timing Advance messages. These repetitions are handled by the MAC layer.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST) 0 7 1
None
Category
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size: 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Sub-syste MFS
BSS
N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT HMI name NstagnatingWindowDL_LIMIT This parameter defines the maximum number of consecutive Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or EGPRS Packet Downlink ACK/NACK messages reporting the failure of progress of the RLC window during the active phase of a downlink TBF, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE)
1
Threshold 256 32
None 1 256 32
domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Was local to MFS in B9.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 718

Oui

Rec reference
GPRS Site (CAE)
N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT HMI name NstagnatingWindowUL_LIMIT NstagnatingWindow limit above which a mono-slot uplink TBF alone on its PDCH shall be released: the counter is incremented each time a Packet UL Ack/Nack fails in making the RLC window progress. For a multi-slot TBF or a TBF which shares its PDCH, the limit is proportional to the allocated bandwidth at the TBF establishment.
B9 Category Type Min value Max value Def value OMC-R access Changeable Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Was local to MFS in B9. B10 Oui B9
Non
Application domain

E-GPRS
N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA
HMI name N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA Minimum number of consecutive uplink bias observed during a transfer to allow a mobile station to use Extended Dynamic Allocation. Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 64 1
None 1 64 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter can allow using EDA only in case of big UL transfers Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 719

Oui GPRS Threshold 12 128 15
N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT HMI name N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT N_UL_Dummy threshold limit above which a uplink TBF shall be released: the counter is incremented each time the BSS receives a dummy block.
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 12 128 15
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules N_ul_dummy_limit > round trip delay / 20ms External comment For a multislot TBF, the actual limit is value * n_allocated_TS Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
N_UL_Errors_LIMIT HMI name N_UL_Errors_LIMIT Number of received erroneous UL RLC blocks above which the uplink TBF is released by the BSS.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 16 8
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 16 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 8 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The counter N_UL_Errors is incremented each time the RLC layer receives an erroneous UL RLC block (for instance when an UL RLC block is
received with a wrong UL TFI).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 720

Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link.
N200_GSL (MFS)
HMI name N200_GSL (MFS)
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 3 3
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules Equal to N200_GSL (BSC) Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
N201_GSL (MFS) HMI name N201_GSL (MFS) Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 0 65535 260
None 0 65535 260
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack Coding rules -Mandatory rules Equal to N201_GSL (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 721

Oui

BSS Number 10 64 64 None 10 64 64
Rec reference
GPRS Site (CAE)
N3101_LIMIT HMI name N3101_LIMIT In an UL TBF tranfer procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the UL TBF) when the network receives no valid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS on its allocated PDCH. To note that the counter N3101 can be incremented more than one time per block period.
3GPP TS 04.60
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Was local to MFS in B9. B10 Oui B9
Non
Application domain

GPRS
N3101_POLLING_THR
HMI name N3101_POLLING_THR Threshold on the counter N3101 above which the RLC layer shall start sending polling request to a MS for an UL TBF in EUTM mode when EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is set ot 2 (IEUTM enabled). Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Threshold 3 16 16
None 3 16 16
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules This parameter should be equal to N3101_LIMIT / 4. External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 722

Oui

BSS Number None 1 16 1
N3103_LIMIT HMI name N3103_LIMIT In an UL TBF releasing procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the UL TBF) when the network does not receive a Packet Control Acknowledgement from the MS in response of its Packet UL ACK/NACK which specifies the end of the TBF.
B9
GPRS 1 16 1
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF
Category
External comment -Internal comment Was local to MFS in B9.
Max_Retrans_DL: maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBF In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status. Consequently the following rule has to be followed: (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) N3103_Limit + 1: total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack RTD: Round Trip Delay 60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used Max_Retrans_DL: total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment 60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used N3103_Limit < (Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)) - 1 N3103_Limit < [Max_Retrans_DL] - 1 Example: With Max_Retrans_DL = 3: N3103_Limit < 2 that is N3103_Limit = 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 723

Oui

cell
B9
Rec reference
N3105_LIMIT HMI name N3105_LIMIT For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE)
None 1 64 20
domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 64 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 20 Coded Def External comment If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. N3105_Limit
has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling frequency depends on GPRS_DL_Ack_Period, T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. Was local to MFS in B9.
B9
Oui

cell
Rec reference
N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE HMI name N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE)
None 1 64 24
domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 64 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 24 Coded Def External comment If N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
Internal comment
N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling frequency depends on GPRS_DL_Ack_Period_Satellite, T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result. Was local to MFS in B9.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 724

Oui
N391 HMI name N391 Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry" (see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7).
Number 1 255 6
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
ITU Q.933 Annex Application GPRS A, A.7 domain GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer
None 1 255 6
Spec reference Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name N392 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Logical name Definition Category

Network (CDE)
Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A).
N392
Rec reference
ITU Q.933, Annex Application GPRS A domain GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer

Number 1 10 3
None 1 10 3
Spec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 725

Oui
N393 HMI name N393 Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7).
Number 1 10 4
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None 1 10 4
Spec reference Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LI
NE

GPRS
Maximum number of bearer channels per physical line.
NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LINE
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 31 31 31
None 31 31 31
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 726
Logical name
Non PER GPU NB MAX BEARER CHANNELS
Oui
NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_PER_G
HMI name Cell Type Sub-syste MFS Instance GPU
Number 124 124 124
TRX nb
B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
GPRS
Maximum number of Frame Relay bearer channels per GPU.
PU
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
None 124 124
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment is linked to the maximum number of HDLC formatters per GPU HMI name NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES B10 Oui B9
Oui
124

GPRS
Maximum number of PCM per GPU for Gb interface.
NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 8 8
None 8 8 8
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 727
Logical name
Non CHANNEL NB MAX PVC PER BEARER
Oui
TRX nb Cell Type Sub-syste MFS Instance BC

Number
NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CHANNE
HMI name B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
GPRS
Maximum number of PVC per Frame Relay bearer channel.
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST) 1 1 1
None
Category
None 1 1
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE HMI name NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE Number of signalling load samples used to estimate the average load on MPDCH channels.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 30 6
None 1 30 6
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to determine signalling
External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH load counters.
load samples period (Sig_Load_Period = MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD / NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE) For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 728

Oui GPRS
NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS) HMI name NB_TS_MPDCH Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the cell.
Site (CAE)
None
MFS INITIALISATION OF TELECOM PART
1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. Recommended rules -2) if the network_operation_mode (MFS) parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0.
--
None 0 4
3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 1: CCCH combined ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 0: CCCH not combined iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 0
Def value 0 Coded Def External comment The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite
4) When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
Internal comment
link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria: * higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link; * limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional signalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established. Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is: * for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended; * for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended.
1) This parameter is used for the cell/GPU mapping purpose by MFS;
2) The signification of coded value is as follows: 0: MPDCH is not configured in the cell; 1: only one static primary MPDCH is configured in the cell; 2: one static primary MPDCH and one static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 729
Logical name TRX nb Definition

Oui Oui GPRS Number -110 -47
NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR
m Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B10 B9
HMI name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR Non Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT2 can be triggered due to the detection of a better neighbour cell. Category
Site (CAE)
Cell Type Non RMS template Non
Rec reference
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
dBm 0 63 63
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: -110 dBm (Never), 1: -109 dBm, ...,63: -47 dBm (Always) (step size = 1 dB) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e.
-47
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT2 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR to -110 dBm (Never). The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. External comment 1) The specific value of -110 dBm (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselections Cause PT2. 2) The specific value of -47 dBm (Always) systematically allows the triggering of NC cell reselections Cause PT2 Internal comment --
3: one static primary MPDCH and two static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell; 4: one static primary MPDCH and three static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 730

NC_DL_RXLEV_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXLEV_THR Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT1 is triggered due to a too bad RXLEV in the downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode).
dBm 0 63 14
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0: -110 dBm (Never), 1: -109 dBm, ...,63: -47 dBm (step size = 1 dB) Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e.
Category
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to activate NC cell reselection Cause PT1 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always). External comment The specific value of -110 dBm (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT1.
--

GPRS
NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT3 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode).
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
GSM TS 05.08
step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: 0, 0.1, 0.2, , 6.9, 7 (Never). --
Application domain

Number 0
Type Min value
None 0 70 70
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT3 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to 7 (Never). The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. External comment The specific value of 7 (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT3.
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 731

Oui GPRS Number 0 1.92 0.96
NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD HMI name NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD Maximum non-DRX period applied by a MS after the sending of a NC measurement report.
sec 0 7
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
3GPP TS 04.60
Application domain
Category
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules 000:0 ; 001:0,24 ; 010: 0,48; 011: 0,72; 100: 0,96; 101: 1,20; 110: 1,44; 111: 1,92 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Shall cover a round trip delay + (P)AGCH queuing time + time for MFS to react to a Packet
Measurement Report plus a Packet Cell Change Failure message.

GPRS
NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET HMI name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET NC ping-pong offset which is applied to the C2 or C32 criterion to disfavour the neighbour cells during T_NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET.
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain

Number 0 63 5
dB 63 5
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 1 dB Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 732

Oui GPRS
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet idle mode.
Number 0.48 sec 0 7
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference Coding rules Max value 61.44 Def value 61.44
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules In order to avoid overloading the (P)CCCH with Packet Measurement Report messages
coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : 7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) . --
reported by MS in packet idle mode, it is recommended that the NC_REPORTING_PERIOD is higher that the GMM Ready timer.

GPRS
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode.
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
3GPP TS 04.60
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells.
Application domain

Number 0.48
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min Max value 61.44 Def value 0.96 Coded Max Coded Def
sec 0 7
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 733

Oui GPRS
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode.
Number 0.48 sec 0 7
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference Coding rules Max value 61.44 Def value 0.96
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n) HMI name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS NC cell reselection offset used for triggering power budget causes.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Mandatory rules Max value 128 Recommended rules -Def value 128 External comment 1) The specific value of 128 dB (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n.
0: -127 dB (Always), 1: -126 dB, , 254: 127 dB, 255: 128 dB (Never) (step size = 1 dB) --
Application domain

Number -127
Type Min value
dB 255
255
Internal comment
2) The specific value of -127 dB (Always) systematically triggers the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n. The short name of this parameter displayed in the OMC-R in the Existent Adjacencies table is: NcHyst.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 734

Oui OR
Non
NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR HMI name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACT Forgetting factor of the filter used to average the NC measurements reported in the Packet
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B9 TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Measurement Report messages. GPRS
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
Category
None 0 1000 130
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 0.001 Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 1 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0.13 Coded Def External comment This parameter applies to the serving cell and the neighbour cells. Internal comment The default value is recommended for NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T = 0.96 s. It has been obtained so that the coefficient of the filter is twice
lower than the forgetting factor after an averaging period of 5 * NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T = 4.8 s. This value is determined as follows: NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR = 1 (1/2)5

GPRS
NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD HMI name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD Period after which a weight of 0.9 s is applied to the current UL or DL RXQUAL samples in the averaging filter.
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
3GPP TS 05.08
Application domain

Number 20 10000 4000
ms 500
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter applies to the serving cell. Internal comment --
200
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 735

Oui GPRS
NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS HMI name NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS Hysteresis to avoid frequent NC cell reselection alarms on the PMU-PTU interface
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 70 10
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules step size: 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 7 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The purpose of this parameter is to avoid frequent exchanges on the PMU-PTU interface to signal that an NC cell reselection alarm has been B10 Oui B9
Oui
raised or has disappeared.

GPRS
NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR HMI name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT4 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in uplink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode).
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: 0, 0.1, 0.2, , 6.9, 7 (Never) --
Application domain

Number 0
Type Min value
None 0 70 70
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT4 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to 7 (Never). The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. External comment The specific value of 7 (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT4.
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 736

Oui GPRS
NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE HMI name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE NC2 deactivation mode. This parameter defines whether or not the Packet Measurement Order message with a Reset Command is sent at the end of a packet transfer.
Number 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered systematically (i.e.
0: "NC2 deactivation at the end of the packet transfer". A Packet Measurement Order message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode at the end of the packet transfer. 1: "NC2 deactivation at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer". No Packet Measurement Order message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode. --
None 0
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Disable), the presence of the PBCCH is not mandatory. However, the following recommendations apply, depending on the presence of the PBCCH:
Coded Max Coded Def
- If PBCCH is present, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE can be set to any value (at the end of the packet transfer mode or at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer) if the setting of the C32 parameters ensures that GPRS mobile stations do not camp in cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered.
- If PBCCH is not present or PBCCH is present but C32 parameters are not correctly set, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE should be set to "at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer" to prevent the GPRS mobile stations from reselecting a cell where outgoing GPRS redirections are triggered systematically (at least while the MS is in packet idle mode and the GMM Ready timer is running).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 737

Oui GPRS
NC2_LOAD_EV_PERIOD HMI name NC2_LOAD_EV_PERIOD Number of NC2 load samples used to compute the NC2 load average
Number
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 3 30 3
None
Category
None 3 30 3
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name NCC B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
Network Colour code of the cell.
NCC (MFS)
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 0 7
None 0 0 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 738

Network Colour code of the neighbour cell.
NCC(n)
HMI name NCC Sub-syste MFS Instance adj B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell Needed for MPDCH feature Oui
Non
NECI (MFS) HMI name New Establishment Causes New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM
Indicator
TRX nb
Non
Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST. GSM
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.08
Category

Flag 0 1
None 0 0 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules 0: not supported, 1: supported Mandatory rules Equal to NECI (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 739

Oui GPRS
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER HMI name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections.
Number 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 44.060
Mandatory rules
- The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, 3 and 4 to the operator. - When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = Recommended rules NC0 mode of operation for all MS --
0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported) 2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 4: NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of Rel.4 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of Rel.4 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.
Category
None 0
Max value 4
Coded Max
4 0
Def value 0 Coded Def External comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS or NC2 mode of operation for all MS" or NC2
Internal comment
mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS, the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode (activation performed through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message). This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 740

Oui GPRS
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n) HMI name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections.
Number 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 44.060
Mandatory rules
- The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, 3 and 4 to the operator. - When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = Recommended rules NC0 mode of operation for all MS --
0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported) 2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 4: NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of Rel.4 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of Rel.4 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.
Category
None 0
Max value 4
Coded Max
4 0
Def value 0 Coded Def External comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS or NC2 mode of operation for all MS" or NC2
Internal comment
mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS, the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode (activation performed through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message). This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 741

Oui GPRS
This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging.
network_operation_mode (MFS)
Number 1
HMI name Network_mode_of_operation
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 03.60
Category
None 1 3
3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III Mandatory rules If the network_operation_mode (MFS) parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0. Recommended rules -Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC). 2
Def value External comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS.
Coded Def
Internal comment HMI name Normal Information Rate B10 Oui
NMO I requires a Gs interface. Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I ; 1 == Network operation mode II ; 2 == Network operation mode III.

GPRS
Normal Information Rate.
NIR
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 0 1984 0
kbit/s 0 1984 0
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS RATE BC Recommended rules NIR=0 when direct access is used External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 742
Logical name
Non NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKG
Oui
TRX nb Cell Type Sub-syste MFS Instance BSS

Number
NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUN
HMI name B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
GPRS
D_PRIORITY ROUND_PRIORITY Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'normal'
Category
Site (CAE) 4 15 15
RMS template Non
None
Application domain
None 4 15 15
Logical name
Oui
NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORI
HMI name
TRX nb
NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Definition
GPRS
TY PRIORITY Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'normal'
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 4 15 6
RMS template Non
None 4 15 6
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 743
Logical name
Non NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP2_
Oui
Number
TRX nb
B10
Oui Non
B9
Definition
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE) 4 15 9
RMS template Non
None
Application domain
None 4 15 9
Logical name
Oui
HMI name
TRX nb
NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP3_
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Definition
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 4 15 12
RMS template Non
None 4 15 12
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 744

Oui

MFS % 0 100 7
NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN HMI name NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN For a PDCH, percentage of channel capacity (in terms of radio block scheduling) which is exclusively reserved to NRT TBFs. That capacity is not allowed to be allocated to a streaming TBF (RT PFC).
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 1% Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 100 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 7 Coded Def External comment In each direction (DL or UL), the minimum number of NRT TBFs which are possible (in all cases) to be established on a PDCH is equal to
Application domain
Category
((NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN/100) * (T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING/20ms)) rounded down to the closest integer value. This minimum number of NRT TBFs is guaranteed even in case of RT PFC allocation on the PDCH.
Internal comment
The higher the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting RT PFC creation requests. The lower the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting NRT TBF establishment requests (signalling or data
--

GPRS
NS_alive_IP_retries
HMI name NS_alive_IP_retries Maximum number of attempts for NS_VC test procedure in case of Gb over IP. Category
System (CST)
B10 Oui

Number 1 30 10
Non
3GPP TS 48.016
Application domain
None 1 30 10
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 745

Oui GPRS
Maximum number of attempts to test.
NS_ALIVE_RETRIES
HMI name NsAliveRetries Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 1 30 10
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.16
Category
None 1 30 10
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name NsBlockRetries B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
maximum number of attempts to block a NS-VC.
NS_BLOCK_RETRIES
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.16
Category

Number 1 12 3
None 1 12 3
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 746

Oui GPRS
Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing.
NS_Priority
HMI name NS Priority Sub-syste MFS Instance NSVC
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 1 255 10
None
Category
None 1 255 10
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer Coding rules 1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name NsResetRetries B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Maximum number of attempts to reset.
NS_RESET_RETRIES
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 1 30 10
None 1 30 10
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 747

Oui GPRS
Maximum number of attempts to unblock a NS-VC.
NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES
HMI name NsUnblockRetries Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 1 12 3
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.16
Category
None 1 12 3
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name NSEI B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
NSE Identifier.
NSEI
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.16
Category
Sub-syste MFS Instance NSE

Number 1 65535 None
None 1 65535
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 748

Oui GPRS
Maximum number of NSE per GPU.
NSEMAX
HMI name NSE MAX Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 1 1 1
None
Category
None 1 1
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name NSVC Identifier B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
NSVC identifier.
NSVCI
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.16
Category
Sub-syste MFS Instance NSVC

Number 1 65535 None
None 1 65535
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 749

Oui GPRS
Maximum number of NSVC per GPU.
NSVCMAX
HMI name NSVC MAX Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 124 124 124
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 124 124
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name OAM_VLAN_ID B10 Oui B9
Non
124

IP
OAM_VLAN_ID
Virtual LAN identifier used to tag the MxMFS internal O&M traffic
Rec reference
System (CST)
IEEE 802.1 Q 9.6
Application domain
Category

Number 2 4094 5
None 2 4094 5
Spec reference OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules Coded on 12 bits. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In case the same subnet is used for Telecom and OAM traffic, the same VLAN_ID shall be
used for Telecom and OAM VLAN_Ids.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 750

Non IP
OandM_PRIORITY (MFS)
HMI name OandM_PRIORITY (MFS) Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 0
BSS internal priority used by the O&M flows in IP network
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
Non
0: higher priority 3: lower priority Equal to OandM_PRIORITY (BSC)
None 0 3

IP
P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS
HMI name P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P0 internal priority (the highest). Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 7
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS >= P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Max value 7 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Def value 6 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
Internal comment
Px_layer3_mapping. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 751

Non IP
Number
HMI name P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by MFS flows having the P0 internal BSS priority (P0 is the highest priority). Category
System (CST)
B9

0
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Mandatory rules P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS >= P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Max value 63 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Def value 46 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
46
63
Internal comment
Px_layer3_mapping. Note this priority is not used (EF class is not used by the flows handled by the MFS).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 752

Non IP
HMI name P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P1 internal priority. Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 7 4
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS >= P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS >= P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Max value 7 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Def value 4 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 753

Non IP
Number
HMI name P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by MFS flows having the P1 internal BSS priority (P3 is the lowest priority). Category
System (CST)
B9

0
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Mandatory rules P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS >= P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS >= P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Max value 63 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Def value 34 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
63 34
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 754

Non IP
HMI name P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P2 internal priority. Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 7 3
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS >= P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS >= P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Max value 7 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Def value 3 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 755

Non IP
Number
System (CST)
B9

0
None
None 0
Mandatory rules P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS >= P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS >= P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Max value 63 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Def value 26 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
63 26
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 756

Non IP
HMI name P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P3 internal priority (the lowest). Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 3
Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Max value 7 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Def value 1 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 757

Non IP
Number
System (CST)
B9

0
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Mandatory rules P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS >= P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Max value 63 Coded Max Recommended rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Def value 0 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter
63
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 758
Logical name
Non PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PE
Oui
Definition
GPRS
RIOD RRM reporting period to update the information (per cell) necessary for the Multi-GPU feature.
TRX nb Cell Type Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS

Timer 10 10 10
PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PERIOD
HMI name B10
Oui Non
B9
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
sec 10 10 10
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
PAN_DEC (MFS) HMI name PAN_DEC Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain

Number 0 7
None 0 0 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Min value Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC) Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 759

PAN_INC (MFS) HMI name PAN_INC Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain
None 0 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Min value Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (BSC) Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
PAN_MAX (MFS) HMI name PAN_MAX Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain

Number 4 32
None 0 32 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.. , 111 Min value Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC) Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile staion shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 760

Oui GPRS 0 -30 0 Number
Pb HMI name Pb Power reduction value used by the BTS on PBCCH blocks, relative to the output power used on BCCH.
dB 0 15 0
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Possible values : 0, -2, -4, .., -30 dB respectively binary coded as 0000, 0001, .., 1111 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control.
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain

Flag 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells External comment -Internal comment --
0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH, 1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC).
Type Min value
None 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 761

Non E-GPRS
PCC_n_RT_THROUGHPUT
HMI name PCC_n_RT_THROUGHPUT Trigger for the RT computation in PCC (for the TDM & IP mode), expressed in number of times of PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET timer. Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 20 2
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Mandatory rules -Max value 20 Recommended rules -Def value 2 External comment The RT_THROUGHPUT computation is triggered after PCC_n_RT_THROUGHPUT times PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
Although this parameter is introduced due to IP transport, it is also used starting from MR2 for TDM mode. As in IP mode the arrival time of a TRN-DL-ACK.ind for an extra-scheduled PDU can be seriously delayed (or not coming at all) due to the possible congestion on Abis, it is decided to not trigger the RT_THROUGHPUT computation by the receiving of a TRN-DL-ACK.ind message

IP
PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET
HMI name PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET Timer controlling the activation of the DL flow control per TBF on IP mode (leaky bucket algorithm) for all TBFs on a cell. Category
System (CST)
B10 Oui
B9
Non
None
Application domain

Timer 50 500 50
ms 10 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules Step size = 50 msec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 762

Non

MFS Timer 1 5 1 sec 1 5
PCC_T_MAX_UL_BUFFERING HMI name PCC_T_MAX_UL_BUFFERING Maximum UL buffering capability in PCC, expressed as a duration : Time which multiplied by (TBF_nbr_PDCH * (M)CS throughput) defines a buffer level above which the UL transfer is considered as failed.
B9
IP
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1sec. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules When a PDU is not received in the correct order (this case can occur in IP mode, after a pfc
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
priority change or after a reallocation), the PDUs are kept in a buffer. This parameter allows to define the size of this buffer.

IP
PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER
HMI name PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER Guard timer of an UL TBF used in IP mode to supervise the reception of UL LLC PDUs. At expiration, the UL TBF is released. Category
System (CST)
Non
None
Application domain
In IP mode: PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER < T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT, because T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT offers a defense at a higher level (IPGCH flow level) than Recommended rules PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER (TBF level). --
step size = 1.
sec 0 60

5
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 763

Oui R_1
Non GPRS 0.1 4.9 0.5 Number
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance BSS B9 TRX nb
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 1 49 5
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH R_10 Upper limit of the 10th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 HMI name
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 5 5 5
RMS template Non
None 50 50 50
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 Internal comment --
- Coded value of 50 (instead of 5) is introduced for consistency with other PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_i parameters
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 764

Oui R_2
Non GPRS
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
MFS counters catalogue
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Min value 0.1 Max value 4.9 Def value
1
Category
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Recommended rules --
step size = 0.1 PDCH
None 1 49
10 10
Non GPRS
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Oui
TRX nb
R_3
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Recommended rules --
Category
None 1 49
Type Number Min value 0.1 Max value 4.9 Def value
1.5
15 15
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 765

Oui R_4
Non GPRS
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
2
Category
None 1 49
20 20
Non GPRS
Oui
R_5
TRX nb
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 1 49
2.5
25 25
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 766

Oui R_6
Non GPRS
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
3
Category
None 1 49
30 30
Non GPRS
Oui
R_7
TRX nb
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 1 49
3.5
35 35
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 767

Oui R_8
Non GPRS
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
4
Category
None 1 49
40 40
Non GPRS
Oui
R_9
TRX nb
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 0.1 4.9 4.5
None 1 49 45
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 768

Oui GPRS 0.5 16383.5 0.5 Number
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for DL TBF duration distribution.
sec 1 32767 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
Upper limit of the 10th band for DL TBF duration distribution
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 16384 16384 16384
sec
32768 32768 32768
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 Internal comment --
- Coded value of 32768 (instead of 16384) is introduced for consistency with other PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_i parameters
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 769

Oui GPRS
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL TBF duration distribution
sec 1 32767
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

1
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Min value 0.5 Max value 16383.5 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
Category
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Recommended rules --
step size = 0.5 sec
2 2

GPRS
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL TBF duration distribution
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
None
step size = 0.5 sec
Application domain
sec 1 32767
2
4 4
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 770

Oui GPRS
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL TBF duration distribution
sec 1 32767
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

3
step size = 0.5 sec
Category
6 6

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
None
Application domain
step size = 0.5 sec
sec 1 32767
5
10 10
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 771

Oui GPRS
sec 1 32767
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

10
step size = 0.5 sec
Category
20 20

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
None
Application domain
step size = 0.5 sec
sec 1 32767
20
40 40
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 772

Oui GPRS
sec 1 32767
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

50
step size = 0.5 sec
Category
100 100

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 0.5 16383.5 100
sec 1 32767 200
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 773

PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution
byte 1 99999999 500
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 Upper limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number
100000000
byte 100000000
100000000 100000000
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 Internal comment --
100000000
100000000
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 774

PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution
byte 1 99999999 1000
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 99999999 2000
byte 1 99999999 2000
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 775

PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution
byte 1 99999999 3000
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 99999999 5000
byte 1 99999999 5000
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 776

byte 1 99999999 10000
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 99999999 20000
byte 1 99999999 20000
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 777

byte 1 99999999 50000
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 99999999 100000
byte 1 99999999 100000
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 778

Oui R_1
Non GPRS 0.1 4.9 0.5 Number
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 1 49 5
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH R_10 Upper limit of the 10th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 HMI name
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 5 5 5
RMS template Non
None 50 50 50
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 Internal comment --
- Coded value of 50 (instead of 5) is introduced for consistency with other PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_i parameters
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 779

Oui R_2
Non GPRS
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
1
Category
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Recommended rules --
None 1 49
10 10
Non GPRS
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Oui
TRX nb
R_3
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Recommended rules --
Category
None 1 49
1.5
15 15
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 780

Oui R_4
Non GPRS
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
2
Category
None 1 49
20 20
Non GPRS
Oui
R_5
TRX nb
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 1 49
2.5
25 25
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 781

Oui R_6
Non GPRS
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
3
Category
None 1 49
30 30
Non GPRS
Oui
R_7
TRX nb
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
None 1 49
3.5
35 35
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 782

Oui R_8
Non GPRS
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
4
Category
None 1 49
40 40
Non GPRS
Oui
R_9
TRX nb
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 0.1 4.9 4.5
None 1 49 45
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 783

Oui GPRS 0.5 16383.5 0.5 Number
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for UL TBF duration distribution.
sec 1 32767 1
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
Upper limit of the 10th band for UL TBF duration distribution
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 16384 16384 16384
sec
32768 32768 32768
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 Internal comment --
- Coded value of 32768 (instead of 16384) is introduced for consistency with other PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_i parameters
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 784

Oui GPRS
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL TBF duration distribution
sec 1 32767
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

1
Category
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Recommended rules --
step size = 0.5 sec
2 2

GPRS
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL TBF duration distribution
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
None
step size = 0.5 sec
Application domain
sec 1 32767
2
4 4
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 785

Oui GPRS
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL TBF duration distribution
sec 1 32767
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

3
step size = 0.5 sec
Category
6 6

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
None
Application domain
step size = 0.5 sec
sec 1 32767
5
10 10
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 786

Oui GPRS
sec 1 32767
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

10
step size = 0.5 sec
Category
20 20

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
None
Application domain
step size = 0.5 sec
sec 1 32767
20
40 40
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 787

Oui GPRS
sec 1 32767
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

50
step size = 0.5 sec
Category
100 100

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 0.5 16383.5 100
sec 1 32767 200
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 788

PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution
byte 1 99999999 500
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment An odd value activates the collect of the debug counters used for the PS detection of the faulty TRAGE (G4 TRX). B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 Upper limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number
100000000
byte 100000000
100000000 100000000
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 Internal comment --
100000000
100000000
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 789

PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution
byte 1 99999999 1000
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 99999999 2000
byte 1 99999999 2000
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 790

PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution
byte 1 99999999 3000
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 99999999 5000
byte 1 99999999 5000
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 791

byte 1 99999999 10000
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 99999999 20000
byte 1 99999999 20000
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 792

byte 1 99999999 50000
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Oui
Category

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 99999999 100000
byte 1 99999999 100000
Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 793

Oui GPRS
PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR The buffering delay factor associated to one PDCH that is shared between TBF accordingly to the TBF throughput.
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance GPU B9 Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 65535 25
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 65535 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 25 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flowcontrol between the MS and the SGSN (Gb B10 Oui B9
Oui
interface, RRM and RLC/MAC buffering).
Non GPRS
PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTO The minimum buffering delay between XON and XOFF thresholds that should be used according
Category
System (CST)
TRX nb
Non
to the TBF throughput.
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 65535 5
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 65535 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 5 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flowcontrol between the MS and the SGSN (Gb
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 794

Oui GPRS
PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR Anticipation number of radio blocks considering the throughput of one PDCH.
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 65535 15
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 65535 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 15 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flow control between the MS and the SGSN (Gb B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER HMI name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remaining PDU lifetime.
Category
Network (CDE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Flag 0 1
None 0 1 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules 0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Should be set to ordering disabled, when the MFS interfaces with an Ericsson SGSN or any
SGSN modifying the PDU Lifetime value during data flows addressed to the same MS on the same LLC SAPI in a non-acceptable manner, otherwise should be set to ordering enabled.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 795

Peer_NSE_Data_Weight
HMI name Peer_NSE_Data_Weight Sub-syste MFS Instance SGSN-IPEndPoint B10 Oui B9
GboverIP: Indicates the data weight assigned to the peer NSE.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 48.016
Application domain
Category
None 1 255 10
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Declared by the operator in case of static configuration.
Initialized after the CONFIG procedure in case of dynamic configuration. If Peer_NSE_Data_Weight=0, the IP endpoint will not be selected as a data by the load sharing function. B10 MR2 parameter. Non

GPRS
Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight HMI name Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight GboverIP: Indicates the signalling weight assigned to the peer NSE.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 48.016
Application domain
Sub-syste MFS Instance SGSN-IPEndPoint

Number 1 255 10
None 1 255 10
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Declared by the operator in case of static configuration.
Internal comment
Initialized after the CONFIG procedure in case of dynamic configuration. If Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight=0, the IP endpoint will not be selected as a signalling endpoint. B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 796

Oui GSM
PENALTY_TIME(MFS) HMI name PENALTY_TIME Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion.
Number 20 sec 0 31 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type B10 Oui B9
Oui
step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value. PENALTY_TIME(MFS) = PENALTY_TIME(BSC)

GSM
PENALTY_TIME(n)(MFS) HMI name PENALTY_TIME Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion.
Category
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
Application domain

Number 20
Type Min value
sec 0 31 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 797

Oui GPRS
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 HMI name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 1.
Number 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Category
Mandatory rules Max value 16 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment -Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 1 is not allowed. Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 --
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
15 0
Needed for MPDCH feature

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Mandatory rules Max value 16 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment -Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 2 is not allowed Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden.
Application domain

Number 0
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
15 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 798

Oui GPRS
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60

0
Mandatory rules Max value 16 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment -Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 3 is not allowed Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
15 0

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Mandatory rules Max value 16 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment -Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 4 is not allowed Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden.
Application domain

Number 0
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
15 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 799

Oui GPRS
Number of Download_BSS_PFC attempts
PFC_NB_RETRY_DOWNLD
HMI name PFC_NB_RETRY_DOWNLD Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 1 5 3
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 1 5
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name PFC_NB_RETRY_MODIFY B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Number of Modify_BSS_PFC attempts
PFC_NB_RETRY_MODIFY
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 1 5
None 1 3 5
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 800

Oui GPRS
Timer guarding the Download-BSS-PFC procedure
PFC_T6
HMI name PFC_T6 Sub-syste MFS Instance BSS
Timer 0.1 10 0.5 sec 1 100 5
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 44.060
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name PFC_T8 B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
Timer guarding the Modify-BSS-PFC procedure
PFC_T8
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 44.060
Category

Timer 0.1 10
sec 1 0.5 100 5
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 801

Oui GSM
Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN.
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)
HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS Sub-syste MFS Instance BSS
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

0
Mandatory rules
--
0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands 1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands 2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands 3: GSM900 and DCS1900 bands 4,...,255: for future use This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency band combinations.
Category
None 0
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)
Max value 3
Coded Max
Recommended rules The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified.
Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands".
Def value 0 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R to the MFS corresponds to the value of the OMC-R changeable parameter defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
catalogue document
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 802

PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD HMI name PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD Threshold above which a GPU enters the PMU CPU overload state.
% 0 100 95
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment GPU overload control has changed for B8. Only one threshold is needed (no hysteresis) B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
PMU_CPU_overload_step_H HMI name PMU_CPU_overload_step_H Number of steps to increment the internal PMU variable used in the PMU CPU overload control algorithm, when the PMU is in CPU overload state.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 0 10 2
None 0 10 2
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Coding rules -Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment The current default value is chosen so that reaction to overload is faster than return to normal behaviour.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 803

PMU_CPU_overload_step_N HMI name PMU_CPU_overload_step_N Number of steps to decrement the internal GPU variable used in the PMU CPU overload control algorithm, when the PMU is in CPU normal load state.
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 10 1
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Coding rules -Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment The current default value is chosen so that reaction to overload is faster than return to normal behaviour. B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
PMU_CPU_sampling_period HMI name PMU_CPU_sampling_period Periodicity at which the PMU CPU load is evaluated for the GPU PMU overload control algorithm.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 1
sec 1 1 1
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This hard-coded constant already existed with B7.2 but was not declared in the BTP.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 804

Oui GPRS
Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy.
PRACH_BUSY_THRES
Threshold -110 dBm 0
HMI name PRACH_BUSY_THRES
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer
Category
This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: 0: -110 dBm 1: -106 dBm 2: -102 dBm 3: -98 dBm 4: -94 dBm 5: -90 dBm 6: -86 dBm 7: -82 dBm 8: -78 dBm 9: -74 dBm 10: -70 dBm 11: -66 dBm 12: -62 dBm 13: -58 dBm 14: -54 dBm 15: -50 dBm
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Parameter used in dynamic allocation of secondary MasterPDCH algorithm. Internal comment --
Coded Max Coded Def
15 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 805

Oui LCS
The most preferred GPS positioning method.
PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1
HMI name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 1
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities External comment -Internal comment -HMI name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2 B10 Oui B9
Oui
It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. --
None 1 3

LCS
The second preferred GPS positioning method.
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. External comment -Internal comment --
Category

Number 1
Type Min value
None 1 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 806

Oui LCS
The third preferred GPS positioning method.
HMI name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3 Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 1
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. External comment -Internal comment -HMI name Allowed priority classes B10 Oui B9
Oui
None 1 3
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do a Packet access.
PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Category

Number 0
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is meaningless if the Radio Priority (i) is not allowed Internal comment --
Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access is allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 807

Oui GPRS
PTM BVCI value.
PTM_BVCI
HMI name PTM BVCI Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 1 1 1
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.18
Category
None 1 1
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name BVCI B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
PTP BVCI value.
PTP_BVCI
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 08.18
Category

Number 2 65535 #
None 2 65535
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment The value is set by the MFS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 808

Oui GPRS
This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion.
PVC_Level1_down
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance PVC
Number % 0 100 40
HMI name Level 1 down
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 0 100 40
None
Oui
Application domain OMC-R access Set by Create Type Min value Max value Def value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category

GPRS
PVC_Level1_Factor HMI name Level 1 Factor This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used for buffering.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 0.05 12.75 1
None 5 1275 100
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Coding rules step size = 0.01 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS) for a PVC External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 809

Oui GPRS
This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion.
PVC_Level1_up
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance PVC
Number % 0 100 70
HMI name Level 1 up
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 0 100 70
None
Oui
Application domain OMC-R access Set by Create Type Min value Max value Def value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category

GSM
PWRC (MFS) HMI name PWRC This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel.
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Application domain

Flag 0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall not be included Equal to PWRC (BSC)
Type Min value
None 0 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 810

Oui

cell Number 0 100 20 % 0 10 2
Rec reference
GPRS Site (CAE)
QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN HMI name QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN Additional capacity (in terms of radio bandwidth and in terms of transmission resources) which is reserved for a streaming TBF (RT PFC) to correctly fulfill its AGBR contract and to possibly convey other multiplexed NRT PFC(s) of the same TBF. The part of this margin that is not used by the streaming TBF may be used by other TBF(s).
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 10% Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Setting QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN to 0% is not recommended (the GBR of some RT PFCs may
Application domain
turn out to be impossible to guarantee in this case).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 811

Oui 2G-3G
Qsearch_P_PTM HMI name Qsearch_P_PTM Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS packet transfer mode depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold
Number -98 dBm 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 05.08
Category
Mandatory rules -Max value -50 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value -50 Coded Def External comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to always search for 3G neighbour cells) or above
15 15
Internal comment
(-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold in GPRS packet transfer mode. This parameter is sent in Packet Measurement Order on PACCH. --
The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 70 (resp. 50), but the corresponding text always search for 3G neighbour cells (resp. never search for 3G neighbour cells).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 812

Average bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell
R_AVERAGE_EGPRS
bit/s 0 59200 30000
HMI name R_AVERAGE_EGPRS
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS Recommended rules R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding
Category
to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be higher than 59,2kbps). External comment This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is recommended not to set this bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell. The default value corresponds to MCS-6. The max value corresponds to MCS-9. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 813

R_AVERAGE_GPRS HMI name R_AVERAGE_GPRS Average bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell
bit/s 0 20000
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS Recommended rules R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding
to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higher than 12kbps). External comment This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is recommended not to set this bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell. The default value corresponds to CS-2. The max value corresponds to CS-4. Internal comment --
12000
Logical name
RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETRIES HMI name
B9
MFS MFS
Oui
Definition
GPRS
RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETRI B10 Oui ES Maximum number of repetition of Radio Access capability in case of no answer from SGSN at T5 expiry. Sub-syste
TRX nb Cell Type Instance
Non Non
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
3GPP TS 48.018
Category
Number 3 3
None 3 3 3
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 814

Oui GPRS
Routing Area Code.
RA_CODE (MFS)
HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS Sub-syste MFS Instance cell
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.60

-1
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Max value 255 Type Min value Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def
Category
None -1 255 0
0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60) other values: external or unknown cell Mandatory rules - Equal to RA_CODE (BSC) - A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same Recommended rules RA_CODE when they are PS capable --
Def value 0 External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment The special value of "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider or that the MFS shall set the
SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 815

Oui GPRS
Routing Area Code of neighbour cells.
RA_CODE(n)
HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS Sub-syste MFS Instance adj
Number -1
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.60
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules If i) the target and serving cells belong to different PLMNs and ii) the RAC and LAC of the
0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60); other values: external or unknown cell. The special value of -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider or that the MFS shall set the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0. --
None -1
External comment The special value of -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the operator or that the routing area of the serving cell is different
target cell are equal to the RAC and LAC of the serving cell, and iii) there is a PBCCH established in the serving cell, and iv) a cell reselection adjacency link is defined between the serving cell and the target cell, then it is recommended to set the RA_CODE to -1. Otherwise, the MFS considers that the serving cell and the target cell belong to the same routing area when setting the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field in the 04.60 PACKET SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3/3bis messages.
Coded Max Coded Def
255 0
Internal comment
from the routing area of the target cell. This parameter is used when there is a PBCCH in the serving cell.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 816

RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state the additional hysteresis which applies when selecting a cell in a new Routing Area.
dB 0 7
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain
Category
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS) HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
bper 0 64 64
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Coding rules 64: no filtering Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) Max value 64 Coded Max Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells. Def value 64 Coded Def External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance
Internal comment
greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 817

Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision.
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)
HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT Sub-syste MFS Instance cell B10 Oui B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain
Category
Samfr 0 15 3
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
RATE_RED HMI name rateRed Rate reduction of the bvc leak rate (DL flow control with the SGSN) to apply if the GPU memory occupancy exceeds HIGH_THRES_B_MAX.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 0 100 0
% 0 100 0
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer Coding rules step size = 10% Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 818

Non IP
RAW_BITRATE_CS1
Number
HMI name RAW_BITRATE_CS1 Raw bit rate corresponding to CS1, used for FC1 flow control algorithm in RLC (IP mode only). Category
System (CST) 8 8 8
B9
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain
kbit/s 80 80 80
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
RAW_BITRATE_CS2
System (CST)
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain

Number 12 12
kbit/s 120 12 120
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
120
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 819

Non IP
RAW_BITRATE_CS3
Number
System (CST) 14.4 14.4 14.4
B9
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain
kbit/s 144 144
Non
144

IP
RAW_BITRATE_CS4
System (CST)
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain

Number 20 20
kbit/s 200 20 200
200
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 820

Non IP
RAW_BITRATE_MCS1
Number
HMI name RAW_BITRATE_MCS1 Raw bit rate corresponding to MCS1, used for FC1 flow control algorithm in RLC (IP mode only). Category
System (CST) 8.8 8.8 8.8
B9
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain
kbit/s 88 88 88
Non

IP
RAW_BITRATE_MCS2
System (CST)
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain

Number 11.2 11.2
kbit/s 112 11.2 112
112
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 821

Non IP
RAW_BITRATE_MCS3
Number
System (CST) 13.6 13.6 13.6
B9
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain
kbit/s 136 136
Non
136

IP
RAW_BITRATE_MCS4
System (CST)
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain

Number 17.6 17.6
kbit/s 176 17.6 176
176
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 822

Non IP
RAW_BITRATE_MCS5
Number
System (CST) 22.4 22.4 22.4
B9
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain
kbit/s 224 224
Non
224

IP
RAW_BITRATE_MCS6
System (CST)
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain

Number 27.2 27.2
kbit/s 272 27.2 272
272
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 823

Non IP
RAW_BITRATE_MCS7
Number
System (CST) 44.8 44.8 44.8
B9
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain
kbit/s 448 448
Non
448

IP
RAW_BITRATE_MCS8
System (CST)
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain

Number 54.4 54.4
kbit/s 544 54.4 544
544
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 824

Non IP
RAW_BITRATE_MCS9
Number
System (CST) 59.2 59.2 59.2
B9
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain
kbit/s 592 592
Oui
592

GPRS
Resume_retries HMI name Resume_retries Maximum number of retries to send a Resume message to the SGSN.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
GSM TS 08.18
Application domain

Number 0 3
None 0 0 3
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1) External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 825

Non S
RLC_FC1_BUFFER_SEND_THRES
Number 0 30 3
Non
HMI name RLC_FC1_BUFFER_SEND_THRE Threshold in RLC to request IPGCH to send DL FC1 flow control message to PCC, in case of low
B9
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
level of the RLC buffer. It is expressed as a number of 20 msec periods. IP
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 0 30 3
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules Step size = 1, coded on 1 byte. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via IPGCH.
Non
Logical name
Non
RLC_FC1_THROUGHPUT_CHANGE_TH
HMI name
TRX nb
RLC_FC1_THROUGHPUT_CHAN
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Definition
RES GE_THRES Threshold in RLC to request IPGCH to send downlink FC1 flow control message to PCC, in case of important change of the expected throughput (through an increase or decrease of ther (M)CS and/or number of allocated PDCHs)
IP

MFS Number 0 100 20
RMS template Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 0 100 20
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules Step size = 1% Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment
Internal comment
IP demo parameter.Sent to the BTS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 826

Non
RLC_TARGET_BUFFER
MFS Number 0 30 12
HMI name RLC_TARGET_BUFFER Target filling level of the RLC buffer associated to each DL TBF. This parameter is used by the FC1 downlink flow control mechanism between RRM-PCC and RLC layers. This parameter is expressed as a number of 20 msec periods.
IP
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
block period 0 30 12
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_IPGCH_ACK_DL/20 < 30 - RLC_TARGET_BUFFER (linked to the max. value of 31 for the
Buffer Filling Level IEs on IPGCH interface). External comment Corresponds to number of time-periods (20 ms) worth of data.
Internal comment
IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 827

RMIN_EGPRS HMI name RMIN_EGPRS Minimal bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell (at 95 % or 90% confidence level or less %, depending on tolerable risk)
bit/s 0 59200
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS Recommended rules If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following condition
External comment This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It should be set
must be respected: RMIN_EGPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min (TBF_UL_INIT_MCS, TBF_DL_INIT_MCS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be downgraded to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP. R_MIN_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_EGPRS_MCS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort.
20800
Internal comment
appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning. The default value corresponds to a bitrate between MCS-4 and MCS-5. The max value corresponds to MCS-9. -The default value corresponds to the minimum bitrate to accept a GBR 64Kb/s with the following conditions : MS multislot class = 4+1, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD =4
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 828

RMIN_GPRS HMI name RMIN_GPRS Minimal bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell cell (at 95 % or 90% confidence level or less, depending on tolerable risk)
bit/s 0 20000 8000
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules -Mandatory rules RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS Recommended rules If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following condition
Category
External comment This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Non Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It should
must be respected: RMIN_GPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min (TBF_UL_INIT_CS, TBF_DL_INIT_CS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be downgraded to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP. R_MIN_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_GPRS_CS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort.
Internal comment
be set appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning. The default value corresponds to CS-1. The max value corresponds to CS-4. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 829

Oui GPRS
Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS.
round_trip_delay
HMI name Round trip delay MFS-MS Sub-syste MFS Instance cell
ms 8 94 16
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size=10 ms Min value 80 Coded Min Mandatory rules T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Max value 940 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 160 Coded Def External comment The round-trip delay is used by the RRM, RLC and MAC layers. The OMC-R and the MFS also use this parameter to determine whether or not
Application domain
Category
Internal comment
GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links as follows: - If round_trip_delay < 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links, - If round_trip_delay >= 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links. When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links in the serving cell, it is recommended to set the round_trip_delay parameter
ONLY used in the construction of other timers, the considered round trip delay is : output of L2GCH sublayer - MS input of L2GCH sublayer. It shall take into account Abis transmission delay. The round trip delay shall not take into account RRBP delay at (MAC) level. The setting the CST parameter T_ACK_WAIT has to take into account the value of round_trip_delay.

GPRS
RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS) HMI name RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS) This parameter allows to tune the time between two sendings of the BSCGP RR Allocation Indication messages.
Category
System (CST)
B10 Oui
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 30 2
Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules -Min value 1 Mandatory rules Equal to RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC) Max value 30 Recommended rules -Def value 2 External comment -Internal comment This parameter is used by MFS in the defensive mechanism for radio resource management to increment internal variables.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 830

RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell.
dBm 0 63 10
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM TS 05.08
Application domain

Number -110 -47
dBm 0 -100 63 10
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 831

Oui GPRS
S HMI name S Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST.

Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.60

12
Mandatory rules Recommended rules When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to
Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217 respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010,... ,1001 --
Category
None 0 9
set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 900 ms.
When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 1400 ms.
External comment -Internal comment Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell.
The number of slots belonging to the MSs PRACH between 2 successive Packet Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1) with T = Tx_INT. The time in seconds between two Packet Channel Request messages is determined as a function of S, TX_INT and of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter. BS_PRACH_BLKS defines the number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each PCCCH.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 832

Oui GPRS
S_BECN HMI name S_BECN Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion is stated.
Number 1 255 8
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Category
None 1 255 8
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B9
MFS MFS Number 0 Oui

LCS
SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1 HMI name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1 B10 Oui IP address (on sub-network 1 in the MFS) of the external router used as gateway towards the GPS server. Sub-syste
Category
System (CST)
None
Mandatory rules Max value 4294967295 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 16843018 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment Following addresses are already used within MFS sub-network 1 and can not set as IP address of the external router in sub-network 1: 1.1.1.x,
Coded on 32 bits (IP v4). RuleTo convert the IP address into decimal: Each sub number of the IP addresse is coded on a byte (8 bits). then the 4 sub numbers are concatenated default: value corresponding to IP address 1.1.1.10 --
Application domain
Instance
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
4294967295 16843018
with x = 1, 2, 30-31, 50-65, 150-165, 100, 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 833

Oui LCS
SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 HMI name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 B10 Oui IP address (on sub-network 2 in the MFS) of the external router used as gateway towards the GPS server. Sub-syste
B9
MFS MFS Number 0
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
Instance
Mandatory rules Max value 4294967295 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 33686026 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment Following addresses are already used within MFS sub-network 2 and can not set as IP address of the external router in sub-network 2: 2.2.2.x, HMI name
ADDRESS SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_
Coded on 32 bits (IP v4). RuleTo convert the IP address into decimal: Each sub number of the IP addresse is coded on a byte (8 bits). then the 4 sub numbers are concatenated default: value corresponding to IP address 2.2.2.10 --
None 0
4294967295 33686026
with x = 1, 2, 30-31, 50-65, 150-165, 100, 200
Logical name
Non
Oui
TRX nb
SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_ADDR
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Definition
LCS
Local IP address (within MFS sub-networks) of the GPS server.
ESS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Mandatory rules Max value 2^32-1 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value * Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The local IP address of the server must not belong to the addresses used within MFS sub-networks 1 and 2, i.e. it must be different from
Coded on 32 bits (IP v4). *: default: value corresponding to IP address 10.1.1.1 --
Category

Number 0
RMS template Non
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None
1.1.1.x or 2.2.2.x.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 834

Oui LCS
SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT HMI name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This timer controls the retransmission timeout for the sending of the individual data segments.
Timer 4 10 5 sec 4 10 5
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification Coding rules step size = 1 second Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category
Non
SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL HMI name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERV Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This
TRX nb
AL
Non
timer determines the interval separating keep alive retransmissions until a response is received. Once a response is received, the delay until the next keep alive transmission is again controlled by the value of this timer. The connection will be aborted after the number of retransmissions specified by SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS have gone unanswered. None Application LCS Category Network (CDE)
Timer 10 5
sec 4 10 5
domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification Coding rules step size = 1 second Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 835

Oui MFS MFS Number 4 10 5
B9
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
RMS template Non
SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS HMI name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS B10 Oui Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This parameter controls the number of times TCP will retransmit an individual data segment before aborting the connection. The retransmission timeout is given by the parameter Sub-syste SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT. Instance None Application LCS Category Network (CDE)
None 4 10 5
domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -Type Min value Max value Def value B10 Oui B9
Oui

LCS
SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB HMI name SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB The TCP port number used for opening and closing of a SAGI TCP connection.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 1 65535 3007
None 1 65535 3007
Spec reference SMLC / A-GPS Server Interface Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 836

Oui OR
Non
SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR HMI name SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACT When computing the best candidate timeslot allocation for an NRT TBF, this factor enables to
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS B9 TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
Rec reference
give a higher weight (PDCH capacity) to the already-established NRT TBFs having a higher scheduling priority (combination of THP and of Precedence) than the TBF to be established or reallocated. This factor will tend to avoid piling up several TBFs with different scheduling priorities on the None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) 1
None 10 2
domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 10 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 2 Coded Def External comment The higher the value of T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING is, the higher the value of SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR shall be, in order to
Internal comment HMI name SGSN_IP_Address B10 Oui
avoid degrading the throughput of the low-priority TBFs in a significant manner (if it is possible according to the available PDCHs in the cell). --

GPRS
SGSN_IP_Address
IP address of the SGSN used for Gb over IP
B9
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter
coded on 32 bits OMC must display the value of each octet following the format:www.xxx.yyy.zzz default value is 0.0.0.0 Each SGSN IP EndPoint (SGSN_IP_Address, SGSN_UDP_Port) must be unique per NSE
Category

Number 0
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 837

Non GPRS
SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_MAX
HMI name SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_MAX Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 16 16 16
Maximum number of SGSN IP Endpoint per GPU.
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
None 16 16 16
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. HMI name SGSN_UDP_Port B10 Oui B9
Non

GPRS
SGSN_UDP_Port
UDP port number of the SGSN endpoint used for Gb over IP.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category

Number 49152 65535 49152
None
49152 65535 49152
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Coding rules -Mandatory rules Each SGSN IP EndPoint (SGSN_IP_Address, SGSN_UDP_Port) must be unique per NSE. Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 838

Oui GPRS Flag 0 1
SGSNR HMI name SGSNR Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement SGSN software.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
GSM 04.18
Application domain
None 0 1
Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules 0 = SGSN is release '98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release '99 onwards Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS. Internal comment -0

GPRS
Signalling BVCI value.
SIG_BVCI
HMI name SIG BVCI B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.18
Category

Number 0 0
None 0 0 0
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 839

Oui GPRS
SIGNALLING_PRIORITY HMI name SIGNALLING_PRIORITY Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined Signalling PFC.
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 15 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Coding rules -Min value 0 Mandatory rules The priority set for signalling should always be higher than for data traffic Max value 15 Recommended rules -Def value 1 External comment Signalling is, by default, handled as top priority. The default value of the parametercorresponds to the highest priority. Internal comment -HMI name SMS_PRIORITY B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
SMS_PRIORITY
Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined SMS PFC.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 4 15 15
None 4 15 15
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 840

Oui GPRS
SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.60
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name STREAMING_PRIORITY B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell 1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC)
None 0 1

GPRS
Defines the relative priority used for the Streaming PFC
STREAMING_PRIORITY
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category

Number 0 15 3
None 0 15 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 841

Oui GPRS
Suspend_retries HMI name Suspend_retries Maximum number of retries to send a Suspend message to the SGSN.
Number 0 3 0
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.18
Category
None 0 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 842

Oui

MFS Timer 0.5 5 1.2 sec 5 50 12
T_ACK_WAIT HMI name T_ACK_WAIT Timer defining the maximum time to wait for an MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack or beginning of an UL TBF) to a network solicitation sent on PACCH/DL when the MS is in PTM, or on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and non-DRX mode, or on main DCCH when the MS is in dedicated mode.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
Category
External comment -Internal comment T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH
carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ack_wait = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS. - T_ack_wait = 1700 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
As T_ACK_WAIT is not shown to the operator, the OMC is not able to verify the following rules. Despite of this fact, these rules (expressed in ms) are essential and shall be verified when setting the default values: 1. T_ACK_WAIT > T3168 + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 2. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for UL two-phase access and UL access on concurrent DL TBF) 3. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PAGCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for UL one-phase access on PCCCH) 4. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on PCCCH in non-DRX mode) 5. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on concurrent UL TBF or for fast DL TBF re-establishment). The following parameters are used in the above formulae: - T_queuing_PACCH: maximum queuing time expected on PACCH (~200 msec) - T_queuing_PAGCH: maximum queuing time expected on PAGCH (<200 msec) - T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX: maximum queuing time expected on PPCH in non-DRX mode (<200 msec)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 843

Oui GPRS Timer 0 10 2.5
T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH HMI name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH Timer defining the maximum time to wait for a MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack) to a network sollicitation sent on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and DRX mode.
sec 0 100 25
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec ; 0 = 0; 1 = 0.1;... ;100 = 10 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
Category
External comment -Internal comment T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH B10 Oui
carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 3 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.

GPRS
T_AVG_T (MFS) HMI name T_AVG_T Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode.
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Oui
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain

Number 0 25 12
None 0 25 12
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 844

Oui GPRS
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode.
T_AVG_W (MFS)
Number 0 25 20
HMI name T_AVG_W
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Category
None 0 25 20
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
T_BA_CHANGE HMI name T_BA_CHANGE Time during which no NC cell reselection can be triggered further to a change of the BCCH allocation.
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Timer 1 64 40
sec 1 64 40
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 1s Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 845

Non IP
T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT
HMI name T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Timer 0,1 10 1 sec 1 100 10
Period with which a given BTS reports its CPU load to RRM
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Category
- The highest the T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT value, the longest the phases during which RRM blocks some TBF traffic on the TRXs will be in case of high BTS CPU load. In particular, those phases (during which some TBF traffic is blocked by RRM) can happen after a BTS CPU load peak (i.e. a load increase followed by a load decrease in a short period of time) has occurred (cf. The BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR parameter to tune the likelihood for a BTS CPU load peak to be notified to RRM). - the lowest the T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT value, the highest the PMU-PTU interface load.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 846

Oui

cell
T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC HMI name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC Timer value controlling the time duration between successive resource reallocation attempts for candidate MSs (triggers T3 and T4). In a given cell, at each expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer : - up to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T4 T4 TBF reallocation attempts are performed,
B9
GPRS Timer 1 20 1
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
- up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 T3 TBF reallocation attempts are
None
Application domain
Category
sec 1 20 1
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, and so on Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS.
This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and reestablished again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 TBF reallocations can benefit from the GCHs which are currently unused, but still established. External comment This parameter, together with the parameters N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 and N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T4, allows to : - to control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T3 and T4 TBF reallocations, - and to control the extra CPU load generated by T3 and T4 TBF reallocation attempts (the lowest the value of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the highest the generated CPU load).
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 847

Oui GPRS
T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE HMI name T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE Timeout value for RLC mode modification procedure on downlink path when DL LLC PDUs with different RLC (acknowledged and unacknowledged) are simultaneously received by the MFS.
sec 0 20 0
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules Step size : 100 ms Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 2 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0 Coded Def External comment A value of 0 is required in order to guarantee no de-sequencing of LLC PDUs within the same LLC SAPI. A value different from 0 will lead to
Application domain
Category
Internal comment HMI name T_CONFIG_TBF B10 Oui
possible de-sequencing at LLC level; however, the SNDCP layer within the MS should de-multiplex the data flows operating in different RLC modes towards different NSAPIs. It should therefore not impact the behaviour of layers above RLC/MAC when the value is different from 0; it is however recommended in order to minimise the risks. --

E-GPRS
Supervision timer for TBF context configuration in a TRX
T_CONFIG_TBF
B9
Oui
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
10
ms 20 14
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 200 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 400 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 280 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment This value of timer shall be used when the traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links. When the traffic is carried through Abis or Ater
satellite links, RLC shall add 420 ms to this value of timer.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 848

T_delay_gch HMI name T_delay_gch Delay for GCH re-establishment after a GCH establishment failure.
sec 0 255 10
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Gives the delay between 2 GCH establishment attempts.
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 849

Oui GPRS
T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT HMI name T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT Time to delay the specific paging procedure when the MS didnt answer to any Packet DL Assignment message
sec 0 100 55
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Coding rules Step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 10 Recommended rules -Def value 5.5 External comment -Internal comment Lets define : A = (T_ul_assign_ccch or T_dl_assign_ccch, depending on the Air channel, AGCH or PCH, used to send the Immediate
Category
Assignment message) * (Max_retrans_DL+1). The T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT value should be configured to last, at least, the time up to the T3190 expiry on the MS side plus an additional margin (around 2.5sec according to the MS Paging Group) to give the time to the MS to switch on the CCCH and receive the Paging Request message, Illustration with T3190n = 5sec and T_dl_assign_ccch = 1.4sec : Ex1 : Max_retrans_DL = 2 A=(2+1)*1.4=4.2sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 5-4.2+2.5>=3.3 Ex2 : Max_retrans_DL = 3 A=(3+1)*1.4=5.6sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 0+2.5>=4.1 Ex3 : Max_retrans_DL = 4 A=(4+1)*1.4=7.0sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= (5-1.4)+2.5>=7.1 Ex3 : Max_retrans_DL = 5 A=(5+1)*1.4=8.4sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= (5-2.8)+2.5>=4.7 The default value 5.5 sec is an average value.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 850

Oui

MFS ms 3 25 10
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL This timer controls the polling period on the downlink when a TBF is in delayed release mode. When NC2 is activated for an MS, the actual polling period depends also on NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size = 20msec Min value 60 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 500 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 200 Coded Def External comment It controls the occurrence of polling requests sent to a Mobile Station, the downlink TBF of which is in delayed release mode. Its value shall
Application domain
Category
ensure that the Mobile Station is granted PACCH/U often enough to be able to request establishment of an uplink TBF, without loading too much the uplink PDCH. Queuing time on the PDCH to send the polling request (contained in an RLC data block filled with LLC Dummy UI Commands) shall also be considered. The Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL >= T_MIN_POLL.
Non
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITI Time that the MFS shall wait before sending the first RLC data block containing only LLC Dummy
B9
Oui
TRX nb
AL
Non
Cell Type Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS RMS template Non
UI command(s) after the last DL RLC data block has been sent, that contains useful data. GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
ms 50 3
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 60 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 1000 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 60 Coded Def External comment Because the last DL RLC data block is now sent with a polling request preferably 60 msec after the MS has received it, the MS may not have
Internal comment
the time in 60 msec to get the response from the upper layers. Then the MS will not include a channel request description for requesting uplink TBF establishment. Now, if the DL TBF enters delayed release state, the next time the MS will have an opportunity for requesting such an uplink TBF establishment will be after T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL. Because that time is quite long (200 msec by default), a specific timer is introduced for the first polling request.
The Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL >= T_MIN_POLL.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 851

Oui GPRS
T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL HMI name T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL This timer defines the period of sending 'Dummy UI commands' in the delayed DL TBF release state, when there is an on-going UL TBF.
Timer 0.5 5 2 sec 5 50 20
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 0.1s Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN HMI name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN This timer defines the duration of the delay introduced by the BSS to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack message when releasing an UL TBF.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 04.60
Application domain
ms 20 4
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Coding rules step size : 100 ms ; 0 = 0 msec, 1 = 100 msec, 2 = 200 msec, etc Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 2000 Recommended rules -Def value 400 External comment The feature delayed emission of the final Packet UL Ack/Nack can be inhibited by setting the value 0 to the parameter
Internal comment
T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN. When the feature is enabled, the timer duration should be long enough to let the server send its response to the uplink PDUs received from the MS, while remaining short enough in order not to jeopardise the sending of further uplink PDUs by the MS. Coded value 0 is used in the MFS during the migration phase until completion of BSS radio re-synchronisation step. The feature delayed final Packet UL Ack/Nack is therefore inhibited during this period; this behaviour is acceptable considering that it only leads to a degradation of QoS during this period.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 852

Oui GPRS
T_dl_assign_ccch HMI name T_GPRS_assign_PCH Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on PCH aimed at establishing a downlink TBF.
sec 5 47
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Timer Min value 0.5 Max value 4.7
--
Category
step size : 0.1sec
T_GPRS_assign_pch parameters is computed by the OMC as follows:
Recommended rules BS_PA_MFRMS / T_GPRS_assign_pch (ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms / T_GPRS_assign_pch
(ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms
Def value External comment -Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows:
2/1200/1600 3/1200/1600 4/1200/1600 5/1400/2000 6/1600/2200 7/2000/2600 8/2200/2800 9/2400/3000 1.4
Coded Def
14
T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1).
As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_pch so that the period of retransmission of the Packet Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e. T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of 50 ms.
In order not to unnecessary load the PCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch.
The T_GPRS_assign_PCH parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 853

Oui E-GPRS
T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport HMI name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport Time period to request for an EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements.
Timer ms 3 150 10
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 60 3000 200
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport HMI name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Timer 60 3000 400
ms 150 20
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 854

Oui GPRS
Period with which a given DSP reports its CPU load to RRM
T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT
sec 1 100 10
HMI name T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0,1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 10 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1 Coded Def External comment Applicable only to TDM transport. Internal comment - The highest the T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT value, the longest the phases during which RRM blocks some TBF traffic (on the TRXs mapped onto
Application domain
Category
the concerned DSP) will be in case of high DSP CPU load. In particular, those phases (during which some TBF traffic is blocked by RRM) can happen after a DSP CPU load peak (i.e. a load increase followed by a load decrease in a short period of time) has occurred (cf. The DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR parameter to tune the likelihood for a DSP CPU load peak to be notified to RRM). - the lowest the T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT value, the highest the PMU-PTU interface load.

DTM
T_DTM_ASSIGN HMI name T_DTM_ASSIGN Timer monitoring the establishment of an UL or a DL TBF on main DCCH for Dual Transfer Mode.
Category
System (CST)
B10 Oui
B9
Non
None
Application domain

Timer 0 5100 260
ms 255 13
Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 855

Oui GPRS
T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL HMI name T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL To control the USF scheduling on the uplink when a TBF is in extended TBF mode.
Timer ms 6 25 10
B9
Rec reference
System (CST) 120 500 200
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer Coding rules step size = 20 msec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
T_FAST_DL_margin HMI name T_FAST_DL_margin Value defining two times the transmission delay between RRM sub-layer (PPC) and GCH layer (DSP).
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Number 25 100 50
ms 20 10
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size: 5ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment ONLY used in the construction of other timers.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 856

Oui GPRS
T_flow_ctrl_cell HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message to SGSN.
sec 0 10 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 10 Recommended rules -Def value 0 External comment -Internal comment T_flow_Ctr_cell >= C, defined in GSM 08.18. T_Mobil requires :"C configurable in a range 1-10 secondes, with step size 1 second" B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
T_flow_ctrl_ms HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_MS Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS message towards the SGSN for GPRS and EGPRS Mobile Stations.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3GPP TS 08.18
Application domain

Timer 0 250 10
sec 0 250 10
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment 1) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS is set to 0, then the MS flow control mechanism is inhibited;
Internal comment
2) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18. If T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18. According to a T_Mobile Requirement, the range of Th is 5 - 250 seconds with a step size of 1s.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 857

Oui
T_GCH_INACTIVITY HMI name T_GCH_INACTIVITY - For Non Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of one slave PDCH, when it does not support any (E)GPRS traffic.
BSS
B9
Rec reference
GPRS Timer 1 100 3 Site (CAE)
- For Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of the "unused" GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX (the condition for some GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX to become "unused" is that some TBFs established
None
Application domain
Category
sec 1 100 3
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS.
This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and reestablished again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 TBF reallocations can benefit from the GCHs which are currently unused, but still established. External comment The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance: - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface. - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite. Internal comment - Non-Evolium BTS : Ater blocking may happen because of some PDCHs being inactive but established for one cell and some Ater resources are needed in another cell which has free radio timeslots. High values have no added-value thanks to the immediate uplink TBF establishment feature, which establishes the first uplink TBF of an MS on the available PDCHs and requests more PDCHs in parallel to the BSC. However, a sufficiently high value is needed to ensure that PDCHs are kept after establishment long enough for the DL TBF to be allocated / reallocated on them (allocation happens if the first DL LLC PDU reaches the MFS after the establishment of the PDCHs requested at UL TBF establishment time; reallocation happens if the first DL LLC PDU reaches the MFS before the establishment of the PDCHs ... in that case, the DL TBF is established immediately with a sub-optimal allocation so that it becomes candidate for T3 and can benefit from the PDCHs when they are established). Higher values may only be useful in case there is a lot of network initiated packet transfers, although great care should be brought to the Ater congestion.
- Evolium BTS : A high value of T_GCH_INACTIVITY will block Ater nibbles for "unused" GCHs for a long time, which may induce Ater congestion situations (even if the intra-cell and inter-cell GCH redistributions will tend to limit the effects of an Ater congestion). When an UL TBF is established, as no GCH is established by anticipation for the subsequent concurrent DL TBF, the T_GCH_INACTIVITY value is not important (that is a difference with the non-Evolium BTS case). Thanks to the M-EGCH Statistical Multiplexing feature, it will be possible to establish the subsequent concurrent DL TBF with all the timeslots allowed by its multislot class, and the DL TBF will use the GCHs of the M-EGCH link previously
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 858

Oui

BSS
Rec reference
GPRS Timer 1 200 20 Site (CAE)
T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST HMI name T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST - Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of the last N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS GCHs established in a cell, when the last TBF has been released in the cell. There is no more (E)GPRS traffic in the cell, but keeping some GCHs established will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell (e.g. WAP, WEB). - Non Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of the last established slave PDCH of a cell, when it does not support GPRS traffic anymore. There is no more GPRS traffic in the cell, but keeping a PDCH established will be useful in case of GPRS traffic resumption in the cell.
B9 Category
sec 1 200 20
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules External comment That timer is relevant only if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS is disabled.
Internal comment
The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance: - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface. - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite links. This parameter may also be used to ensure that the BSS reserves at least one GCH resource in the serving cell while the MS is engaged in a
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 859

Oui GPRS
Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP.
T_GSL_ACK (MFS)
sec 0 255 10
HMI name T_GSL_ACK_MFS
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 25.5 Recommended rules -Def value 1 External comment The actual default value depends on the maximum number of GPUs that can be connected to one BSC:T_GSL_ACK = 1 second x
Category
MAX_GPU_PER_BSC. The actual default value (see external comment) is calculated by GOM (MFS control station) before being downloaded to a GPU.

GPRS
T_INITIAL_PDCH HMI name T_INITIAL_PDCH Repeat timer for the fast initial PS access feature (for Non evolium BTSs).
Category
System (CST)
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Timer 1 255 10
sec 1 255 10
Spec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment The timer is significant only if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS is enabled. It is not used in Evolium BTSs. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 860

Non IP 40 200 120 Timer
T_IPGCH_ACK_DL
ms 2 10 6
HMI name T_IPGCH_ACK_DL Timer controlling in the BTS the sending of acknowledgements on IPGCH interface (sending of DL acknowledgement messages from the BTS to the MFS). Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 20 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules 6 x IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_DL =>
Application domain
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for each TRE at BTS side). T_IPGCH_ACK_DL/20 < 30 - RLC_TARGET_BUFFER (linked to the max. value of 31 for the Buffer Filling Level IEs on IPGCH interface).
Sent to the BTS via IPGCH.

IP
T_IPGCH_ACK_UL HMI name T_IPGCH_ACK_UL Timer controlling in the MFS the sending of acknowledgements on IPGCH interface (sending of UL acknowledgement messages from the MFS to the BTS).
Category
System (CST)
B9
Non
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Timer 50 200
0 100
ms 3
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 50 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules 6 x IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_UL =>
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for each PTU at MFS side).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 861

Non IP
T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
sec 1 60
HMI name T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT Timer after which the IPGCH connection is released in case of IPGCHU BE/GBR sending window blocked for a long time. Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Application domain
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT: this ensures that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected Recommended rules before failure at IPGCH level. -In IP mode: PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER < T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT, because T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT offers a defense at a higher level (IPGCH flow level) than PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER (TBF level).
Step size = 1 sec
Def value
10
Coded Def
10
This time is used to monitor the case where the oldest IPGCHU segment waiting to be acknowledged in the BE or GBR sending window has not changed for a long time.

LCS
T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant HMI name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange with the target MS) in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request.
Category
Site (CAE)
B10 Oui
B9 Sub-syste MFS Instance BSS

Timer 1 300 10
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain
sec 1 300 10
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Recommended rules -External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. Internal comment -3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 862

Oui LCS Timer 0.1 180 3
T_LCS_Low_Delay HMI name T_LCS_Low_Delay SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange with the target MS) in case of a Low Delay Location Request.
sec 1 1800 30
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Recommended rules -External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

LCS
T_LCS_RESTART (MFS) HMI name T_LCS_RESTART_MFS MFS timer to guard the response from the BSC in case of LCS Restart procedure (i.e. initialisation procedure).
Category
System (CST)
None
Application domain

Timer 1 25 10
sec 1 25 10
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 863

Oui GPRS 100 4000 2000 Timer
Maximum duration of the extended uplink TBF phase
T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL
ms 1 40 20
HMI name T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
Category
carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - between 1 sec and 2 sec if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links, - between 1.5 sec and 2.5 sec if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links.

GPRS
T_MAX_FOR_MS_SYNCHRO HMI name T_MAX_FOR_MS_SYNCHRO Timer per PDCH used to monitor the maximum time between the sending of two DL blocks which could be decoded by all the active mobiles having their PACCH supported on the PDCH.
Category
System (CST)
B9
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain
15
ms 17 16
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 300 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 340 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 320 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The timer is started for a PDCH supporting the PACCH of at least one enabled DL or UL TBF, or an extended UL TBF. At the timer expiry, MAC
is forced to send a DL block in a (M)CS that could be decoded by all the MS allocated on this PDCH.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 864

Oui GPRS
T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING HMI name T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING Maximum time between two scheduling of a given NRT TBF (either between two DL block requests for a NRT DL TBF, or between two UL blocks received for a given NRT UL TBF).
sec 6 15 15
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 0.12 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 0.3 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0.3 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment Within PTU SW, some limits are hardcoded corresponding to the maximum numbers of DL or UL (E)GPRS TBF resources which can be possibly
Application domain
Category
reached per Slave PDCH (taking into account TBF allocations and a margin for TBF reallocations). Those hardcoded values are set to 16 in DL and 7 in UL (cf. MAC specification) and are compatible with a max value of 300ms for the T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING parameter.

GPRS
T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING HMI name T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING Maximum time between two scheduling of a given NRT TBF (either between two DL block requests for a NRT DL TBF, or between two UL blocks received for a given NRT UL TBF).
B10 Oui Category
Network (CDE)
B9
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain
sec 6 250 15
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 0.12 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 0.3 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0.3 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment Within PTU SW, some limits are hardcoded corresponding to the maximum numbers of DL or UL (E)GPRS TBF resources which can be possibly
reached per Slave PDCH (taking into account TBF allocations and a margin for TBF reallocations). Those hardcoded values are set to 16 in DL and 7 in UL (cf. MAC specification) and are compatible with a max value of 300ms for the T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 865

Oui GPRS
Duration between two retries of DL TBF establishment.
T_MAX_RETRANS_DL
Timer 1 60 1 sec 1 60 1
HMI name T_MAX_RETRANS_DL
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B9
MFS BSS Timer 8 100 30 Oui
Category

GPRS
T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING HMI name T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING B10 Oui Time which multiplied by the GBR defines a buffer level above which we may consider the BSS failed to provide the GBR Sub-syste
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Instance
sec 8 100 30
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 866

Oui GPRS
Minimum time between two consecutive polling requests.
T_MIN_POLL
ms 3 3
HMI name T_MIN_POLL
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size: 20 ms Min value 60 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 60 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 60 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The instance of the parameter has been changed from MFS to DSP to simplify the implementation: however the parameter shall have the same HMI name
T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSIS
value for all DSP of an MFS.
Logical name
Non
Oui
T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTENC
Definition
GPRS
E TENCE This timer controls the duration during which a MS context is kept after receipt of a FLUSH-LL.
Category
Network (CDE)
TRX nb
B10 Cell Type
Oui Non
B9
Rec reference
None
Application domain
RMS template Non
ms 50 10
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 5000 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1000 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment All DL PDUs received for that MS while the timer is running are rerouted to the new cell if it is known. It also avoids trying to reestablish a DL
TBF for a MS that has just moved to a neighbour cell if data still arrive after the FLUSH.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 867

Oui GPRS
T_MS_Context_Lifetime HMI name T_MS_Context_Lifetime This timer defines the maximum time during which an MS context is kept in the MFS for a Mobile Station in Packet Idle Mode.
Timer 0 sec 0 9999 120
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment The MS context is kept during max(DRX_TIMER_MAX, T_MS_Context_Lifetime) HMI name T_NC_PING_PONG B10 Oui B9
Oui
0: the MS context is not maintained; 1..9999: the MS context is maintained 1..9999 seconds --

GPRS
Time during which the ping-pong offset is applied.
T_NC_PING_PONG
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Category

Timer 0 20000 5000
ms 200 50
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 868

Oui GPRS
T_NC_REJ_CELL HMI name T_NC_REJ_CELL Time during which a NC cell reselection is inhibited towards that cell due to a previous NC cell reselection failure on that cell.
Timer ms 0 200 50
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 0 20000 5000
3GPP TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID HMI name T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID Timer used to control the validity of the NC RXQUAL averages at the beginning of a TBF.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
sec 0 127 10
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size: 100 ms Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 12.7 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment In the downlink direction, the timer is started on receipt of the first Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message of the DL TBF. While the timer is
running, NC cell reselection Cause PT3 cannot be triggered. At the expiry of the timer, Cause PT3 can be triggered.
In the uplink direction, the timer is started upon receipt of the first correctly decoded UL data block. While the timer is running, NC cell reselection Cause PT4 cannot be triggered. At the expiry of the timer, Cause PT4 can be triggered.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 869

Oui GPRS
Period of the cell load evaluation for the NC2 cell ranking process
T_NC2_LOAD_RANKING
Timer 1 100 5 sec 1 100 5
HMI name T_NC2_LOAD_RANKING
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME HMI name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME Maximum expected response time of a network server as seen from the MFS.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
ms 50 16
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size: 100 ms Min value 100 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 5000 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1600 Coded Def External comment 1) The response time corresponds to T1 T2 where T2 corresponds to the time at which a command is sent to the SGSN and T1 the time at
which the response is received on the MFS side. This command / response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing an FTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the file transfer. It can also be the LLC PDU containing an HTTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the page download.
Internal comment
2) The value of this timer defines the duration of the Delayed DL TBF Release procedure. In case the servers to which the GGSN serving the MFS is connected are not located at the same place, then the maximum server response time should be entered. However, note that the higher this timer is, the longer TBF releases will be delayed and therefore the more resources are used up.
This parameter can also be used for the extended UL TBF mode feature in a future release.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 870

Oui
T_One_Block
MFS
HMI name T_ul_2_ph_access - For Non Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of one slave PDCH, when it does not support any (E)GPRS traffic, but a one uplink block has been allocated on it to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF establishment.
B9
Rec reference
GPRS Timer 3 10 4 Network (CDE)
- For Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of the M-EGCH link of a TRX, when the TRX does not support any (E)GPRS traffic, but a one uplink block has been allocated to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF
None
Application domain
Category
sec 3 10 4
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
External comment -Internal comment 3 sec is not recommended, because the implemented timer may end before.
carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_one_block = 4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_one_block = 5 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
T_one_block >= max of T_UL_ASSIGN_CCCH + 1/2 max of round_trip_delay
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 871

Oui GSM
T_PAG_CS (MFS) HMI name T_PAG_CS This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface.
Timer 0 25.5 3 sec 0 255 30
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC) Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) External comment -Internal comment round trip delay between MSC and BTS B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
T_PAG_PS (MFS) HMI name T_PAG_PS This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Timer 0 25.5 3
sec 0 255 30
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC) Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) External comment -Internal comment round trip delay between SGSN and BTS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 872

Oui GPRS
T_PAGING_EXT HMI name T_PAGING_EXT Maximum time between two specific paging request in an extended cell.
sec 0 100 25
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Coding rules Step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 10 Recommended rules -Def value 2.5 External comment -Internal comment Lets define : A = (T_ul_assign_ccch or T_dl_assign_ccch, depending on the Air channel, AGCH or PCH, used to send the Immediate
Category
Assignment message) * (Max_retrans_DL+1). The T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT value should be configured to last, at least, the time up to the T3190 expiry on the MS side plus an additional margin (around 2.5sec according to the MS Paging Group) to give the time to the MS to switch on the CCCH and receive the Paging Request message, Illustration with T3190n = 5sec and T_dl_assign_ccch = 1.4sec : Ex1 : Max_retrans_DL = 2 A=(2+1)*1.4=4.2sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 5-4.2+2.5>=3.3 Ex2 : Max_retrans_DL = 3 A=(3+1)*1.4=5.6sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 0+2.5>=4.1 Ex3 : Max_retrans_DL = 4 A=(4+1)*1.4=7.0sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= (5-1.4)+2.5>=7.1 Ex3 : Max_retrans_DL = 5 A=(5+1)*1.4=8.4sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= (5-2.8)+2.5>=4.7 The default value 5.5 sec is an average value.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 873

Oui GPRS
Duration of the paging reorganization procedure.
T_PAGING_REORG
HMI name T_PAGING_REORG Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Timer 1 60 30 sec 1 60 30
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
3GPP TS 04.60
Oui
Category
Rec reference
GPRS System (CST)
T_PSCD_SCHEDULE_ACK HMI name T_PSCD_SCHEDULE_ACK Timer guarding on network side the sending of Packet Serving Cell Data or PSI messages for Packet (P)SI Status feature. It is started at reception of Packet PSI Status / Packet SI Status message, and stopped when all PSCDs / PSIs have been sent to the mobile (as indicated by RLC layer to RRM layer).
Category
Sub-syste MFS
MFS
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain
sec 0 200 84
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Coding rules step size = 10 ms Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 2 Recommended rules -Def value 0.84 External comment Two timers are used on MS side. The first one equals 1 sec (for first sending of Packet (P)SI Status), the second one equals 2 sec (for
Internal comment
subsequent sending of Packet (P)SI Status). The timer on network side will be set to 1 sec - RTD = 840 msec --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 874

Oui GPRS
Scheduling period of PSI1, PSI13 or PSI14 on PACCH.
T_PSI_PACCH
Number 0 sec 0
HMI name T_PSI_PACCH
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer
Category
step size =1sec, 00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH, 00001 == 1s, 11110 == T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec --
Coded Max Coded Def
30 14
Non
T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD HMI name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUAR This timer controls the maximum time during which a GPU waits for the response to a rerouting
Oui
TRX nb
Non
request. GPRS
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain
Category
ms 40 10
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit Coding rules step size = 50 ms Min value 50 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 2000 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 500 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment This timer prevents system lock in case of loss of the request or the response on the Ethernet bus or loss of the FLUSH-LL on Gb . It must be
chosen large enough to cover a Round trip time to the SGSN on Gb.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 875

Oui GPRS
T_RESEL HMI name T_RESEL Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormal release with cell reselection, to reselect the previous cell.
Timer 5 sec 0 7
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.60
Category
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. B10 Oui B9
Oui
coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20 sec, 100= 30 sec, 101 = 60 sec, 110 = 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec --
MSs only apply this timer if another cell is available.

LCS
T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant HMI name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant > T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Recommended rules --
step size = 1 sec
sec 1 300

9
External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. Internal comment --
9 9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 876

Oui LCS
T_RRLP_Low_Delay HMI name T_RRLP_Low_Delay SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case of a Low Delay Location Request.
sec 1 1200
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

2
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Min value 0.1 Max value 120 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
Category
T_Low_Delay > T_RRLP_Low_Delay T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Recommended rules --
step size = 0.1 sec
External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
20 20

LCS
T_SAGI_GUARD HMI name T_SAGI_GUARD Timer to guard the response from the A-GPS server (on SAGI: interface with A-GPS server).
Category
Network (CDE)
Oui
None
Application domain

Timer 1 300 60
sec 1 300 60
Spec reference LCS Functional Specification Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_SAGI=1. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 877

Non DTM Timer 2 200 20
T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS)
sec 2 200 20
HMI name T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS) Timer monitoring the reception of BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (periodic or not) on MFS side. Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules shall be at least equal to T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC) x 2 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name T stop frame relay emission B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain

GPRS
Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay).
T_STOP_FR_EMISSION
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Timer 10 5000 100
10
ms 5000 100
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer Coding rules step size = 1 ms Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 878

Oui

MFS Timer 0.1 5 0.5 sec 1 50 5
T_TBF_ACTIV HMI name T_TBF_ACTIV Waiting time during which RLC layer is waiting for the first downlink LLC PDU. This timer is started on TBF activation in RLC layer. It is stopped on receipt of the first LLC PDU from RRM layer. On its expiry, the relevant TBF is released.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 879

Oui
T_TBF_BCK_REL HMI name T_TBF_BCK_REL Guard timer against blocking situations where a RLC/MAC control block is expected from the MS.
MFS
B9
Triggering condition: End of UL TBF (an expected Packet Control Ack is not received), End of DL TBF (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with FINAL indicator set to 1 is not received for acknowledged mode and Packet Control Acknowledgement for unacknowledged mode), Tx window of DL TBF stalled (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack is not received).
Reseting condition: Receipt of a RLC/MAC control block. GPRS Timer 1.5 10
Rec reference
System (CST)
Action on expiry; None
Application domain
Category
sec 15 3 100 30
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Coding rules step size=0.1 sec Min value Mandatory rules -Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment -Internal comment The value of T-TBF-BCK-REL should be set accordingly to the round trip delay and the counters N3105 as followed:
T-TBF-BCK-REL = N3105*round_trip_delay + "margin of 250ms"
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 880

Timer to limit the duration of an UL TBF establishment.
T_ul_access_max
ms 0 100 28
HMI name T_ul_access_max
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 50 ms, 0 = 0 ms, 1 = 50 ms,... , 100 = 5000 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules The two following rules are recommended:
Category
i) The Time T_ul_access_max shall be longer than the duration of a radio allocation requested towards the BSC. ii) A too long value of T_ul_access_max may lead to reserve unnecessarily radio resources. It is recommended to set T_ul_access_max = T_repeat + 240 ms Round_Trip_Delay, where the T_Repeat is the maximum time between two successive packet channel requests, 240 ms is a given margin. The value of T_Repeat depends on the parameters S, TX_INT, and TX_INTEGER.
External comment -Internal comment For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending on whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T_ul_access_max = 1400 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_ul_access_max = 1900 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 881

Oui

cell sec 5 25
T_ul_assign_ccch HMI name T_GPRS_assign_AGCH Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on AGCH aimed at establishing an uplink or a downlink TBF (when the mobile station is non-DRX mode), or at allocating one uplink block.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Timer Min value 0.5 Max value 2.5
--
Category
step size = 0.1 sec
The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameters is computed by the OMC as indicated in the table below:
Recommended rules AG_PREMPT_PCH / BCCH_EXT / CCCH_CONF / BS_AG_BLKS_RES / T_GPRS_assign_agch
(ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms / T_GPRS_assign_agch (ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms / Comments
Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/1/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/2/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/3/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/4/800/1400/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/
Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/1/2000/2500/ Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/2/1000/1600/ Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/3/1000/1600/ Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/4/1000/1600/ Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/5/800/1400/ Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/ Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/ Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/2500/ Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/
Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/ Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/ Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/Not allowed
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 882
Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/3/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/4/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/
Def value
--
Internal comment Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/
Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/ Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/ Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/3/600/1200/ External comment Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/4/600/1200/
0.8
Coded Def
as follows:
The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS
Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/ Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/ T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1) Enabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed Enabled/True/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/ A period lower than the round trip delay plus the RRBP duration may lead to the sending of two Packet DL Assignment messages although the Enabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/ first assignment is correctly acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the reception of the first Packet Control Ack messages.
As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_agch so that the period of retransmission of the Packet Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e. T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of 50 ms.
In order not to unnecessary load the AGCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch.
The T_GPRS_assign_AGCH parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.
The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT, CCCH_CONF and BS_AG_BLKS_RES parameters. In addition, in an OMC, the T_GPRS_assign_agch_parameter is displayed to the O&M user
after the OMC computation. Page 883
More details on the setting of T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter can be found in the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0342.2001. BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Oui GPRS Timer 0.1 0.7 0.4
T_ul_assign_pccch HMI name T_ul_assign_PCCCH The duration between the reception of the (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request message and one uplink radio block allocated to the MS.
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
sec 1 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
External comment -Internal comment Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell.
carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ul_asssign_pccch = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - T_ul_assign_pccch = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
The following rule that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless: t_ul_assign_pccch + round_trip_delay/2 + 6*20ms < T_ACK_WAIT.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 884

Oui GPRS
T_UL_CONGESTION HMI name T_UL_CONGESTION Timer giving the periodicity of PDCH release in all cells of the BSS, in the UL congestion process.
Timer 1 300 10 sec 1 300 10
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Used only when EN_UL_CONGESTION is enabled Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non
Category

GPRS
T_UL_RLS_EUTM HMI name T_UL_RLS_EUTM Waiting time between two successive polling request sent to a MS for an UL TBF in EUTM mode when EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is set ot 2 (IEUTM enabled).
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Timer 100 300 100
ms 15 5
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 20ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment RLS = Radio Link Supervision Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 885

Oui GPRS
T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH HMI name T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH Time to elapse between the transmission of the Immediate assignment message by the MFS and the scheduling of the first USF for a UL TBF establishment on CCCH.
Timer ms 0
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None

0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Too high value: useless delay of UL TBF establishment, when performed on CCCH, B10 Oui B9
Non
step size = 50ms. If T_USF_Scheduling = 0, then the USF are scheduled by the MFS immediately after sending the Immediate assignment message. --
Category
Coded Max Coded Def
Too low value: a few USF will be scheduled when the MS is not yet capable to use them.
T_WAIT_CS_PROC
Sub-syste MFS
MFS
HMI name T_WAIT_CS_PROC Timer controlling on MFS side the repetition of BSCGP DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND / BSCGP PACKET NOTIFICATION / BSCGP GPRS INFORMATION DL after reception of BSCGP DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause "BSC is in handover or assignment procedure") / PACKET NOTIFICATION ACK (cause "BSC is in handover or assignment procedure") / BSCGP GPRS INFORMATION DL ACK (cause "BSC is in handover or assignment procedure"). None Application DTM Category System (CST)
Timer 0.1 30
sec 1 1 300 10
domain Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 886

Non
T_WAIT_DTM
MFS Timer 1 16 4 sec 1 16 4
HMI name T_WAIT_DTM Timer supervising in the MFS the response of the BSC following a BSCGP Packet Notification (containing a PS paging) in dedicated mode, or a BSCGP GPRS INFORMATION DL (also in dedicated mode).
DTM
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
T_WAIT_FLUSH HMI name T_WAIT_FLUSH Timer monitoring the receipt of a Flush message or a GPRS suspend message further to the release of the on-going TBF(s)
Category
Network (CDE)
3GPP TS 08.18
Application domain

Timer 1
Mandatory rules Recommended rules The timer T_WAIT_FLUSH shall be set to the maximum cell reselection duration plus the time
Step size : 0.5 sec 1 coded 1; 1,5 coded 2; 2 coded 3; 2,5 coded 4; . 15,5 coded 30 and 16 coded 31 --
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
sec 1
External comment -Internal comment The timer shall cover the time needed to receive a FLUSH message from SGSN from the point in time the MS switchs in a new cell.
for the MS to switch back to the old cell and send a Packet Cell Change Failure message.
Coded Max Coded Def
31
21
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 887

Oui GPRS
Time margin used in the computation of the T_WAIT_PMR timer.
T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN
Timer 0 10 1 sec 0 100 10
HMI name T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Internal comment -HMI name T200_GSL (MFS) B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link.
T200_GSL (MFS)
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain
Category

Timer 1 2
sec 1 1 2
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (MFS) > T200_GSL (MFS) * (1 + N200_GSL (MFS))
External comment -Internal comment The recommended value of 2 in case of satellite workaround a MFS bug which prevent to use the full K_GSL(MFS) window size at LAPD level.
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T200_GSL(MFS) = 1 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS. - T200_GSL(MFS) = 2 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the MFS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 888

Oui GPRS
Link supervision timer on the GSL link.
T203_GSL (MFS)
HMI name T203_GSL (MFS) Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Timer 10 10 10 sec 10 10 10
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack Coding rules -Mandatory rules Equal to T203_GSL (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Non
Category
T3148n (MFS)
HMI name T3148n (MFS) Timer controlling on MFS side the uplink DTM assignment. It is started at reception of BSCGP DTM Request, and stopped when sending BSCGP DTM Assignment Command or BSCGP DTM Reject to BSC.
DTM
Sub-syste MFS
MFS Timer 0 4
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
sec 0 3.8 40 38
Spec reference DTM Functional specification Coding rules step size = 100 msec Mandatory rules shall be equal to T3148n (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 889

Oui GPRS
T3166n HMI name T3166n Maximum time a MS is waiting for a Packet UplinkAck/Nack with TLLI for contention resolution.
Timer 0 15 5 sec 0 15 5
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size=1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 890

Oui

cell Timer 1 sec 1
Rec reference
GPRS Site (CAE)
T3168 (MFS) HMI name T3168 This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options IE.
3GPP TS 04.60
Application domain
Coded on 3 bits as follows: 001: 1000 ms 010: 1500 ms 011: 2000 ms 100: 2500 ms 101: 3000 ms 110: 3500 ms 111: 4000 ms.
Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (BSC) Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
carried through Ater satellite links: - T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links, - T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links. External comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS. Internal comment The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless: 1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms) 2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay. T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering an uplink TBF request. Because the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be considered for this parameter. T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about 200 msec should be considered. Note that the chosen default values shall ensure that those rules are met.
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 891

Oui GPRS
T3169 HMI name T3169 Timer used in the procedure UL TBF abnormal release : when the UL TBF is cut due to the radio link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3169.
Timer 0 15 5 sec 0 15 5
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size=1sec Mandatory rules T3169 = T3180 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category
Sub-syste MFS
MFS
T3180 HMI name T3180 This timer is used on the mobile station side to define when to stop waiting for the USF determining the assigned portion of the uplink channel after the pervious RLC/MAC block is sent. In multislot operation, it is enough that the assigned USF is noted on one of the uplink PDCHs. If expired, the mobile station repeats the procedure for random access. This timer does not apply to fixed allocation transfers 3GPP TS 44.060 Application GPRS Category System (CST)
0
Timer 15 5
sec 0 150 50
domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size=0.1sec Mandatory rules T3169 = T3180 Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 892

Oui GPRS
T3182n HMI name T3182n Timer used in the procedure UL TBF abnormal release : when the UL TBF is cut due to continuous MS stalled TBF, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3182n.
Timer 0 15 5 sec 0 15 5
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size=1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
T3190n HMI name T3190n Timer used in the procedure DL TBF abnormal release : when the DL TBF is cut due to the radio link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3190n.
Category
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.60
Application domain

Timer 0 15 5
sec 0 15 5
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size=1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 893

Oui

MFS Timer 0 15 5 sec 0 15 5
T3191 HMI name T3191 Timer used in the procedure DL TBF abnormal release : the timer is used on the network side to define when the current assignment is surely invalid on the MS side so that the TFI and TAI can be reused.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.60
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 894

Oui GPRS
T3192 (MFS) HMI name T3192 Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS.
Timer ms 7
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.60

200
Category

500
2 0 0
Coded on 3 bits as follows: 0 0 0: 500 msec 0 0 1: 1000 msec 0 1 0: 1500 msec 1 1 1: 200 msec Mandatory rules Equal to T3192 (BSC) T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1) iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then : - some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and - the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state.
==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is External comment The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 04.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS: 0 1 1: 0 msec 1 0 0: 80 msec 1 0 1: 120 msec 1 1 0: 160 msec
Internal comment
Broadcast in PSI
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 895

Oui

MFS Timer 0 1 0.8 sec 0 100 80
T3208n HMI name T3208n Timer guarding on network side the sending of Packet Neighbour Cell Data messages for NACC feature. It is started at reception of Packet Cell Change Notification message, and stopped when all PNCDs have been sent to the mobile (as indicated by RLC layer to RRM layer).
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
System (CST)
3GPP TS 44.060
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 10 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This timer corresponds to T3208 on MS side. T3208n = T3208 - RTD = 960 ms - 160 ms Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
T3212 (MFS) HMI name T3212 This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures.
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Application domain

Number 0 255 30
6 mn 0 255 30
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules 0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits Mandatory rules Equal to T3212 (BSC) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for feature MPDCH
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 896

Oui
T391 HMI name T391 Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933, Annex A, A.7).
Timer 5 30 10 sec 5 30 10
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
Spec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
T5_RA_CAP_UPDATE HMI name T5_RA_CAP_UPDATE Timer to supervise the reception of the MSs current Radio Access capability from the SGSN on Gb.
Category
System (CST)
3GPP TS 48.018
Application domain

Timer 1 30 5
sec 1 30 5
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 897

Oui

BSS None 0 15 8
TBF_CS_DL HMI name TBF_CS_DL Threshold defining the number of consecutive PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not received above which the Coding Scheme of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to CS-1.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 15 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 8 Coded Def External comment If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of
Application domain
Category
consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. --

GPRS
TBF_CS_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS_PERIOD Number of RLC data blocks after which the CS adaption decision may be made, in GPRS.
Category
System (CST)
B9
Oui
None
Application domain

Threshold 1 256 20
None 1 256 20
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter replaces TBF_CS_PERIOD1.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 898

Oui

B9
Rec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Min value Max value Def value
TBF_CS_UL HMI name TBF_CS_UL Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot GPRS TBF before changing the coding scheme to CS1. For a multislot GPRS TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit := TBF_CS_UL x n_allocated None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE)
domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD Defines the window size required to estimate the CS3 BLER. The window size is expressed as a number of DL RLC data blocks.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 1 512 32
None 1 512 32
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 899

Oui GPRS
TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD Defines the window size required to estimate the CS4 BLER. The window size is expressed as a number of DL RLC data blocks.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 1 512 32
None
Category
None 1 512 32
Oui

GPRS
TBF_DL_INIT_CS HMI name TBF_DL_INIT_CS Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 1 4
None 0 2 3
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 Mandatory rules TBF_DL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 900

Oui E-GPRS
TBF_DL_INIT_MCS HMI name TBF_DL_INIT_MCS Value of the downlink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the modulation and coding scheme otherwise.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

1
0 : MCS-1 1 : MCS-2 2 : MCS-3 3 : MCS-4 4 : MCS-5 5 : MCS-6 6 : MCS-7 7 : MCS-8 8 : MCS-9
Category
None 0
Mandatory rules TBF_DL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS Recommended rules -External comment The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled Internal comment --
Coded Max Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 901

Oui

BSS None 0 15 12
TBF_MCS_DL HMI name TBF_MCS_DL Threshold defining the number of consecutive EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not received above which the MCS of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to MCS-1.
B9
GPRS
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 15 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 12 Coded Def External comment If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the
Application domain
Category
loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. --

E-GPRS
TBF_MCS_PERIOD HMI name TBF_MCS_PERIOD Minimum number of transmitted (resp. received) radio blocks after which the DL (resp. UL) MCS adaptation decision may be made in EGPRS
Category
System (CST)
B9
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 256 12
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 256 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 12 Coded Def External comment -Internal comment The default value of 12 is equal to the value of EGPRS_LQC_WINDOW_SIZE (hard-coded RLC parameter) to optimize especially the time of
the first MCS adaptation decision in case of an UL EGPRS TBF alone on its radio resources.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 902

Oui

Rec reference
GPRS Site (CAE)
TBF_MCS_UL HMI name TBF_MCS_UL Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot EGPRS TBF before changing the coding scheme to MCS1. For a multislot EGPRS TBF, TBF_MCS_UL_limit := TBF_MCS_UL x n_allocated_timeslots.
None
Oui
Application domain

GPRS
TBF_UL_INIT_CS HMI name TBF_UL_INIT_CS Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise.
Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Number 1 4
None 0 2 3
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 Mandatory rules TBF_UL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS Recommended rules -External comment Exception cases apply for uplink TBF establishment on PACCH when link adaptation is enabled. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 903

Oui E-GPRS
TBF_UL_INIT_MCS HMI name TBF_UL_INIT_MCS Value of the uplink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the modulation and coding scheme otherwise.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

1
0 : MCS-1 1 : MCS-2 2 : MCS-3 3 : MCS-4 4 : MCS-5 5 : MCS-6 6 : MCS-7 7 : MCS-8 8 : MCS-9
Category
None 0
Mandatory rules TBF_UL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS Max value 9 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 3 Coded Def External comment The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled. Exception cases apply for uplink TBF establishment on PACCH when link adaptation
Internal comment
is enabled. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 904

Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel.
Tcorr
sec 5 20 8
HMI name T_GCH_CORR
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size=100ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Tcorr > Trelease+240ms and Tcorr > Testab+240ms
Category
where 240 ms represents the maximum delay in MAC layer between the notification for a DBN correction and the application of this DBN correction.
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tcorr. Internal comment --
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Tcorr = 0.8 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - Tcorr = 1.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 905

Non IP
HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT Number of TCP keep-alive messages sent by the IPGCH-C / IPGSL and not acnowledged by the peer before triggering a TCP disconnection Category
System (CST)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS)
None
Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK Recommended rules (BSC) * 2 -TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
Step size = 1.
None 1 20
Def value 5 Coded Def External comment The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at GSL level.
Internal comment
The purpose of the 3rd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at IPGCH level. IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 906

Non IP
HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE IPGCH-C / IPGSL link supervision: Time to wait before sending the first TCP keep alive message. Category
System (CST)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (MFS)
sec 1 36000
B9
None
Application domain
Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS), TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK Recommended rules (BSC) * 2 -TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
Step size = 1
Def value 5 Coded Def External comment The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at GSL level.
Internal comment
The purpose of the 3rd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at IPGCH level IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 907

Non IP
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS)
sec 1 255
HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL Time between the sending of two TCP keep-alive messages by IPGCH-C or IPGSL. Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Application domain
Equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK Recommended rules (BSC) * 2 -TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
Step size = 1
Def value 1 Coded Def External comment The purpose of the 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at GSL level.
Internal comment HMI name TCP_MSL (MFS) B10 Oui
The purpose of the 3rd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at IPGCH level IP demo parameter.

IP
TCP_MSL (MFS)
TCP message segment lifetime, used by IPGCH-C and IPGSL.
B9
Non
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category

Timer 1 36000 5
sec 1 36000 5
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_MSL (BSC) and TCP_MSL (BTS) Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 908

Oui GPRS
Supervision of loss of downlink synchronisation for 16k channels.
Tdsl
ms 1 9
HMI name T_GCH_dsl
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None

400
Tdsl < Tfreeze Tdsl < Trelease Recommended rules --
step size = 100 ms
GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack
Application domain OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Min value 100 Max value 900 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
Category
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tdsl. Internal comment There is potential Interactions between Dynamic Abis allocation and CS traffic (CS call drop increase) when value is high. No clear interaction
4 4
test cases are identified today (neither during GCH establishment failure, nor during abnormal GCH release at MFS side).And potential border effect of value decreasing (ex:200) are unknown.
Logical name Definition Category

Network (CDE)
Telecom_VLAN_ID
HMI name Telecom_VLAN_ID
Virtual LAN identifier used to tag the MFS internal telecom traffic
B10 Oui
B9
Non
Rec reference
IEEE 802.1 Q Application IP 9.6 domain GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer

Number 2 4094 5
None 2 4094 5
Spec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules Coded on 12 bits. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In case the same subnet is used for Telecom and OAM traffic, the same VLAN_ID shall be
External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. It is needed for GboverIP and also for the IP transport (final product).
used for Telecom and OAM VLAN_Ids.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 909

Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels.
Testab
sec 1 20 4
HMI name T_GCH_ESTAB
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Coding rules step size= 100 ms Mandatory rules Treq_pending > Testab Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
Category
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Testab. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Testab = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - Testab = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links

GPRS
Tfreeze HMI name T_GCH_freeze Freeze of PDCH resource after an abnormal release for 16k channels.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain

Timer 100 1200 500
ms 12 5
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size=100ms Mandatory rules Tfreeze > Tdsl Recommended rules -External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tfreeze. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 910

Oui GPRS
THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING HMI name THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING Threshold above which the load of the serving cell is considered in a high load situation in the NC2 cell ranking process
Threshold 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Mandatory rules Max value 100 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 0 Coded Def External comment This parameter is only relevant if the parameter NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to 2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS or
Step size of 10% 0 : 0%; 1: 10%; . 10 : 100% --
None 0 10 0
"3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS".
The serving cell is considered in a low load situation when THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING = 0 %. The value of 0 % deactivates the load evaluation in the serving cell.
Internal comment
The load situation of external cells is unknown in the serving cell. The BSS then computes the NC2 load of those cells as follows: - If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to a value lower than 100 %, then the cell is considered in a low load situation. - If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to 100 %, then the cell is considered in an high load situation
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 911

Oui H
Non GPRS
THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_HIGH HMI name THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_HIG This threshold defines the minimal duration before triggering the MFS defensive mechanism for
B10 Oui Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS B9 TRX nb Category
System (CST)
Cell Type
Non
radio resource management, according to the most important criteria (C1 and C3).
RMS template Non
None
Application domain Type Threshold Min value 20 Max value 600 Def value
20
The duration must be strictly greater than 10 min, which is the time used for other existing defensive mechanism in RRM (and because of other case of TCH_INFO_PERIOD restart) Recommended rules --
Step size = 10 min.
mn 2 60
2 2
Non GPRS
THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_LOW HMI name THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_LO This threshold defines the minimal duration before triggering the MFS defensive mechanism for
Category
System (CST)
Oui
TRX nb
Non
radio resource management, according to the less important criteria (C2).
None
Application domain
The duration must be strictly greater than 10 min, which is the time used for other existing defensive mechanism in RRM (and because of other case of TCH_INFO_PERIOD restart) Recommended rules --
Step size = 10 min.
mn 2 60

180
18 18
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 912

Oui GPRS
THRES_DSP_XOFF HMI name THRES_DSP_XOFF Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Threshold above which downlink LLC PDUs are no more sent by RRM to RLC.
% 0 1000
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None

84
GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
Application domain OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Min value 0 Max value 100 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
Category
THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF > THRES_LOW_DSP_XON Recommended rules --
step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%)
External comment Applicable only to TDM mode. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
840 840
Oui
Sub-syste MFS
GPU
THRES_DSP_XON HMI name THRES_DSP_XON Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Threshold under which downlink LLC PDU are sent again by RRM to RLC, after having previously encountered a DSP memory congestion situation (due to the THRES_DSP_XOFF threshold). . None Application GPRS Category System (CST)
GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
domain
step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%)
% 0 1000

80
External comment Applicable only to TDM mode. Internal comment --
800 800
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 913

Oui

GPU % 0 1000
Rec reference
GPRS System (CST)
None
THRES_G_MAX_HIGH HMI name THRES_G_MAX_HIGH Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Threshold used to handle the transition between the G_XOFF and G_MAX congestion states. In the G_MAX congestion state, some TBFs will be released, in order to free some DSP memory.
B9 Category Type Threshold Min value 0 Max value 100 Def value
95.9
Application domain
step size = 0.1 %
External comment -Internal comment The THRES_G_MAX_HIGH value is limited to a maximum defined for each software generation.
959 959
A maximum value is defined in BSS telecom parameters to prevent the DSP from refusing the configuration. Note that any value depend on the DSP implementation (free DSP memory size) and needs to be tuned. The default value is the initial one.

GPRS
THRES_G_MAX_LOW HMI name THRES_G_MAX_LOW Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Threshold used to handle the transition between the G_MAX and G_XOFF congestion states.
Category
System (CST)
B10 Oui
B9 Sub-syste MFS Instance GPU
Oui
None
Application domain
step size = 0.1 %
% 0 1000

85
850 850
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 914

Oui GPRS
THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF HMI name THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Threshold above which TBF establishment is not possible.
% 0 1000
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None

79
Application domain OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Min value 0 Max value 100 Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def Coded Def
Category
step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000)
External comment Applicable only to TDM transport. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
790 790
Oui
Sub-syste MFS
GPU
THRES_LOW_DSP_XON HMI name THRES_LOW_DSP_XON Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Threshold under which TBF establishment becomes possible again after having previously encountered a DSP memory congestion situation (due to the THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF threshold). None Application GPRS Category System (CST)
domain
step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000)
% 0 1000

75
External comment Applicable only to TDM transport. Internal comment --
750 750
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 915

Non IP Threshold 0 100 79
HMI name THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP Threshold used for the management of PTU memory congestion (RLC resources) in IP mode. Threshold above which TBF establishment is not possible. Category
System (CST)
THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP
% 0 1000 790
B9
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000) Mandatory rules THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP > THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. B10 Oui B9
Oui
Application domain
Rec reference
IP System (CST)
THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP HMI name THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP Threshold used for the management of PTU memory congestion (RLC resources) in IP. Threshold under which TBF establishment becomes possible again after having previously encountered a DSP memory congestion situation (due to the THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP threshold).
Category
Sub-syste MFS
MFS Threshold 0 100 75
None
Application domain
% 0 1000 750
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000) Mandatory rules THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP > THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 916

Oui GPRS
Time-out to trigger the test procedure.
Tns_alive
HMI name TnsAlive Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Timer 1 30 3 sec 1 30 3
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.16
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name Tns_alive_IP B10 Oui B9
Non
Category

GPRS
Tns_alive_IP
Guard the NS-VC test procedure in case of Gb over IP.
Rec reference
System (CST)
3GPP TS 48.016
Application domain
Category

Timer 1 10 3
sec 1 10 3
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment In the standard, this parameter is set to 3sec, not changeable with TDM or IP sub-network. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 917

Oui GPRS
Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure.
Tns_block
HMI name TnsBlock Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Timer 1 120 3 sec 1 120 3
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
GSM TS 08.16
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name TnsReset B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
Time-out for reset procedure.
Tns_reset
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
GSM TS 08.16
Category

Timer 1 120 3
sec 1 120 3
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 918

Oui GPRS
Overall time-out to test an NS-VC.
Tns_test
HMI name TnsTest Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Timer 1 60 15 sec 1 60 15
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
GSM TS 08.16
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name Tns_test_IP B10 Oui B9
Non
Category

GPRS
Tns_test_IP
Periodicity of the NS-VC test procedure in case of Gb over IP.
Rec reference
System (CST)
3GPP TS 48.016
Application domain
Category

Timer 1 60 15
sec 1 60 15
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment In the standard, this parameter is the same with TDM or IP sub-network. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 919

Non GPRS
TOM8_PRIORITY
Number 4 15 15
HMI name TOM8_PRIORITY Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined TOM8 Packet Flow Context Category
Site (CAE)
B9
3GPP TS 44.060
Application domain
None 4 15 15
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules -Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name T_GCH_release B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
Supervision of GCH link release for 16k channel.
Trelease
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
step size = 100 ms
GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack
Category
500
ms 12 5 5
Trelease > Tdsl Treq_pending > Trelease Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Trelease = 500 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - Trelease = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Trelease. Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 920

Treq_pending HMI name Treq_pending Maximum time during which a GCH establishment or release request from PMU can be delayed in MEGCH layer.
ms 50 260
B9
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - MEGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules Treq_pending > Trelease+Tcorr Recommended rules Treq_pending > Testab+Tcorr External comment -Internal comment At the timer expiry, PTU is forced to provide an answer to the PMU request. B10 Oui B9
Oui
100
TRTS_PS HMI name TRTS_PS This timer is used in the BTS to supervise the state of a RTS used as a PDCH. This timer is started when the BTS does not receive in a 20 ms period a valid DL frame on the RTS and is stopped when it receives one DL valid frame.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
MFS Timer 100 900
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
1 400
ms 9
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - MEGCH stack Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 921

Supervision of loss of uplink synchronisation for 16k channels.
Tusl
ms 1 9
HMI name T_GCH_usl
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Application domain
Category
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules Tusl < (20 x 48) = 960 ms Recommended rules -External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tusl. Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui

GPRS
TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in acknowledged mode.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Threshold 0 100 10
% 0 100 10
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 1% Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 922

Oui GPRS
TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in unacknowledged mode.
Threshold 0 100 15 % 0 100 15
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Coding rules step size = 1% Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -B10 Oui B9
Oui
Category

GPRS
TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD Number of received RLC data blocks for GPRS TBF after which TX_EFFICIENCY is computed.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain

Number 1 500
None 1 200 500
200
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 923

Oui GPRS
TX_INT HMI name TX_INT Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST.
Number 2
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.60
Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to set TX_INT so that the corresponding spreading time is about 240 ms. External comment -Internal comment Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell.
Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50, coded from 0000 to 1111 --
Category
None 0 15 6
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 924

Oui GPRS
Tx_integer (MFS) HMI name TX_INTEGER Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST.
Number
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18

3
Mandatory rules Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set:
Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC)
Category
None 0 15 14
TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1.
When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.
The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below:
1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)
2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms)
Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 925
External comment When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set: m B10 Oui

Oui
Internal comment B9
TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1 Needed for feature MPDCH. For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.

GPRS
UL_POLL_FACTOR HMI name UL_DATA_CREDIT This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the uplink cyclic polling algorithm.
Category
System (CST)
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 1 16 1
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit Coding rules -Min value 1 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 16 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 1 Coded Def External comment The max number of uplink TBFs assigned per PDCH shall be such that the TBF scheduling periodicity needed for BTS measurements is
Internal comment
respected (taking into account needed bandwidth for PACCH en uplink). --

GPRS
USF_NE HMI name usfNe USF "No emission" used to schedule UL signalling of TBF without USF.
Category
System (CST)
B10 Oui

Number 0 6
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain
None 0 0 6
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 1. Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 926

Non IP
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (MFS) HMI name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (MFS) BSS internal priority used by the MFS for the DHCP, ICMP and ARP protocols in the IP network
Number 0
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Category
Mandatory rules Max value 3 Coded Max Recommended rules Should be consistent with the priorities used by others NEs. Def value 3 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and also mapped to a L3 priority (DSCP) using
None 0 3
the parameter Py_layer3_mapping IP demo parameter. In case of specific configurations using RIP or OSPF inside the MFS, this parameter also gives the internal priority used by the routing protocol.

GPRS
WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION HMI name WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION Weighting factor used in the transfer bias determination in order to mitigate resource reallocations due to changing bias.
Category
System (CST)
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain
% 0 10 7
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Coding rules step size = 10% Min value 0 Mandatory rules -Max value 100 Recommended rules -Def value 70 External comment This parameter allows to avoid changing the bias of the on-going transfer too often. The number of bytes transferred in each direction is
Internal comment
actually a weighted average taking into account WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION * the weighted average as of the previous assessment. --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 927

Non GPRS
Weight_P10
HMI name Weight_P10 Sub-syste MFS Instance BSS
Number
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 10
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 1 15 6
None
Category
None 1 15 6
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y External comment -Internal comment -HMI name Weight_P11 B10 Oui B9
Non

GPRS
Weight_P11
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 1 15 5
None 1 15 5
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y External comment -Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 928

Non GPRS
Weight_P12
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 1 15 4
None
Category
None 1 15 4
Non

GPRS
Weight_P13
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 1 15 3
None 1 15 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 929

Non GPRS
Weight_P14
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 1 15 2
None
Category
None 1 15 2
Non

GPRS
Weight_P15
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 1 15 1
None 1 15 1
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 930

Non GPRS
Weight_P4
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 1 15 12
None
Category
None 1 15 12
Non

GPRS
Weight_P5
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 1 15 11
None 1 15 11
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 931

Non GPRS
Weight_P6
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 1 15 10
None
Category
None 1 15 10
Non

GPRS
Weight_P7
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 1 15 9
None 1 15 9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 932

Non GPRS
Weight_P8
Number
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE) 1 15 8
None
Category
None 1 15 8
Non

GPRS
Weight_P9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 1 15 7
None 1 15 7
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 933

Non DTM
WI_DTM
HMI name WI_DTM Sub-syste MFS Instance MFS
Number 0 255 5 sec 0 255 5
Value of Wait Indication for DTM requets
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
None
Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment -HMI name Wait Indication for Packet Access
Reject
Category

GPRS
Wait indication used in PACKET ACCESS REJECT.
WI_PR
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category

Number 0 255 3
sec 0 255 3
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 934
OMC
HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address
Oui
parameters
B10 Oui Sub-syste OMC Instance BSC
Reference 0 255 *

GSM
BSC X25 primary address.
BSC_X25_primary_address
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
None 0 255
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Min value Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Internal comment In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15 HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address B10 Oui B9
Oui

GSM
BSC X25 secondary address.
BSC_X25_secondary_address
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application domain
Category
Sub-syste OMC Instance BSC

Reference 0 255 *
None 0 255
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Min value Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value Recommended rules -Def value External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Internal comment In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 935

Oui GSM
Cell_Type HMI name Cell Type Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE. Used for cell default parameter template.
B10 Oui Sub-syste OMC Instance cell
Abstract *
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Spec reference Coding rules Max value *

--
Category
Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor Concentric(11), GAN(12) Mandatory rules - EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to Extended inner or Extended outer. Recommended rules A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC when they are PS capable). - The micro concentric, mini concentric and indoor concentric cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800). This restriction does not apply to the external cells.
None
External comment *: possible values are:
Def value
Coded Def
Internal comment
- Single - Umbrella - Umbrella Concentric - Micro - Mini - Micro Concentric - Mini Concentric - Indoor - Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI) - Extended Inner - Extended Outer -GAN
Value computed according to CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE and CELL_RANGE.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 936

Oui GSM
DTX_INDICATOR_FR HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08
Category
None 0 2
coding rules : 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for FR Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): Recommended rules may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and -shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Def value
2
Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 937

Oui GSM
DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR-NB FR.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08

--
Category
None 0 2
0: MS May Use DTX for AMR FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR FR Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): Recommended rules may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Def value
2
Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 938

Oui GSM
DTX_INDICATOR_HR HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR.
B10 Oui Sub-syste OMC Instance cell B9 Category
Site (CAE)
Rec reference
1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for HR
GSM TS 04.08
Application domain OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Min value 0 Max value 2 Unit Coded Min Coded Max
The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): Recommended rules may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and -shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
0: MS May Use DTX for HR
None 0 2
Def value
2
Coded Def
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 939

Oui GSM
DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR-NB HR.
Flag 0
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 04.08

--
Category
None 0 2
0: MS May Use DTX for AMR HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR HR Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): Recommended rules may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Def value
2
Coded Def

GSM
TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD HMI name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms = N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD.
Category
Site (CAE)
B9 Sub-syste OMC Instance cell
Oui
Rec reference
None
Application domain
sec 2 3264 120
Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access OMC local display Type Timer Unit Coding rules -Min value 2 Coded Min Mandatory rules -Max value 3264 Coded Max Recommended rules -Def value 120 Coded Def External comment The given default value corresponds to the value calculated by the OMC, based on the values of N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb
Internal comment
of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), TCH_INFO_PERIOD. The parameter is displayed in minutes and seconds
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 940
TC
B10 Oui
Non
parameters
B9 Sub-syste TC Instance TC
Number

IP
IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_MUX
HMI name IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_MUX UDP port of IPTCH link used on TC side (for MUXTRAUP and TRAUP protocols). Category
Site (CAE) 51200 52224 51200
None
Application domain
None
51200 52224 51200
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hC800, Max = hCC00 HMI name IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_NONMUX B10 Oui B9
Non

IP
IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_NONMUX
UDP port used for TC-TC (eTRAUP) flow in UL.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
TC/BTS Interface
Category
Sub-syste TC Instance TC
Shall be an even number. Shall be different from IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TCMUX. Recommended rules --
Step size = 1
None
52480
52480 52992 52480 52480
External comment TCTC_UDP_PORT_TCMUX for downlink flow = TCTC_UDP_PORT_TCMUX + 1 Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hCD00, Max = hCF00
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 941

Non IP
M2UA_SCTP_PORT_TC
B10 Oui Sub-syste TC Instance TC
Number
HMI name M2UA_SCTP_PORT_TC SCTP port used for M2UA protocol (signalisation to/from A interface), on TC side. Category
Site (CAE) 61440 61952 61440
B9
None
Application domain
None
61440 61952 61440
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hF000, Max = hF200. B10 Oui Sub-syste TC Instance TC
Number 0

IP
M2UA_TC_IP_ADDRESS
HMI name M2UA_TC_IP_ADDRESS IP address of the TC, used for M2UA flow (signaling from/ot A interface) Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Non
None
TC/BTS Interface
Application domain
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 942

Non IP
SNMP_PRIORITY (TC)
Number 0
HMI name SNMP_PRIORITY (TC) BSS internal priority used by the TC for the SNMP flow in IP network Category
System (CST)
B9
None
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Used to communicate with OMC. B9
TC TC Non
0: higher priority 3: lower priority shall be consistent with the priority used by the OMC.
Application domain
None 0 3
Logical name
START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_TC HMI name
Definition
IP
START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_ B10 Oui TC First IP address for the range of telecom addresses shown to the external world. The TC deduces every address of its telecom endpoint from this base address. Sub-syste
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Instance
RMS template Non
Type Min value
Number 0
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 943

Oui GSM
T_release HMI name T_release Maximum time after loss of synchronisation before TRAU returns to idle mode.
B10 Oui Sub-syste TC Instance TRAU
Timer 1 63 1.04 sec 50 3150 52
B9
Rec reference
System (CST)
3GPP TS 08.61
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface Coding rules step size = 20 msec Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Coded in the software HMI name TC_MUX_IP_Address Sub-syste TC Instance TC
Number 0
Category

IP
TC_MUX_IP_Address
B10 Oui
IP address of the TC, used for IPTCH flow.
B9
Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
TC/BTS Interface
Category
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 944

Non IP
TC_NONMUX_IP_Address
HMI name TC_NONMUX_IP_Address Sub-syste TC Instance TC
Number
IP address of the TC, used for TC-TC flow.
B10 Oui
B9
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None

0
Mandatory rules Recommended rules -External comment Can be different from TC_MUX_IP_Address to differentiate BSS flow from TC site internal flow. Internal comment IP demo parameter.
TC/BTS Interface
Category
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_TC HMI name TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_TC Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of TC addresses used for telecom protocols
IP
B10 Oui
B9
Non
TRX nb Cell Type
Non Non
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Category
Sub-syste TC Instance TC
Number 0
RMS template Non
Type Min value
Unit Coded Min
None 0
Coded Max Coded Def
4294967295 0
- Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001) 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA Page 945

Non IP
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (TC)
Number 0
HMI name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (TC) BSS internal priority used by the TC for the DHCP, ICMP and ARP protocols in the IP network Category
System (CST)
B9
Rec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Min value Unit Coded Min
None
Application domain
Mandatory rules Max value 3 Coded Max Recommended rules Should be consistent with the priorities used by others NEs. Def value 3 Coded Def External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and also mapped to a L3 priority (DSCP) using
None 0 3
Internal comment
the parameter Py_layer3_mapping IP demo parameter. In case of specific configurations using RIP or OSPF inside the TC, this parameter also gives the internal priority used by the routing protocol.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 946
Default values for RMS Template number

2
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 -6 3 10 -6 3 10 12 -8 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 -6 -4 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 -3 0 3 6 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA -14 -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 18 22 -12 -9 -6 -3 0 3 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 14 18 20 22 24 -12 -9 -6 -3 0 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 6 8 10 14 18 22 -12 -9 -6 -3 0 3 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 -12 -9 -6 -3 0 3 6 Page 947 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Logical name
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
EN_BALANCED_CI
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6]
10
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7]
14
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8]
18
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9]
22
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1]
-12
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2]
-9
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3]
-6
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4]
-3
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7]
templates
16 -53 -60 -66 -72 -79 -85 -91 -97 -104 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 50 50 50 50 30 30 30 30 30 50 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 20 30 50 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 0 10 20 30 50 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -83 -83 -83 -100 -100 -100 -106 -106 -106 -104 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 -79 -79 -79 -95 -95 -95 -102 -102 -102 -97 -97 -104 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 -75 -75 -75 -90 -90 -90 -98 -98 -98 -91 -91 -71 -71 -71 -85 -85 -85 -94 -94 -94 -85 -85 -85 -91 -97 -104 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 -67 -67 -67 -80 -80 -80 -90 -90 -90 -79 -79 -79 -63 -63 -63 -75 -75 -75 -86 -86 -86 -72 -72 -72 -72 -79 -85 -91 -97 -104 -20 -10 -6 -3 0 3 6 10 20 -59 -59 -59 -70 -70 -70 -82 -82 -82 -66 -66 -66 -66 -55 -55 -55 -65 -65 -65 -78 -78 -78 -60 -60 -60 -60 -51 -51 -51 -60 -60 -60 -74 -74 -74 -53 -53 -53 -53 9 0 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 12 12 12 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 9 9 9 -53 -60 -66 -72 -79 -85 -91 -97 -104 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8]
12
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1]
-53
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2]
-60
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3]
-66
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4]
-72
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5]
-79
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6]
-85
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7]
-91
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8]
-97
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9]
-104
-50
-30
-20
-10
10
20
30
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [3] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [4] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [6] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [7] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [8] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9] 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
50
Page 948
MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 7 13 19 25 31 37 43 49 55 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 6 3 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 49 55 6 3 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 43 49 55 6 3 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 31 37 43 49 55 6 3 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 19 25 31 37 43 49 55 6 3 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 13 19 25 31 37 43 49 55 6 3 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 18 22 7 13 19 25 31 37 43 49 55 6 3 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 14 18 20 22 7 13 19 25 31 37 43 49 55 6 3 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 10 16 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 8 14 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6 12 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 4
MEAS_STAT_S_i [2]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [3]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [4]
12
MEAS_STAT_S_i [5]
14
MEAS_STAT_S_i [6]
16
MEAS_STAT_S_i [7]
18
MEAS_STAT_S_i [8]
20
MEAS_STAT_S_i [9]
22
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2]
13
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3]
19
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4]
25
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [5]
31
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [6]
37
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [7]
43
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [8]
49
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9]
55
VQ_AVERAGE
VQ_BAD_RXFER
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 949
VQ_FER_THRESHOLD 1 30 -95 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
VQ_GOOD_RXFER
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
30
VQ_RXLEV
-95
VQ_RXQUAL
VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 950
Default parameter values according to number of TRX in the cell

3TRX
8 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
This table gives the default values according to the number of TRX in the cell for all parameters with "TRXnb" indicated in "Def value" column.
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Parameter Name
1TRX
2TRX
4TRX
5TRX
6TRX
7TRX
8TRX
9TRX
10TRX 11TRX 12TRX 13TRX 14TRX 15TRX: 16TRX: Comments

12 Following rule is applied : A_TRAFFI C_LOAD x N_TRAFF IC_LOAD = 24 10 9 17 34 47 4 80 80 80 80 51 4 80 80 19 37 56 4 80 80 10 9 20 40 61 4 80 80 10 10 22 44 67 4 80 80
BTS_Q_LENGTH 3 5 10 12 4 80 80 70 60 20 50 50 50 50 50 40 40 40 40 60 60 60 60 60 40 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 60 40 50 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 15 21 26 30 34 38 42 12 14 17 20 23 26 28 31 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 16 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10 10 21 47 74 4 80 80
Freelevel_1
Freelevel_2
Freelevel_3
Freelevel_4
Freelevel_DR(n)
H_LOAD_OBJ
80
80
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
70
70
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_ GPRS IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD
70
70
80 60 40 50
80 60 40 50
80 60 40 50
80 60 40 50
80 60 40 50
80 60 40 50
80 60 40 50 Page 951
45
45
L_LOAD_OBJ
10
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD
20
20
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD 2 40 40 70 70 70 70 70 70 40 40 40 70 70 40 40 40 2 2 2 30 30 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1
20
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3
20
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1
70
70
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
70
70
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 952
Default parameter values according to the cell type
This table gives the default values according to Cell Type for all parameters with "CT" indicated in "Def value" column. The default parameter values are all based on the Evolium product. An asterix (*) means that the value of the parameter is not changeable.
Parameter
Single
Umbrella Concentric Concentric Concentric Concentric Microcell Minicell Extended Extended Indoor Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell inner cell outer cell Microcell indoor Microcell
8 8 N/A 12 8 3 1 N/A macro (0) * grade (1) single (0) * upper (1) * lower (2) * grade (1) order (0) grade (1) lower (2) * concentric (1) * macro (0) * micro (1) * macro (0) * # # # # N/A 1 1 0 1 0 3 3 2 3 2 3 1 N/A 8 8 4 8 4 8 12 12 6 12 6 12 N/A N/A 2 N/A 2 N/A N/A 12 8 3 1 N/A 8 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 8 N/A 12 8 3 1 N/A 4 4 2 6 4 2 0 N/A 4 4 2 6 4 2 0 # micro (1)* order (0) lower (2) * normal (0) * grade (1) lower (2) * grade (1) grade (1) order (0) single (0) * single (0) * indoor (3) * normal (0) normal (0) * normal (0) normal (0) * * order (0) indoor (3) * concentric
A_ECNO_HO
A_LEV_HO
A_LEV_MCHO
N/A
A_PBGT_HO
12
A_QUAL_HO
BS_P_CON_ACK
BS_P_CON_INT
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE
N/A
micro (1) * macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * micro (1) *
CELL_EV
macro (0) macro (0) * * grade (1) grade (1)
CELL_LAYER_TYPE
single (0) * upper (1) *
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE
normal (0) normal (0) * concentric (1) concentric (1) concentric * * * (1) *
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 953
Parameter
Single
normal (0) * normal (0) * 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) N/A enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) N/A N/A disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) N/A N/A N/A enable (1) N/A 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) N/A N/A normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * extended inner (2) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * extended inner (2) * extended normal (0) outer (1) * * extended normal (0) outer (1) * * 4 dB (4) 4 dB (4) N/A enable (1) disable (0) N/A normal (0) * normal (0) * 4 dB (4) 4 dB (4) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0)* enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) enable (1) * * enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) N/A enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) N/A enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1)
CELL_RANGE (BSC)
normal (0) normal (0) * normal (0) * *
CELL_RANGE (MFS) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0)
normal (0) normal (0) * normal (0) * *
DELTA_DEC_HO_margin N/A N/A
5 dB (5)
5 dB (5)
DELTA_INC_HO_margin
5 dB (5)
5 dB (5)
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO
N/A
EN_DIST_HO
enable (1)
enable (1)
EN_LOAD_BALANCE
N/A
EN_MCHO_H_DL
disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * *
disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) enable (1) * * disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) enable (1) * *
EN_MCHO_H_UL disable (0) *
EN_MCHO_NCELL
disable (0) *
enable (1)
disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) * *
EN_MCHO_RESCUE enable (1) N/A enable (1)
EN_PBGT_FILTERING N/A
enable (1)
enable (1)
EN_RESCUE_UM
N/A
EN_RL_RECOV
enable (1)
enable (1)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 954
Parameter
Single
disable (0) See TRXnb See TRXnb 2 dB 0 dB 1 dB enable (0) 5 dB See TRXnb -91 dBm (19) -85 dBm (25) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15) N/A N/A -85 dBm (25) -100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15) N/A 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA -70 dBm (40) -85 dBm (25) -96 dBm (14) -91 dBm (19) -96 dBm (14) -70 dBm (40) -100 dBm (10) -85 dBm (25) N/A N/A N/A N/A 4 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB N/A -91 dBm (19) -85 dBm (25) -100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15) N/A enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) 5 dB 1 dB 5 dB 1 dB 5 dB 0 dB 5 dB 0 dB -29 dB -29 dB 5 dB 2 dB 5 dB 2 dB -29 dB N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb 255 * 255 * disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) * See TRXnb N/A 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB disable (0) See TRXnb N/A 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB enable (0) 5 dB N/A -96 dBm (14) N/A -100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15) N/A 5 dB N/A -98 dBm (12) N/A -100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15) 0 4 dB N/A -96 dBm (14) -70 dBm (40) -100 dBm (10) -85 dBm (25) N/A Page 955 5 dB N/A -96 dBm -70 dBm -100 dBm -85 dBm N/A
EN_SPEED_DISC
disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * *
Freelevel_DR(n) N/A 2 dB 0 dB 1 dB enable (0) 5 dB N/A -91 dBm (19) -85 dBm (25) -100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15) N/A
See TRXnb
See TRXnb See TRXnb
H_LOAD_OBJ 2 dB 2 dB 1 dB
N/A
See TRXnb
HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n)
2 dB
HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n)
2 dB
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)
1 dB
HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT 5 dB
enable (0)
enable (0)
enable (0) disabled (1) disabled (1) enable (0) * *
HOmargin (0,n)
5 dB
L_LOAD_OBJ
N/A
See TRXnb
L_RXLEV_DL_H
-91 dBm (19)
-91 dBm (19)
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
-85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25)
L_RXLEV_UL_H
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
L_RXLEV_UL_P N/A
-95 dBm (15)
-95 dBm (15)
L_TIME_ADVANCE
N/A
Parameter
Single
-2 -5 -7 -10 N/A 3s 1s N/A N/A 13 N/A N/A inhibited (31) inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) N/A N/A -88 dBm (22) -88 dBm (22) -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm (63) N/A -88 dBm (22) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 13 13 15 13 15 N/A N/A 4 N/A 4 N/A 13 N/A -88 dBm (22) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) # # # # N/A N/A 1s 1s 0s 1s 0s 1s 1s N/A N/A 13 N/A N/A inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 3s 3s 2s 3s 2s 3s 3s N/A N/A 20 s 40 s 20 s 40 s N/A -10 -10 -8 -10 -8 -10 0 0 N/A 3s 1s N/A N/A 13 N/A N/A inhibited (31) inhibited (31) -7 -7 -6 -7 -6 -7 0 0 -5 -5 -4 -5 -4 -5 0 0 -4 -6 -8 10 s 2s 0s N/A 4 15 N/A -88 dBm (22) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 0 0 -2 -2 -4 -6 -8 10 s 2s 0s # 4 15 -47 dBm -88 dBm 20 s (0) 20 s (0)
Loadfactor_2
-2
Loadfactor_3
-5
Loadfactor_4
-7
Loadfactor_5
-10
MIN_CONNECT_TIME
N/A
MS_P_CON_ACK
3s
MS_P_CON_INT
1s
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
N/A
N_BAD_SACCH
N/A
N_BSTXPWR_M
13
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
N/A
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)
N/A
PENALTY_TIME(BSC)
inhibited (31)
inhibited (31)
PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC)
inhibited (31)
inhibited (31)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 956
Parameter
Single
-65 dBm (45) -71 dBm (39) -65 dBm (45) -75 dBm (35) -78 dBm (32) -100 dBm (10) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) N/A N/A -85 dBm (25) 35 km (63) N/A N/A 1 35 km (63) 1 km (2) -85 dBm (25) -75 dBm (35) N/A -98 dBm (12) N/A -85 dBm (25) 35 km (63) N/A N/A -91 dBm (19) N/A 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) -91 dBm (19) -98 dBm (12) -75 dBm (35) 1 km (2) 1 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) infinity (7) infinity (7) N/A N/A -85 dBm (25) 35 km (63) N/A -78 dBm (32) -78 dBm (32) -78 dBm (32) N/A N/A N/A -100 dBm (10) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) N/A N/A -85 dBm (25) -75 dBm (35) -65 dBm (45) -70 dBm (40) -65 dBm (45) -70 dBm (40) -75 dBm (35) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -70 dBm (40) -60 dBm (50) -75 dBm (35) N/A -102 dBm (8) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) N/A N/A -85 dBm (25) -71 dBm (39) -71 dBm (39) -71 dBm (39) N/A N/A N/A N/A -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -70 dBm (40) -60 dBm (50) -65 dBm (45) N/A -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) N/A -100 dBm (10) infinity (7) infinity (7) -91 dBm (19) -98 dBm (12) -75 dBm (35) 35 km (63) 500 m (1) N/A 1 -65 dBm -71 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -78 dBm -100 dBm infinity (7) infinity (7) -91 dBm -98 dBm -75 dBm 500 m (1) 1
RXLEV_DL_IH N/A
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45)
RXLEV_DL_ZONE
N/A
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45)
RXLEV_UL_IH N/A
-75 dBm (35)
-75 dBm (35)
RXLEV_UL_ZONE
N/A
RXLEVmin(n)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
TEMPORARY_OFFSET N/A N/A
0 dB (0)
0 dB (0)
TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)
0 dB (0)
0 dB (0)
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
N/A
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
N/A
U_RXLEV_UL_P
-85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25)
U_TIME_ADVANCE N/A
35 km (63) 35 km (63)
W_LEV_MCHO
N/A
34.5 km (62) N/A
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 957
Parameter
Single
N/A # # # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #
ZONE_TYPE
N/A
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 958
All parameters given in this document are listed hereafter, by alphabetical order. The sub-system in which they are used is also provided. Note: The table must be read from left to right, and then up to down. A_LEV_HO A_PBGT_DR A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR A_RANGE_HO ABORT_FRAME AC_11 AC_14 AC_3 AC_6 AC_9 AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3) AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6) ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM AG_FULL ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION AMR_FR_HYST AMR_FR_THR_2 BTS MFS BSC BSC 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC AC_7 AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4) ACCESS_BURST_TYPE ADDR_MON AG_PREMPT_PCH ALPHA (BSC) AMR_FR_SUBSET AMR_FR_THR_3 BSC AC_4 BSC AC_15 BSC AC_12 BTS AC_0 BSC A_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC A_QUAL_HO BSC A_PBGT_HO BSC A_LEV_MCHO BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC Page 959
Alphabetic X-reference of
A_ECNO_HO
BSC
A_LEV_PC
BSC
A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR
BSC
A_QUAL_PC
BSC
ABIS_BANDWIDTH
BSC
AC_1
BSC
AC_13
BSC
AC_2
BSC
AC_5
BSC
AC_8
BSC
AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2)
BSC
AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5)
BSC
ACCESS_RATE_BC
MFS
ADDR_TR
BSC
ALLOC_ANYWAY
BSC
ALPHA (MFS)
MFS
AMR_FR_THR_1
BSC
AMR_HR_HYST BSC AMR_HR_THR_3 AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 Ater_Usage_Threshold AUT_BAR BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK BCC (BSC) BCCH_ARFCN(n) BCCH_FREQUENCY BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY BF_LO_RX BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) BS_CV_MAX (MFS) BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) BS_PBCCH_BLKS BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) BSC_ID(n) BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS BSC BF_HI_RX BF_LO_TX BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) BS_P_CON_ACK BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) BS_PRACH_BLKS BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) BS_TXPWR_MIN BSC_RSL_TID BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10] MFS BSC BCC (MFS) BCCH_CUT_TIMER BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) BSC BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS BSC AUTO_DSC MFS ATT (BSC) BSC ARC_SIZE_FACTOR BSC AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS BTS BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC Page 960 BSC AMR_START_MODE_FR BSC
table
BSC AMR_HR_SUBSET BSC
AMR_HR_THR_1
AMR_HR_THR_2
BSC
AMR_START_MODE_HR
BSC
AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1
BSC
ASIG_PRIORITY
BSC
ATT (MFS)
MFS
B_NUM
BSC
Basic_Scheduling_Limit
MFS
BCC (n)
MFS
BCCH_EXT
BSC
BEP_PERIOD
MFS
BF_HI_TX
BSC
BIAS_LIMIT_EDA
MFS
BS_CV_MAX (BSC)
BSC
BS_P_CON_INT
BSC
BS_PAG_BLKS_RES
MFS
BS_PRR_BLKS
MFS
BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS)
MFS
BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND
BSC
BSC_X25_primary_address
OMC
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [15] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [4] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [7] BSC_X25_secondary_address BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA BSIC (GSM) BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 3) BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 6) BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (BSC) bssgp_T2 BTS_CIPH_CAP BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTO R BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES C31_HYST CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION CBC_X25_secondary_address OMC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [8] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [5] BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC Page 961 BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [2] BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [13] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [2] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [6] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [9] BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2) BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 5) BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY bssgp_T1 bssgp_T4 BTS_IP_Address BTS_RSL_TID BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES Call_user_data_sel CBC_X25_primary_address
BSC
BSC
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [11] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [14] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [3]
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [12] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [15] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [4] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [7]
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (MFS)
MFS
bssgp_T3
MFS
BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND
BTS
BTS_Q_LENGTH
BSC
BVC_RESET_RETRIES
MFS
C32_QUAL
MFS
CBC_window
BSC
CBS CELL_BAR_QUALIFY CELL_EV CELL_RANGE (BSC) CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND CGI_REQD CI(n) CIR CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOP E COUNT_INCR_1 CRC_MON CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST CS_HST_DL_LT CS_HST_UL_ST CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA MFS BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS CI_3G(n) CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN COUNT_DECR COUNT_INCR_2 CRC_TR CS_BLER_DL_3_4 CS_HST_DL_ST CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK BSC CI (BSC) BSC Cell_Type MFS BSC BSC CELL_RANGE (MFS) BSC CELL_LAYER_TYPE BSC MFS BSC BSC OMC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS Page 962 BSC CELL_CAPACITY_CLASS BSC
MFS
CCCH_CONF (BSC)
BSC
CCCH_CONF (MFS)
MFS
CELL_BAR_ACCESS
BSC
CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE
BSC
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE
BSC
Cell_Range(n) (BSC)
BSC
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC)
BSC
CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n ) CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(BSC )
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS )
MFS
CGI_3G_REQD
BSC
CI (MFS)
MFS
CIC
BSC
CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR _SLOPE
MFS
COUNT_I_THRESHOLD
BSC
CRC_ERR
BTS
CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT
MFS
CS_BLER_DL_4_3
MFS
CS_HST_UL_LT
MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK
MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK
MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK
MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK CS_SIR_HST_DL Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS DELTA_INC_HO_margin DLCI DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE Downlink_DTX_enable_HR DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) DSP_LOAD_THR_2 DTX_INDICATOR_FR DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR_ WB_GMSK E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD EC_BAR OMC BSC MFS BSC 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA OMC MFS MFS BSC DPC DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTO R DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER EBS ECSC BSC MFS BSC DMA_OVERRUN Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR MFS MFS CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n) DELAY_FORCED_LOAD_REPORT DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSK MFS CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC BTS BSC BSC MFS BSC OMC BSC BSC MFS BSC Page 963 MFS CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK MFS
MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK
MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK
MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK
MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK
MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK
MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK
MFS
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK
MFS
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK
MFS
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell
MFS
DELTA_DEC_HO_margin
BSC
DL_POLL_FACTOR
MFS
DMA_UNDERRUN
BTS
Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR
BSC
DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)
BSC
DSP_LOAD_THR_1
MFS
DTX_INDICATOR (MFS)
MFS
DTX_INDICATOR_HR
OMC
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR
BSC
DWELL_TIME_STEP
BSC
EC
BSC
EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR _11 EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR _4 EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR _7 EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n) EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR EN_AMR_HR EN_BALANCED_CI EN_BS_PC EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP BSC BSC BSC BSC 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR _5 EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR _8 EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTI ON EN_3G_HO EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR EN_AMR_WB_GMSK EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR EN_COMPRESSED_INTER_RAT_I NFO EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK EN_DIST_HO MFS EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR _2 MFS EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR _1 MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC Page 964 BSC EFR_ENABLED BSC
MFS
EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE
BSC
EDR_MSG_ORDER
BSC
EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED
BSC
EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor
MFS
EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR _10
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor
MFS
EME_DATA_TIMER
BSC
EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESEL ECTION
BSC
EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU
BSC
EN_AMR_FR
BSC
EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING
MFS
EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)
BSC
EN_CBL
MFS
EN_CONV_GPS
MFS
EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK
MFS
EN_CPICH_2G_3G_RESELECTIO N EN_DATA_144
EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING EN_DTM EN_EXT_DR EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED EN_FULL_IR_DL_per_cell EN_GPRS EN_IM_ASS_REJ EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSK EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSK EN_IR_UL_per_cell EN_LNK_M EN_LOAD_ORDER EN_MCHO_H_DL EN_MCHO_RESCUE EN_MS_BASED_AGPS EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33 EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) EN_PCR MFS MFS MFS BSC 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC EN_INTRA_UL EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED EN_LCS (BSC) EN_LOAD_BALANCE EN_LOAD_OUTER EN_MCHO_H_UL EN_MCS1_in_CRP EN_MS_PC EN_NACC EN_PBGT_FILTERING EN_PFC_FEATURE BSC EN_INTRA_DL BSC EN_INBAND_NOTIF BSC EN_HSL MFS EN_GAN_HO MFS BSC BSC EN_EXT_MEAS_REP BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS BSC MFS Page 965 BSC EN_EDA MFS
MFS
EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS
MFS
EN_DR
BSC
EN_DSPRESET_CRITICALERROR
MFS
EN_EGPRS
BSC
EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF
MFS
EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO
BSC
EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCES S EN_FORCED_DR
EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF
BSC
EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO
BSC
EN_IC_HO
BSC
EN_INBAND_PAGING
BSC
EN_INTRA_DL_AMR
BSC
EN_INTRA_UL_AMR
BSC
EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE
BSC
EN_LCS (MFS)
MFS
EN_LOAD_MNGT
BSC
EN_MA_SELECTION
BSC
EN_MCHO_NCELL
BSC
EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS
MFS
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO
BSC
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR
MFS
EN_PBGT_HO
BSC
EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO EN_RXLEV_UL EN_SAGI EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER EN_SPEED_DISC EN_TCH_PREEMPT EN_TFO_MATCH EN_UL_CONGESTION EN_VGCS Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_2 Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_5 EXT_HO_FORCED FDD_GPRS_Qoffset FDD_Qmin_Offset FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET Filter_Suspend_Cause FORBID_AMR_NS FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC EN_TFO_OPT EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0 Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_3 Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_6 FDD_ARFCN(n) FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING FDD_Qoffset (BSC) FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F FR_INFO_SIZE BSC EN_TFO BSC EN_STREAMING BSC EN_SOLSA MFS EN_SEND_CM3 BSC EN_RXQUAL_DL BSC EN_RL_RECOV BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS Page 966 MFS EN_RESCUE_UM BSC
BSC
EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING
BSC
EN_PSI_STATUS
MFS
EN_PSI3_Coding2
MFS
EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL_per_c ell
MFS
EN_RXLEV_DL
BSC
EN_RXQUAL_UL
BSC
EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE
BSC
EN_SOLSA(n)
MFS
EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO
BSC
EN_TFO_AMR_WB
BSC
EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n)
BSC
EN_UPLINK_REPLY
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC)
BSC
FDD_Qmin(BSC)
BSC
FDD_REP_QUANT
BSC
FDD_RSCPmin
BSC
FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS
MFS
FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADE D
BSC
FRAME_DISCARD Freefactor_4 Freelevel_2 Freelevel_DR(n) FTP_PRIORITY (BSC) Gb_Data_PRIORITY Gb_Transport_Mode_per_NSE GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES _FLAG GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ 1 MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS GPRS_HCS_THR GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ 10 GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n) GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) GPU_Gb_Base_IP GPU_Gb_UDP_Port MFS MFS MFS Gb_Signalling_PRIORITY GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_U sage GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTER ESIS BSC FTP_PRIORITY (BTS) BSC FREQUENCY_RANGE BSC Freelevel_3 BSC BSC BTS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC Freefactor_5 BSC
BTS
Freefactor_1
BSC
Freefactor_2
BSC
Freefactor_3
BSC
Freelevel_1
BSC
Freelevel_4
BSC
FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)
MFS
GAMMA_TNx
MFS
Gb_Transport_Mode
MFS
GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_U sage
MFS
GPRS_DL_Ack_period
MFS
GPRS_HCS_THR(n)
MFS
MFS
MFS
GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ 23 GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ 56 GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ 89 GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_ VALUE GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n) GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite GPU_Gb_IP_Address
MFS
GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ 4 GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_ 7 GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_
MFS
GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS
MFS
GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
MFS
GPRS_UL_Ack_period
MFS
GPU_Gb_Base_UDP
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 967
GSL_PRIORITY (BSC) H_MIN_DWELL_TIME HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIO RITY HIGH_THRES_B_MAX HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) HOmargin (0,n) I_LAPD_MAX_TX INACT_DLCI INTAVE INTFBD3 INVALID_ADR IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS IP_PFC_PRIORITY_MAPPING IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE IPGCHC_PRIORITY (BTS) IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOL D MFS BSC BTS MFS 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA MFS BTS BTS BSC BSC INTFBD1 INTFBD4 IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1 IP_CONGESTION_PREVENTIVE_T HRESHOLD IPBSS_SUBNET_MASK_MFS IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPE AT_RATE IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPE AT_RATE IPGCHC_PRIORITY (MFS) IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (BTS) BTS BTS I_TX_LAPD INBAND_PAGING_THR BSC HR_ENABLED BSC HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) BSC HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED MFS HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD MFS HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIO RITY MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BTS MFS MFS MFS MFS BTS Page 968 BSC HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH MFS
BSC
GSL_PRIORITY (MFS)
MFS
GSM_PHASE
BSC
H_LOAD_OBJ
BSC
HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGRO UND_PRIORITY
MFS
HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIO RITY
MFS
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
BSC
HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n)
BSC
HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT
BSC
I_LAPD_MAX_RX
BTS
IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL
BSC
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD
BSC
INTFBD2
BSC
INTFBD5
BSC
IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2
MFS
IP_CONGESTION_TIMER
BSC
IPGB_SUBNET_MASK_MFS
MFS
IPGCH_IP_Address_MFS
MFS
IPGCHC_Base_TCP_MFS
MFS
IPGCHC_TCP_PORT_BTS
BTS
IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (MFS) IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL BSC BTS BTS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC TC MFS BTS BSC BSC BSC 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_BTS IPGCHU_XOFF_GBR_FIFO_DL_T HRESHOLD IPGSL_Base_Address_MFS IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (MFS) IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (BSC) IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (MFS) IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_NONMUX K_LAPD_OML K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite L_LOAD_OBJ IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SI IPGCHU_MAX_PATTERN_MEAS_T HROUGHPUT_DL IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (BTS) IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_D BSC BTS MFS BTS BTS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS TC BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC Page 969 MFS IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL MFS
MFS
IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES
BTS
IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL
MFS
IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL
MFS
BSC
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_D LL IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_U L IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (MFS) IPGCHU_GBR_UL_THRES IPGCHU_PATTERN_LIFETIME_DL IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SI ZE_GPU IPGCHU_XOFF_BE_FIFO_DL_TH RESHOLD IPGCHU_XON_GBR_FIFO_DL_TH RESHOLD IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (BSC) IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (MFS) IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (BSC) IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_MUX K_GSL (MFS) K_LAPDm K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial KEEP_CODEC_HO
BSC
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_U L IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES
MFS
IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Facto r ZE_G3
MFS
IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SI ZE_G4_G5
BTS
IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_MFS
MFS
IPGCHU_XON_BE_FIFO_DL_THR ESHOLD
MFS
IPGSL_BASE_TCP_MFS
MFS
IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (BSC)
BSC
IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (MFS)
MFS
IPTCH_UDP_PORT_BTS
BTS
K_GSL (BSC)
BSC
K_LAPD_RSL
BTS
K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial
BSC
BSC
BSC
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) L_RXQUAL_DL_H L_RXQUAL_DL_P L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMS K LAC (BSC) LAC_3G(n) LCS_AZIMUTH Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA_ GP Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB_ GPU Length_Suspended_Requests_Que ueB_GP LOAD_EV_PERIOD Loadfactor_2 Loadfactor_5 Loadlevel_3 LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIO RITY LOW_THRES_B_MAX BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS LCS_LATITUDE Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA_ GPU Length_Suspended_Requests_Que ueA_GP Length_Suspended_Requests_Que ueB_GPU LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS Loadfactor_3 Loadlevel_1 Loadlevel_4 LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIO RITY LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC LB_DECR BSC LAC (MFS) BSC L_RXQUAL_UL_P BSC L_RXQUAL_UL_H BSC L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC L_RXLEV_UL_H BSC
BSC
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
BSC
L_RXLEV_DL_H
BSC
L_RXLEV_DL_P
BSC
L_RXLEV_UL_P
BSC
L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMS K
BSC
L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR
BSC
L_TIME_ADVANCE
BSC
LAC(n)
MFS
LB_INCR
BSC
LCS_LONGITUDE
MFS
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB_ GP
MFS
Length_Suspended_Requests_Que ueA_GPU
MFS
Linkfactor (0,n)
BSC
Loadfactor_1
BSC
Loadfactor_4
BSC
Loadlevel_2
BSC
LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROU ND_PRIORITY
MFS
LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIO RITY
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 970
LSA_ID_array (BSC) M_PEND_A (BTS) M1 M2UA_SCTP_PORT_TC MATE_CI (MFS) MAX_ADJ_CELL_3G_HO MAX_CELLS_GP MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP MAX_CTXT_MS_GP MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH MAX_GCH_DSP_GP MAX_GPRS_CS MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime MAX_MPDCH_PTU_IP MAX_PDCH (BSC) MAX_PDCH_DSP_GP MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP BSC MFS MFS MFS 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAB MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAB MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB MAX_EGPRS_MCS Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans MAX_LAPDM MAX_MPDCH_DSP Max_Nb_Tcorr_Start MAX_PDCH (MFS) MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (BSC) MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G3_G4 MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU MFS MAX_CELLS_GPUAB MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB BSC MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY MFS MATE_LAC TC M2UA_TC_IP_ADDRESS TC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS Page 971 BSC M2 BSC BTS M_PEND_A (G2 BSC) BSC
BSC
LSA_ID_array (MFS)
MFS
LSA_ID_array (n)
MFS
LSA_OFFSET
BSC
M_PEND_A (MX BSC)
BSC
M2UA_SCTP_PORT_BSC
BSC
MATE_CI (BSC)
BSC
MAX_ADJ_CELL
MFS
MAX_BLER
MFS
MAX_CELLS_GPUAC
MFS
MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC
MFS
MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAC
MFS
MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAC
MFS
MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC
MFS
MAX_GCH_DSP
MFS
Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans
MFS
MAX_LAPS
BSC
MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP
MFS
MAX_PAGING_QUEUE
MFS
MAX_PDCH_DSP
MFS
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MFS)
MFS
MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G5
MFS
MAX_POW_INC MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY Max_Resel_Duration MAX_RETRANS_1 MAX_RETRANS_4 MAX_Retrans_SIG MAX_RLC_blks_PTU_G3_IP MAX_TBF_DSP_GP MAX_TBF_PTU_G3_IP MAX_TBF_TRX_DL MAX_TRC_NUMBER MAX_TRX_GP MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G3_G4 MAX_VGCS_TS MCC (BSC) MCC(n) (MFS) MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3] MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6] MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9] BSC BSC BSC BSC 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA MFS BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC MFS MAX_TRX_DSP MAX_TRX_GPUAB MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G5 Maximum_Credit MCC (MFS) MCC_3G(n) MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10] MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4] MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] MFS MAX_TBF_TRX_UL MFS MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAB MAX_TBF_PTU_G4_IP MFS MAX_RLC_blks_PTU_G4_IP MFS MAX_RLC_blks_DSP MFS Max_retrans_DL MFS MAX_RETRANS_2 MFS Max_retrans (BSC) BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC Page 972 MFS MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR MFS
BSC
MAX_POW_RED
BSC
Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences
MFS
Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime
MFS
Max_Rate_Safety
MFS
Max_retrans (MFS)
MFS
MAX_RETRANS_3
MFS
MAX_RETRANS_PAGING_EXT
MFS
MAX_RLC_blks_DSP_GP
MFS
MFS
MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAC
MFS
MAX_TBF_PTU_G5_IP
MFS
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP
BSC
MAX_TRX_DSP_GP
MFS
MAX_TRX_GPUAC
MFS
MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH
MFS
Maximum_Weight
MFS
MCC(n) (BSC)
BSC
MCS_AVG_PERIOD
MFS
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2]
BSC
BSC
BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [3] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [6] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9] MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3] MEAS_STAT_TA_i [6] MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9] MIN_PDCH (MFS) MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN BSC BSC MFS MFS 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [4] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [7] MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1] MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4] MEAS_STAT_TA_i [7] MIN_CONNECT_TIME MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR MIN_VGCS_TS BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC Page 973 BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] BSC
BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2]
BSC
BSC
BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [2]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [5]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [8]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [5]
BSC
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [8]
BSC
MIN_PDCH (BSC)
BSC
MIN_RLF_TIME_DL
MFS
Minimum_Credit_Weight MNC(n) (MFS) MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_ LIST MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_ PDCH MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(MFS) MSCR (BSC) MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU N_BAD_SACCH N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATT EMPT_T4 N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT N_TCH_HO N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA MFS MFS BSC MFS 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC MSCR (MFS) Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_P ERIOD MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITIO N N_AVG_I (BSC) N_BIAS_DETERMINATION N_CLR_REQ N_INCR N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SU CCESS_T3 N_PREF_CELLS N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT N_threshold N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT MFS MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER BSC MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) MFS MS_TXPWR_MAX MFS MS_P_CON_ACK BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC MFS BSC BTS MFS BSC MFS BSC MFS Page 974 MFS MNC_3G(n) BSC
MFS
MNC (BSC)
BSC
MNC (MFS)
MFS
MNC(n) (BSC)
BSC
MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD
MFS
MS_P_CON_INT
BSC
MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)
BSC
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(BSC)
BSC
MS_TXPWR_MIN
BSC
MTP_Sequence_Number_Format
BSC
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC)
BSC
MUXTRAUP_SIZE
BSC
N_AVG_I (MFS)
MFS
N_BSTXPWR_M
BSC
N_DECR
BTS
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATT EMPT_T3
MFS
N_PDCH_Release
MFS
N_SIG_REPEAT
MFS
N_TA_IP
BTS
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD
BSC
N_UL_Errors_LIMIT N200_GSL (BSC) N200_LR N200_RSL (BSC) N200_TS N201 (BSC) N201_BTER_S N201_GSL (BSC) N2X4 N3103_LIMIT N391 NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC) NBR_RESET_CIC_REP NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS N392 NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LIN E NB_MAX_MSG_MULTIPLE_PAGIN G_CMD Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_C BCH NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS) NBR_RESET_REP NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD MFS N3105_LIMIT BSC N3101_LIMIT BSC N201_GSL (MFS) BTS N201_C BSC N201 (BTS) BTS N200_TTF BSC N200_RSL (BTS) BTS N200_OML (BSC) BSC BTS BTS BTS BTS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC N200_GSL (MFS) MFS
MFS
N_WAIT
BTS
N1
BSC
N2
BSC
N200_LE
BTS
N200_OML (BTS)
BTS
N200_TD
BTS
N200_TTH
BTS
N201_BTER_D
BTS
N201_D
BTS
N201_S
BTS
N3101_POLLING_THR
MFS
N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE
MFS
N393
MFS
NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_P ER_GPU
MFS
NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CH ANNEL
MFS
Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extende d_CBCH
BSC
NBLK
BSC
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1
BSC
NC_DL_RXLEV_THR
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 975
NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n) NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS NC2_LOAD_EV_PERIOD NCC(n) NECI (BSC) NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER network_operation_mode (MFS) NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_P RIORITY NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_C ALL_THR NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDTH _FACTOR NS_ALIVE_RETRIES NS_RESET_RETRIES NSEMAX NUBLK NY1 OandM_PRIORITY (BSC) OFFSET_CA_NORMAL BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC MFS MFS NIR NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP2_P RIORITY NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN NS_BLOCK_RETRIES NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES NSVCI NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO NY2 OandM_PRIORITY (MFS) OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER MFS BSC NECI (MFS) NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n) MFS NCC_permitted MFS NCC (BSC) MFS NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR MFS BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTO R MFS
MFS
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I
MFS
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T
MFS
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n)
MFS
NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD
MFS
NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE
MFS
NCC (MFS)
MFS
NCI
BSC
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
BSC
network_operation_mode (BSC)
BSC
NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKG ROUND_PRIORITY
MFS
NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP3_P RIORITY
MFS
NOTIF_PCH_THR
BSC
NS_alive_IP_retries
MFS
NS_Priority
MFS
NSEI
MFS
NSVCMAX
MFS
NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
BSC
OAM_VLAN_ID
MFS
OFFSET_CA_HIGH
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 976
Offset_Hopping_HO OPC P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS PAN_DEC (BSC) PAN_INC (MFS) Password PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) PCC_T_MAX_UL_BUFFERING PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _10 PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _4 PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _7 PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 MFS MFS MFS 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC Pb PCC_n_RT_THROUGHPUT PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _2 PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _5 PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _8 PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 MFS BSC PAN_DEC (MFS) PAN_MAX (BSC) MFS BSC P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PE RIOD MFS P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC BSC P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS MFS P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC BSC P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS Page 977 BSC Operator BSC
BSC
Offset_Hopping_PC
BSC
OML_PRIORITY (BSC)
BSC
OML_PRIORITY (BTS)
BTS
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)
BSC
P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
PAG_BAR
BSC
PAN_INC (BSC)
BSC
PAN_MAX (MFS)
MFS
PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC)
BSC
PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET
MFS
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _1
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _10 PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _4 PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _7 PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER PENALTY_TIME(BSC) MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _2 PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _5 PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _8 PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS PENALTY_TIME(MFS) MFS MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10
MFS
MFS
MFS
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR _1
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10
MFS
MFS
MFS
PDA_FULL
BTS
PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR
MFS
PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTO R Peer_NSE_Data_Weight
Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 978
PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC) PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3 PFC_NB_RETRY_MODIFY PG_FULL PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS PMU_CPU_overload_step_N POW_INC_STEP_SIZE POWER_OFFSET_IND PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2 PRIO_THR PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS) PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX PVC_Level1_down PWRC (BSC) Q703_N1_HSL Q703_T1 Q703_T3 Q703_T4N_HSL Q703_T7 Q704_T5 BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS BSC PRIORITY(0,n) PROT_MON PTM_BVCI PVC_Level1_Factor PWRC (MFS) Q703_N2 Q703_T1_HSL Q703_T4E Q703_T5 Q704_T2 Q707_T1 MFS BSC PRACH_BUSY_THRES PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3 BSC POW_RED_FACTOR MFS PMU_CPU_sampling_period MFS PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD BTS PING_PONG_HCP MFS PFC_T6 MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC Page 979 MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4 MFS
BSC
PENALTY_TIME(n)(MFS)
MFS
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1
MFS
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2
MFS
PFC_NB_RETRY_DOWNLD
MFS
PFC_T8
MFS
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC )) PMU_CPU_overload_step_H
BSC
MFS
POW_INC_FACTOR
BSC
POW_RED_STEP_SIZE
BSC
MFS
PREFERRED_BAND
BSC
PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)
BSC
PROT_TH
BSC
PTP_BVCI
MFS
PVC_Level1_up
MFS
Q703_N1
BSC
Q703_N2_HSL
BSC
Q703_T2
BSC
Q703_T4N
BSC
Q703_T6
BSC
Q704_T4
BSC
Q707_T2 Qsearch_P R_AVERAGE_EGPRS RA_CODE (BSC) RA_COLOUR RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER RACHRT RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_AMR RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) RAW_BITRATE_CS1 RAW_BITRATE_CS4 RAW_BITRATE_MCS3 RAW_BITRATE_MCS6 RAW_BITRATE_MCS9 RESP_REQ RLC_FC1_THROUGHPUT_CHAN GE_THRES RMIN_GPRS ROT RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC) MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) RAW_BITRATE_CS2 RAW_BITRATE_MCS1 RAW_BITRATE_MCS4 RAW_BITRATE_MCS7 RE Resume_retries RLC_TARGET_BUFFER RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX round_trip_delay RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC) BSC RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) BSC RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS BSC RA_CODE (MFS) MFS R_AVERAGE_GPRS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC Page 980 BSC Qsearch_P_PTM MFS
BSC
QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN
MFS
Qsearch_C
BSC
Qsearch_I
BSC
QUEUE_ANYWAY
BSC
RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETRI ES
MFS
RA_CODE(n)
MFS
RACH_BUSY_THRES
BSC
RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS)
MFS
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)
MFS
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR
BSC
RATE_RED
MFS
RAW_BITRATE_CS3
MFS
RAW_BITRATE_MCS2
MFS
RAW_BITRATE_MCS5
MFS
RAW_BITRATE_MCS8
MFS
RESET_INDEFINITE
BSC
RLC_FC1_BUFFER_SEND_THRE S
MFS
RMIN_EGPRS
MFS
RNC_ID(n)
BSC
RR_ACK_TIMER (BTS)
BTS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS) RSL_RATE (BTS) RSL_UI_PRIORITY RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) RXLEV_DL_ZONE RXLEV_UL_IH S SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVA L Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY SGSN_IP_Address SGSNR SIG_BVCI SMS_INHIBIT SMSCB_Mode SMSCB_State SNMP_PRIORITY (TC) MFS BSC BSC BSC TC 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS S_BECN SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_A DDRESS SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS Schedule_period_for_extended_CB CH SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD SDCCH_LOW_DELAY SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_MAX SHORT_FRM SIGNALLING_PRIORITY SMS_PRIORITY SMSCB_Phase SNMP_PRIORITY (BSC) SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) BSC RXLEV_UL_ZONE BSC RxLev_HO_to_GAN BSC RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) BSC RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS BTS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC Page 981 BTS RSL_UDP_PORT_BSC BSC
MFS
RSL_I_PRIORITY (BSC)
BSC
RSL_I_PRIORITY (BTS)
BTS
RSL_RATE (BSC)
BSC
RSL_UDP_PORT_TRX
BTS
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS)
MFS
RXLEV_DL_IH
BSC
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
BSC
RXLEVmin(n)
BSC
SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1
MFS
SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT
MFS
SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB
MFS
SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTO R SDCCH_COUNTER
MFS
BSC
SEARCH_3G_PRIO
BSC
SGSN_UDP_Port
MFS
SIDMO_TCP_PORT_TRE
BTS
SLC
BSC
SMSCB_Features_set
BSC
SMSCB_Recovery
BSC
SNMP_PRIORITY (BTS)
BTS
SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) START_UPLINK_REPLY Suspend_retries T(ias) T_ACK_WAIT T_ATER_CONN T_AVG_T (MFS) T_BA_CHANGE T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE T_CONNECT T_delay_gch T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD T_FILTER T_GCH_INACTIVITY MFS MFS BSC BSC MFS 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS T_CBC_READY T_CONFIG_TBF T_COUNT_I T_DELAY_GSL T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIA L T_dl_assign_ccch T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL T_flow_ctrl_cell T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST MFS T_BIND_CNF T_BTS_RLS_CNF MFS T_AVG_W (BSC) BSC MFS T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP BSC T(rel) MFS T(conn est) BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS Page 982 BSC STREAMING_PRIORITY MFS
MFS
SSF
BSC
START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_ BSC
BSC
START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_ TC
TC
STRIP_O5_CM2
BSC
T(iar)
BSC
T(sst)
BSC
T_ALLOC_BTS
BSC
T_AVG_T (BSC)
BSC
T_AVG_W (MFS)
MFS
T_BTS_EST_CNF
BSC
T_BURST
BSC
T_CFI_TR
BTS
T_CONFIRM_ABIS
BTS
T_DELAY
BSC
T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT
MFS
T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL
MFS
T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport
MFS
T_DTM_ASSIGN
MFS
T_FAST_DL_margin
MFS
T_flow_ctrl_ms
MFS
T_GPRS_Resume T_HO_REQD_LOST T_INHIBIT_CPT T_IPGCH_ACK_DL T_LB_OV T_LCS_RESTART (BSC) T_Location T_MAX_FOR_MS_SYNCHRO T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP T_MIN_POLL T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSIST ENCE T_NC_REJ_CELL T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME T_OVL_MSC T_PAG_PS (BSC) T_PAGING_REORG T_PSI_PACCH T_RCR_ACK T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEA SE MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS T_MAX_RETRANS_DL T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) T_MS_Context_Lifetime T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY T_PAG_CS (BSC) T_PAG_PS (MFS) T_PDA T_PUA T_RECOVERY T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE BSC T_Location_Longer T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING BSC T_LCS_RESTART (MFS) BSC T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant MFS T_IPGCH_ACK_UL BSC T_INITIAL_PDCH MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC T_i BSC
BSC
T_GSL_ACK (BSC)
BSC
T_GSL_ACK (MFS)
MFS
T_HCP
BSC
T_IA
BSC
T_INTRF_L3
BSC
T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
MFS
T_LCS_Low_Delay
MFS
T_Loc_abort
BSC
T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL
MFS
T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING
MFS
T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING
MFS
T_MS_CELL_REJ
BSC
T_NC_PING_PONG
MFS
T_NC2_LOAD_RANKING
MFS
T_One_Block
MFS
T_PAG_CS (MFS)
MFS
T_PAGING_EXT
MFS
T_PSCD_SCHEDULE_ACK
MFS
T_qho
BSC
T_release
TC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 983
T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUAR D T_RMS_BSC_RECONF T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant T_SDCCH_PC T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS) T_STOP_FR_EMISSION T_SYNCd T_TA_ Margin T_TBF_BCK_REL T_TRAU_ACK_WAIT T_ul_assign_pccch T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH T_WAIT_FLUSH T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK T1_short T13 T18 T2_0858 T200_D BSC BSC BSC BTS 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS BTS T_TA_delta_min T_TC_BTS_LINK_POLLING T_ul_access_max T_UL_CONGESTION T_WAIT_CS_PROC T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN T1_0858 T11 T14 T18_Overload T20 T200_D3 BTS T_SYNCu MFS T_SUP MFS T_SMSCB_READY BSC T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CM D MFS T_RRLP_Low_Delay MFS BSC BTS BTS BTS BTS BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BTS Page 984 BSC T_RMS_BSC_RESTART BSC
MFS
T_RESEL
MFS
T_RESET_COUNTER
BTS
T_RMS_BSC
BSC
T_RMS_BTS
BSC
T_SAGI_GUARD
MFS
T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC)
BSC
T_SMSCB_RESP
BSC
T_SYNC
BTS
T_ta
BTS
T_TBF_ACTIV
MFS
T_TFO
BSC
T_ul_assign_ccch
MFS
T_UL_RLS_EUTM
MFS
T_WAIT_DTM
MFS
T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS
BSC
T1_long
BSC
T11_FORCED
BSC
T17
BSC
T19
BSC
T200 (BSC)
BSC
T200_GSL (BSC) T200_SD T200_TH T203 (BTS) T3101 T3105_D_STOP T3105_F_STOP T3106_F T3109 T3121 T3148n (MFS) T3168 (MFS) T3182n T3192 (BSC) T3212 (BSC) T4 T8 T9104 T9110 TA_STAT BSC BSC BSC BSC 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS T3169 T3190n T3192 (MFS) T3212 (MFS) T5_RA_CAP_UPDATE T9101 T9105 T9112 TBF_CS_DL MFS T3166n BSC T3122 BSC T3111 BSC T3106_F_STOP BSC T3106_D BSC T3105_F_FR BSC T3103 BTS T203_GSL (BSC) BSC T200_TRE BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS Page 985 BTS T200_ST BTS
BSC
T200_GSL (MFS)
MFS
T200_OMU
BTS
T200_S3
BTS
T200_TF
BSC
T203 (BSC)
BSC
T203_GSL (MFS)
MFS
T3105_D
BSC
T3105_F_HR
BSC
T3106_D_STOP
BSC
T3107
BSC
T3115
BSC
T3148n (BSC)
BSC
T3168 (BSC)
BSC
T3180
MFS
T3191
MFS
T3208n
MFS
T391
MFS
T7
BSC
T9103
BSC
T9108
BSC
T9113
BSC
TBF_CS_PERIOD TBF_DL_INIT_CS TBF_MCS_PERIOD TBF_UL_INIT_MCS TCH_INFO_PERIOD TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BSC) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS) TCP_MSL (BTS) TDD_ARFCN_LIST TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BS C TEMPORARY_OFFSET Tfreeze THR_BUFFER THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 THR_IDLE THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH BSC BSC BTS MFS BSC 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA BTS MFS BSC BSC BSC BTS TDD_Qoffset TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_TC TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) THR_ACT_1 THR_CCCH_LOAD THR_ECNO_HO THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 THR_LB_OV BTS TCP_MSL (MFS) BSC BTS BSC TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BTS) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (MFS) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS) BSC TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR MFS TC_MUX_IP_Address TC BSC BTS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC TC BSC BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC Page 986 MFS TBF_MCS_UL MFS MFS TBF_DL_INIT_MCS MFS
MFS
TBF_CS_UL
MFS
TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD
MFS
TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD
MFS
TBF_MCS_DL
MFS
TBF_UL_INIT_CS
MFS
TC_NONMUX_IP_Address
TC
Tcorr
MFS
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC)
BSC
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS)
BTS
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC)
BSC
TCP_MSL (BSC)
BSC
TCSL_PRIORITY
BSC
Tdsl
MFS
Telecom_VLAN_ID
MFS
Testab
MFS
THR_ACT_2
BTS
THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT
BSC
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1
BSC
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
BSC
THR_MARGIN_PRIO_PS
BSC
THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_LOW
MFS
THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_HIG H THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
THRES_DSP_XOFF THRES_HIGH_TX THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP THRESHOLD_1_0 THRESHOLD_1_2 THRESHOLD_1_5 THRESHOLD_1_8 THRESHOLD_2_1 THRESHOLD_2_3 THRESHOLD_2_6 THRESHOLD_2_9 TL1 TL4 Tns_alive_IP Tns_test TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD TRE_CONTAINER_MAX_NB_UDP_ G3 TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_TCP_G5 TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_UDP_G5 Treq_pending BTS BTS BTS MFS 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA OMC MFS MFS BSC BSC TL2 TLC_CONFIG_T Tns_block Tns_test_IP TRAU_ACTIVITY_TIMER TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_TCP_G3 TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_UDP_G3 Treassembly TRG_SDCCH BSC TL_TCUA BSC BSC THRESHOLD_2_4 THRESHOLD_2_7 BSC THRESHOLD_2_10 BSC THRESHOLD_1_9 BSC THRESHOLD_1_6 BSC THRESHOLD_1_3 BSC THRESHOLD_1_1 MFS THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BTS MFS MFS BTS BTS BTS BSC BSC Page 987 BTS THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF MFS
MFS
THRES_DSP_XON
MFS
THRES_G_MAX_HIGH
MFS
THRES_G_MAX_LOW
MFS
THRES_LOW_DSP_XON
MFS
THRES_LOW_TX
BTS
THRESHOLD_1_10
BSC
THRESHOLD_1_4
BSC
THRESHOLD_1_7
BSC
THRESHOLD_2_0
BSC
THRESHOLD_2_2
BSC
THRESHOLD_2_5
BSC
THRESHOLD_2_8
BSC
TL0
BSC
TL3
BSC
Tns_alive
MFS
Tns_reset
MFS
TOM8_PRIORITY
MFS
TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT
BSC
TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_TCP_G4
BTS
BTS
Trelease
MFS
TRTS_PS Tusl TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD Tx_integer (MFS) U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO U_RXQUAL_UL_P UL_POLL_FACTOR VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BSC) VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (TC) VQ_AVERAGE VQ_GOOD_RXFER VQ_RXQUAL W_LEV_MCHO W_QUAL_CA WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS Weight_P11 Weight_P14 Weight_P5 Weight_P8 WI_DTM MFS MFS MFS MFS 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC TC VQ_BAD_RXFER VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER W_LEV_PC W_QUAL_HO WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION Weight_P12 Weight_P15 Weight_P6 Weight_P9 WI_EC BSC MFS Use_of_Extended_CBCH VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BTS) VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC BSC U_TIME_ADVANCE BSC U_RXLEV_UL_P MFS U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO MFS TX_INT MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC Page 988 MFS TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR MFS
MFS
TRX_PREF_MARK
BSC
TS_TCUA
BSC
TSC
BSC
TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR
MFS
Tx_integer (BSC)
BSC
U_RXLEV_DL_P
BSC
U_RXQUAL_DL_P
BSC
UI_LAPD_MAX_TX
BTS
USF_NE
MFS
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (MFS)
MFS
VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC
BSC
VQ_FER_THRESHOLD
BSC
VQ_RXLEV
BSC
W_LEV_HO
BSC
W_PBGT_HO
BSC
W_QUAL_PC
BSC
Weight_P10
MFS
Weight_P13
MFS
Weight_P4
MFS
Weight_P7
MFS
WI_CR
BSC
WI_OC ZONE_HO_HYST_UL BSC ZONE_TYPE BSC
BSC
WI_OP
BSC
WI_PR
MFS
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
BSC
End of document
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 989

Bss Telecom Parameter Catalogue B 10

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bss Telecom Parameter Catalogue B 10

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

mercredi 21 novembre 2007

BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue: Release B10

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Logical name Definition

Window size for Ec/No level averages for 2G to 3G handover

TRX nb Non Cell Type Oui RMS template Non

Application domain OMC-R access Changeable

Type Min value Max value Def value

Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def

CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name Definition

Window size for level averages for handover.

Sub-syste BSC Instance cell

TRX nb Non Cell Type Oui RMS template Non

Type Min value Max value Def value

Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Logical name Definition

Window size for level averages for microcell handover.

HMI name A_LEV_MCHO

TRX nb Non Cell Type Oui RMS template Non

Application domain OMC-R access Changeable

Type Min value Max value Def value

Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def

Logical name Definition

Window size for level averages for power control.

Application domain OMC-R access Changeable

Sub-syste BSC Instance cell

TRX nb Non Cell Type Non RMS template Non

Type Min value Max value Def value

Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Logical name Definition

TRX nb Non Cell Type Non RMS template Non

Application domain OMC-R access Changeable

Type Min value Max value Def value

Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def

Logical name Definition

Sub-syste BSC Instance cell

TRX nb Non Cell Type Oui RMS template Non

Type Min value Max value Def value

Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Logical name Definition

TRX nb Non Cell Type Non RMS template Non

Application domain OMC-R access Changeable

Type Min value Max value Def value

Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def

Logical name Definition

Rec reference OMC-R access Changeable

Sub-syste BSC Instance cell

TRX nb Non Cell Type Non RMS template Non

Type Min value Max value Def value

Unit Coded Min Coded Max Coded Def

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Logical name Definition

Window size for quality averages for handover.

TRX nb Non Cell Type Oui RMS template Non